Continuing Education Calendar NAIT

Document Sample
Continuing Education Calendar NAIT Powered By Docstoc
					      JULY 1, 2012 TO JUNE 30, 2013

      CONTINUING EDUCATION




EDUCATION FOR THE REAL WORLD
CONTINUING                                      EDUCATION
NAIT’S CONTINUING EDUCATION GIVES YOU FLEXIBLE STUDY OPTIONS WITH PART-TIME, WEEKENDS, EVENINGS,
FACE-TO-FACE, OPEN STUDIES, DISTANCE AND ONLINE CHOICES, SO YOU CAN FIND A FIT FOR YOUR LIFESTYLE,
YOUR PACE, AND YOUR GOALS. WHETHER YOU WANT TO TAKE YOUR CAREER TO THE NEXT LEVEL, TRY A NEW
PATH, OR PURSUE PERSONAL INTERESTS, WE HAVE THE PROGRAMS AND COURSES YOU NEED. TAKE SINGLE
COURSES OR WORK TOWARDS A CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA OR DEGREE – THE CHOICE IS YOURS.

THIS YEAR WE HAVE INTRODUCED A LEGEND WHICH           DISTANCE OPTIONS
SHOWS: THE LEARNING OPTIONS FOR THE COURSES           Distance education brings the classroom to
LISTED IN THE CALENDAR; THE START DATE OF THE         you, wherever you are, when it works for you.
                                                      Supported by professional instructors with real
COURSE; AND THE CREDENTIAL THAT YOU WILL RECEIVE
                                                      world experience by phone, email, and online,
UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROGRAM.                       you’ll get the individual support you need to
                                                      find success.
      LEGEND
      learning options                                Computer-Based Learning (CB)
       Ft   Full-time                                 Your course may allow you to learn at your
       Pt
                                                      own pace or you may be required to follow a
            Part-time
                                                      course schedule, using a computer to access
       D    Distance and Online learning
                                                      and submit lessons, assignments and exams.
      start date                                      You may be required to write exams at a
            Fall                                      physical location. Check with the program area
            Winter                                    for individual course requirements.
            Spring
                                                      Correspondence (CO)
            Summer
                                                      Your course may allow you to learn at your
      credential
                                                      own pace or you may be required to follow a
       A    Applied degree
                                                      course schedule primarily using traditional
       B    Baccalaureate degree                      print materials (texts and paper-based
       C    Certificate                               correspondence) to receive and submit work.
       Dp Diploma
                                                      Communication with a tutor or instructor
                                                      can be by phone, email, postal mail or other
                                                      means. You may be required to write exams at
                                                      a physical location. Check with the program
STUDY OPTIONS                                         area for individual course requirements.
Evenings, distance, eLearning, face-to-face – which
                                                      eLearning (EL)
one should you choose? Here are some definitions
to help you decide.                                   An instructor-led, interactive online course
                                                      in which students access all instruction via
FACE-TO-FACE OPTIONS                                  the internet. A virtual classroom in which you
                                                      attend and participate via electronic means
With face-to-face options, students attend classes
                                                      and interact with other students. Your course
in person, on a NAIT campus.
                                                      may allow you to learn at your own pace or you
Evenings                                              may be required to follow a course schedule.
                                                      You may also be required to write exams at a
Courses are held in the evenings during the week
                                                      physical location. Check with the program area
(Monday through Friday) on a NAIT Campus, in a
                                                      for individual course requirements.
classroom or lab. Courses may have a combination
of evening and weekend classes.                       Face to Face (FF) (In Person)
Weekends                                              A course you attend in a classroom or lab, or
                                                      by other electronic means. Led by a facilitator
Courses are held on the weekends, typically Friday
                                                      or instructor, with the help of technologies
evenings through Sundays, on a NAIT Campus, in a
                                                      such as video conference, web conference,
classroom or lab. Courses may have a combination
                                                      or teleconference.
of evening and weekend classes.
            HOW TO REGISTER
            ONLINE                                               IN PERSON OR BY MAIL
            The fastest way to register! If you meet the pre-    1. Find the course you would like to take at
            requisites, know immediately if you are enrolled        www.nait.ca/programsandcourses or in this
            in the course or if you are on a waiting list. All      calendar.
            you need is a valid credit card and a student ID     2. Choose the course section that best meets your
            (if you don’t have one, you’ll be prompted to           needs (dates, times, locations, delivery option).
            create one).                                         3. Complete the Registration Form in this calendar
            1. Find the course you would like to take:              or downloaded from our website.
                a. Visit http://www.nait.ca/                     4. Deliver or mail the completed form along with
                   programsandcourses                               payment information to:

                b. Choose your subject area, program                Office of the Registrar
                   delivery, outcome, or search by keyword          Suite 1000, 11762 – 106 Street
                   to find a program.                               Edmonton, AB T5G 3H1
                c. Click on the program name, browse             BY PHONE OR FAX
                   to the related courses, and click on a
                   course name.                                  1. Find the course you would like to take at www.
                                                                    nait.ca/programsandcourses or in this calendar.
                OR
                                                                 2. Choose the course section that best meets your
                d. Find a course in this calendar.
                                                                    needs (dates, times, locations, delivery option).
                e. Using the Search Site box at the top of       3. Complete the Registration Form in this calendar
                   each page of our website, type in the            or downloaded from our website.
                   course number to go directly to a course
                                                                 4. Have your credit card ready and phone
                   from this calendar.
                                                                    780.471.6248
            2. On the course page, choose a section from
                                                                    OR
               the list that best meets your needs.
                                                                 5. Fax your completed form with payment
            3. Click Add to Cart, and follow the online
                                                                    information to 780.471.8490.
               checkout process.




REGISTER NOW
visit www.nait.ca/ConEd
        ACCELERATE YOUR EARNING
        POTENTIAL
        EARNING MORE STARTS WITH LEARNING MORE. BUILDING NEW SKILLS
        – PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT – IS OFTEN THE FIRST STEP TO
        ADVANCEMENT. WITH ITS FOCUS ON INDUSTRY-DRIVEN EDUCATION,
        NAIT CONTINUING EDUCATION PROVIDES A COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE
        WHEN IT COMES TO EARNING POWER.

        As a full-time employee with Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Myles Allan had tried
        distance learning to advance his education, but it wasn’t the right fit for his lifestyle. After
        exploring his options, the cost and speed of the part-time Accelerated Accounting program
        brought Myles to NAIT Continuing Education.
        While taking his certificate-level courses, Myles landed a new position in CRA. With his
        diploma he now has access to even more areas and positions in his department.
        Myles credits Accelerated Accounting with greatly improving his understanding of business
        practices and accounting methods. In particular, he notes that the diploma courses provided
        excellent real-world preparation that assisted him with his day-to-day work.
                                                                                                           MYLES ALLAN
        It is this real-world training that Myles sees as the greatest benefit of NAIT Continuing
                                                                                                           Trust Account Examiner,
        Education for both students and employers. Continuing Education graduates require less
                                                                                                           Canada Revenue Agency
        employer training – which means reduced costs for employers and increased marketability
                                                                                                           Accelerated Accounting Certificate, 2011;
        for grads.
                                                                                                           Accelerated Accounting Diploma, 2012




FOR MORE INFORMATION
visit www.nait.ca/ConEd




    2            Register at www. nait.ca/ConEd
TRADE UP TO A NEW CAREER
IN THE TRADES
NAIT CONTINUING EDUCATION OFFERS TRADESKILL COURSES THAT GIVE
YOU HANDS-ON TRAINING AND LET YOU KEEP YOUR DAY JOB UNTIL YOU’RE
READY TO MAKE THE TRANSITION TO YOUR NEW FIELD.

Providing home care to children with extreme medical needs was a job that Andrea
Suderman loved, but the demands it put on her family led her to decide it was time for a
career change. So when her oldest child started exploring the trades at NAIT, Andrea did
the same.
Well-versed in home repair and from a family of tradesmen who ran their own successful
businesses, Andrea knew she could do the same – and NAIT’s Plumber Job Readiness
program allowed her to sample the trade without quitting her current job.
NAIT’s hands-on training helped Andrea to get an apprenticeship the first day she handed
out resumes after graduation, and she loves having a career that is challenging and different
every day. As trades continue to be a male-dominated field, Andrea sees NAIT’s Job
Readiness programs as a fantastic way for women to try something new – and potentially
gain a great new career, like hers.
                                                                                                   ANDREA SUDERMAN
                                                                                                   Plumber Apprentice,
                                                                                                   The Plumber Guys
                                                                                                    Plumber Job Readiness, 2011




                                                                                      Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248        3
BUILD YOUR CAREER
WHETHER YOU WANT TO TAKE YOUR CURRENT CAREER TO THE NEXT
LEVEL OR LAUNCH A SECOND CAREER, NAIT CONTINUING EDUCATION
IS THE PLACE TO START. WITH A NUMBER OF OUTSTANDING CAREER
CHOICES IN THE TRADES AND TECHNOLOGY FIELDS, NAIT’S FLEXIBLE
LEARNING OPTIONS ALLOW YOU TO FIT CLASSES AROUND YOUR
PERSONAL OR PROFESSIONAL COMMITMENTS.

As a graduate of the full-time Architectural Technology program, Melissa Drew knows the
value of a NAIT education. So when she decided to move to the construction side of the
building business, Melissa chose NAIT’s part-time Construction Technology program to
learn more about her new career.
Part-time education allowed Melissa to work full-time while she studied, so she could
apply her lessons immediately on the job. This meant rapid career advancement, moving
her from a draftsperson position to leading pre-construction on several large projects in
just four years.
In addition to advancing her daytime career, Melissa’s Continuing Education experience
inspired her to pursue another part-time job – sharing her knowledge as a NAIT instructor.   MELISSA DREW
She completed NAIT’s Becoming a Master Instructor program through Continuing                 Pre-Construction Services Specialist,
Education, and now teaches the Building Information Modeling courses two nights a week.      Clark Builders
                                                                                             Construction Technology, 2010




4        Register at www. nait.ca/ConEd
    MANAGE LEARNING AND
    YOUR LIFESTYLE
   DO YOU LIVE OUT OF TOWN OR WORK SHIFTS? YOU CAN STILL BENEFIT
   FROM A NAIT EDUCATION. DISTANCE COURSES FROM NAIT CONTINUING
   EDUCATION MEAN YOU CAN STUDY AT YOUR OWN PLACE, AT YOUR OWN
   PACE, AND ON YOUR OWN TIME.

   John Krysa is a dedicated volunteer who includes working with schools, youth sporting
   events and acting as a pyrotechnician on his list of free-time activities. He is also a
   volunteer firefighter for the Village of Seba Beach and the village’s Deputy Director of
   Disaster Services. All this in addition to his full-time job at the Sundance Generating
   Station.
   With this busy schedule, the online Emergency Management Diploma offered through
   NAIT Continuing Education was the perfect fit for John. Online access meant that if his
   study time was interrupted by a major car accident or a cat in a tree, he wouldn’t fall
   behind in his lessons. He also appreciated the opportunity to learn from students across
   Canada and gain insights into how other regions handle emergencies and disasters.                JOHN KRYSA
                                                                                                    Firefighter, Safety Consultant and
   The diploma courses helped John in his existing safety-related roles, and also led him to        Deputy Director of Disaster Services/
   start his own safety consulting company. He now provides services to companies like              Village of Seba Beach.
   Syncrude, Melloy and Vital Signs Health Services.
                                                                                                    Emergency Management Diploma, 2011




FOR MORE INFORMATION
visit www.nait.ca/ConEd




                                                                                       Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248              5
PURSUE A LIFETIME
OF LEARNING
CONTINUING EDUCATION PROVIDES MUCH MORE THAN A WAY TO ADVANCE
YOUR CAREER. TRY SOMETHING DIFFERENT. PURSUE A PASSION. BUILD A
NEW SKILL SET. NAIT CONTINUING EDUCATION GIVES YOU A WIDE VARIETY
OF OPTIONS TO EXPLORE.

When Cliff Milroy was a full-time NAIT student in the ‘70s, tuition was only $40-$60
a course. While the cost of a NAIT education has definitely changed over the past 40
years, the value has not. This is why Cliff continues to take Continuing Education courses,
becoming the school’s most eclectic learner.
Cliff took his first Continuing Education courses in 2000, when the changing economy led
him to make a career change from seasonal park warden to power engineer. He continued
to take a number of trades-related courses through his employer, which allowed him to
progress in his career. But he didn’t stop there. His transcript also includes courses in
flying, cake decorating, household plumbing and woodworking, to name only a few.
The 63-year-old says the courses have given him self-confidence in addition to skills.
What’s next for Cliff? The LEED Core Concepts course for work, and Meat Cutting Basics        CLIFF MILROY
and Blacksmithing for personal interest.                                                      Building Operator,
                                                                                              Commerce Place
                                                                                              Biological Sciences, 1973; Photography, 1976;
                                                                                              CED student, 2000–present




6        Register at www. nait.ca/ConEd
   CONNECT WITH CUTTING
   EDGE SKILLS
   NAIT’S FLEXIBLE PART-TIME EVENING AND WEEKEND LEARNING
   OPTIONS LET YOU WORK TOWARDS A DIPLOMA IN DIGITAL MEDIA AND
   INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY. GET A HEAD START WITH COURSES IN
   GRAPHIC DESIGN, VIDEO SUITE TECHNOLOGY, 3D MODELLING AND
   ANIMATION OR BUSINESS COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, AND BECOME
   ELIGIBLE TO TRANSFER INTO FULL-TIME STUDIES.

   Veronica Williams loved creating computer applications while in high school in St.
   Vincent and the Grenadines. When she moved to Canada in the summer of 2010, she
   wanted a flexible education program and saw NAIT’s part-time Digital Media and IT
   program as a great way to build her skills in both design and application development.
   Veronica credits the program with helping her to reach and surpass industry standards
   in her work, and sees her instructors as key to her success. She describes her teachers
   as helpful and dedicated, and appreciates their availability for one-on-one clarification
   after class.
   She has already completed 10 courses towards her diploma and is also enrolled in                  VERONICA WILLIAMS
   NAIT’s co-op program, which integrates study with work experience. And thanks                     Co-op Student
   to Continuing Education, in addition to her great skills, Veronica can offer her co-op            Digital Media and IT
   employer plenty of flexibility in the hours she can work.




FOR MORE INFORMATION
visit www.nait.ca/ConEd




                                                                                        Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248   7
STAY RELEVANT
WITH PART-TIME IT TRAINING
we’re helping busy professionals stay current with the latest technologies. If
you’re looking to update your skills, learn something new or get ahead in your
profession, count on part-time information technology certificates and courses
from the Computer Training Centre (CTC).
All of our programs are easily transferable to the workplace and offer
you the flexibility to fit your classes around your personal and
professional commitments.
See our listing of IT certificates starting on page 53 or check out the new
CTC calendar – now available at newsstands throughout the city or online
at nait.ca/ctc. Register today.


                    SCAN THIS TO
                    LEARN MORE.




                                                                    Register today.
                                                      nait.ca/ctc | 780.378.5008

                                            EDUCATION FOR THE REAL WORLD
CONTENTS
ACADEMIC UPGRADING                                                                                                                            14
Academic Upgrading ....................................................................................................................... 15




                                                                                                                                                     CONTENTS
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN                                                                                                                16
Concrete Courses .......................................................................................................................... 17
Construction Technology Certificate .................................................................................................. 17
Construction Trades Courses........................................................................................................... 18
Forklift Training ............................................................................................................................. 18
Furniture Design & Construction Certificate ....................................................................................... 19
Home Renovation Courses ............................................................................................................... 19
Insulator Courses .......................................................................................................................... 20
LEED Canada ................................................................................................................................. 20
Painting and Decorating Courses ...................................................................................................... 21
Sheet Metal Courses ...................................................................................................................... 21
Soapstone Carving Courses ............................................................................................................. 22
Woodworking Courses .................................................................................................................... 22

BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/ACCOUNTING                                                                                                          23
Accounting Certificate or Diploma (Accelerated) ................................................................................. 24
CGA and Professional Applications and Competence Evaluations (PACE) Partnership Courses ..................... 25
Certified General Accountants (CGA) Program .................................................................................... 27
Certified Management Accountants (CMA) Program ............................................................................. 28
Chartered Accountant (CA) Course Prerequisites................................................................................ 28

BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION                                                                                             32
Business Administration - Student Information ................................................................................... 33
Business Administration - Year 1 with English Language Training ........................................................... 35
Pre-Business ................................................................................................................................ 35
Business Administratio - Certificates ............................................................................................... 36
Business Administration - Accounting................................................................................................ 37
Business Administration - Finance .................................................................................................... 38
Business Administration - Human Resources Management .................................................................... 39
Business Administration - Management ............................................................................................. 40
Business Administration - Marketing ................................................................................................. 41
Business Administration Courses ..................................................................................................... 42




                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                9
               BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/BUSINESS CERTIFICATES                                                                                           43
               Becoming A Master Instructor Program ............................................................................................. 44
               Business Management Certificate ..................................................................................................... 44
CONTENTS




               Captioning and Court Reporting Courses ............................................................................................ 45
               Conflict Resolution & Negotiation Certificate ....................................................................................... 45
               eRecords & Information Management Certificate ................................................................................. 46
               Special Events Management Certificate ............................................................................................. 47
               Supervisory Development Certificate................................................................................................. 48
               Teller Training Courses ................................................................................................................... 48

               BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATIONS                                                                                       49
               Certified Payroll Certificate Program................................................................................................. 50
               Certified Payroll Management Program (CPMP) ................................................................................... 50
               Financial Planning Certificate ........................................................................................................... 51

               COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE/CERTIFICATES                                                                                                     53
               Business Systems Certificates ......................................................................................................... 54
               CADD/GIS Certificates .................................................................................................................... 57
               Digital Communications Certificates .................................................................................................. 58
               Network, Security, Systems Administration, PC Servicing, Windows Server + Linux Certificates ................. 60
               Office Technology Certificates .......................................................................................................... 62
               Summer Computer Certificates ........................................................................................................ 63

               ENGINEERING + APPLIED SCIENCES                                                                                                            67
               Blueprint Reading Courses .............................................................................................................. 68
               Civil Engineering Technology Courses ................................................................................................ 68
               Electrical Courses (Distance) ........................................................................................................... 69
               Electrical Trades Courses ............................................................................................................... 70
               Engineering Design & Drafting Technology Courses .............................................................................. 70
               Plumbing Courses .......................................................................................................................... 71
               Roadbuilders Certificate ................................................................................................................. 71

               ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE                                                                                                              72
               English as a Second Language (ESL) ................................................................................................. 73
               Short Courses .................................................................................................................... 73

               ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT                                                                                                                  74
               Oil and Gas Production Operator....................................................................................................... 75
               Petroleum Engineering Technology Courses (Distance) ......................................................................... 75
               Water and Wastewater Technician Certificate (Distance) ...................................................................... 76




     10	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
HEALTH + SAFETY                                                                                                                               78
Breast Sonography Courses (Distance) ............................................................................................. 79
Combined Lab & X-Ray Technology Courses (Distance) ......................................................................... 79




                                                                                                                                                     CONTENTS
Continuing Competency & Advanced Credit Courses ............................................................................. 80
CPR Training ................................................................................................................................. 80
Dental Assisting Intra-Oral Courses (Distance) ................................................................................... 81
Dental Professional General Courses (Distance).................................................................................. 82
Dental Technology Courses (Distance) ............................................................................................... 82
Denturist Courses (Distance)........................................................................................................... 83
Diagnostic Medical Sonography Bridging (Distance) ............................................................................. 83
Diagnostic Medical Sonography Refresher (Distance) ........................................................................... 84
Emergency Management Diploma (Distance) ....................................................................................... 85
EMS Training ................................................................................................................................. 86
Food Safety (Distance) ................................................................................................................... 86
Health Sciences (General) Courses ................................................................................................... 87
Industrial Emergency Management Certificate (Distance) ..................................................................... 87
ITLS Training ................................................................................................................................. 88
Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) 2nd Discipline Certificate (Distance).................................................. 89
Medical Laboratory Assistant Courses (Distance) ................................................................................ 90
Medical Laboratory Technology Courses............................................................................................. 91
Medical Radiological Technology Bridging (Distance)............................................................................. 92
Medical Radiological Technology Review (Distance) .............................................................................. 93
NAIT Sonography Testing Center ....................................................................................................... 94
Optical Sciences - Advanced Practice Contact Lenses Certificate (Distance) ............................................ 94
Optical Sciences - Advanced Practice Sight Testing Courses (Distance) .................................................. 95
Optical Sciences - Automated Refracting Theory (Distance) .................................................................. 96
Optical Sciences - Eyeglasses Diploma (Distance) ................................................................................ 96
Optical Sciences - Ophthalmic Assistant (Distance).............................................................................. 97
Optical Sciences - Ophthalmic Review Courses (Distance) ..................................................................... 98
Personal Fitness Trainer ................................................................................................................. 99
Preceptor Training Courses (Distance) .............................................................................................. 99
Public Sector Emergency Management Certificate (Distance) .............................................................. 100




                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                11
               HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS                                                                                                              101
               Baking & Pastry Courses ............................................................................................................... 102
               Certified Chef de Cuisine ............................................................................................................... 102
CONTENTS




               Culinary Arts Year 1 Part-time ....................................................................................................... 103
               Culinary and Pastry Boot Camps ..................................................................................................... 104
               Culinary Skills Courses.................................................................................................................. 104
               Culinary General Interest .............................................................................................................. 105
               Hospitality Management Part-Time .................................................................................................. 105
               Hospitality Management with English Language Training ..................................................................... 106
               Hotel and Restaurant Supervision Certification ................................................................................. 106
               International Cooking Courses ........................................................................................................ 107
               International Sommelier Guild ........................................................................................................ 108
               Meat Cutting Courses ................................................................................................................... 109

               INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY + ELECTRONICS                                                                                                     110
               Bachelor of Applied Information Systems Technology.......................................................................... 111
               Computer/Network Engineering Technology Courses ......................................................................... 111
               Digital Media and IT....................................................................................................................... 113
               Electronics Courses ..................................................................................................................... 113
               Electrical Engineering Technology Courses ....................................................................................... 114
               Fiber Optics Certification .............................................................................................................. 114
               Fire Alarm Qualification Program .................................................................................................... 116
               Instrumentation Technology Courses ............................................................................................... 116

               MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL                                                                                                                  117
               Air Brake Certification - Instructor ................................................................................................. 118
               Autobody Courses ........................................................................................................................ 118
               Automotive Courses ..................................................................................................................... 118
               Blacksmithing Courses.................................................................................................................. 119
               Building Environmental Systems Technology Courses ......................................................................... 119
               Computer Numerical Control (CNC) Certificate .................................................................................. 120
               Heavy Equipment Courses ............................................................................................................. 121
               Hydronic Designer & Installer Certification Courses ........................................................................... 121
               Hydronic Designer and Installer Certification Courses (Distance) ......................................................... 122
               Job Readiness Courses ................................................................................................................. 123
               Machine Shop Certificate ............................................................................................................... 124
               Mastercam Courses ..................................................................................................................... 124
               Mechanical Engineering Technology Courses ..................................................................................... 125
               Millwright Courses ....................................................................................................................... 125
               Non-Destructive Testing Courses.................................................................................................... 126
               Power Engineering CML (Distance) ................................................................................................. 127




     12	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Power Engineering Technology Courses ........................................................................................... 128
Recreational Powersports Mechanics (RPM) Courses ........................................................................ 129
Steamfitter/Pipefitter Courses ...................................................................................................... 129




                                                                                                                                                    CONTENTS
Welding Courses .......................................................................................................................... 130
Welding Courses - Canadian Welding Bureau (CWB)............................................................................ 130

MEDIA + DESIGN                                                                                                                             131
Photographic Technology Courses .................................................................................................. 132
Radio & Television Courses ............................................................................................................ 132

PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES                                                                                                          133
Business Analyst Leadership Certificate .......................................................................................... 135
Fluid Power Certificate ................................................................................................................. 136
Frontline Supervisory Skills Certificate ............................................................................................ 136
Lean Six Sigma (Green Belt) Certificate ........................................................................................... 137
Machine-Shop Inspection and Calibration Certificate .......................................................................... 138
Oil Field Thread Inspection Certificate.............................................................................................. 138
Operations Management Certificate ................................................................................................ 139
Project Leadership Certificate ....................................................................................................... 140
Project Management Certificate ..................................................................................................... 141
Quality Management Certificate ...................................................................................................... 142
Robotics, Automation and Control Certificate .................................................................................... 143
Supervisor/Manager Facilitation Skills Certificate ............................................................................. 143
Supervisory Communication Skills Certificate ................................................................................... 144

STUDENT INFORMATION                                                                                                                        145
General Information ..................................................................................................................... 146
Services..................................................................................................................................... 148
Registration ................................................................................................................................ 152




                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                13
ACADEMIC UPGRADING
Academic Upgrading

                         OVERVIEW                                      DISTANCE COURSES
          SCAN THIS TO   Designed	for	adults	of	all	ages	and	aca-      ASM30		            Mathematics	30		
          LEARN MORE
                         demic	backgrounds,	the	Academic	Up-           CMP10H		           Introduction	to	




                                                                                                                        ACADEMIC UPGRADING
                         grading	program	helps	learners	meet	the	                         Computers		
                         prerequisites	for	acceptance	into	a	post-     MTH10C	            Math	10C	
                         secondary	program.
                                                                       COURSES
                                                                       	 Pt 		 D 		 		    		      		




                                                                                 LEGEND
                                                                                 learning options
                                                                                  Ft     Full-time

                                                                                  Pt     Part-time

                                                                                  D      Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                 start date
                                                                                         Fall

                                                                                         Winter

                                                                                         Spring

                                                                                         Summer

                                                                                 credential

                                                                                  A      Applied	degree

                                                                                  B      Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                  C      Certificate

                                                                                  Dp Diploma




                                                                     Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               15
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN
•	   CONCRETE COURSES
•	   CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY CERTIFICATE
•	   CONSTRUCTION TRADES COURSES
•	   FORKLIFT TRAINING
•	   FURNITURE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE
•	   HOME RENOVATION COURSES
•	   INSULATOR COURSES
•	   LEED CANADA
•	   PAINTING AND DECORATING COURSES
•	   SHEET METAL COURSES
•	   SOAPSTONE CARVING COURSES
•	   WOODWORKING COURSES
Concrete Courses

                                               Develop	your	working	knowledge	of	insu-           COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        lated	concrete	forming,	concrete	flatwork,	
                                               decorative	concrete	and	more.	Students	           CRP321	                 Insulating	Concrete	
                           LEARN MORE                                                                                    Forming
                                               will	learn	about	the	latest	trends	in	build-




                                                                                                                                                       BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN
                                               ing	and	landscaping	that	involve	concrete.        CRP322	                 Introduction	to	
                                                                                                                         Concrete	Flatwork
                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                              CRP325	                 Concrete	Finishes
                                                                                                 CRP326	                 Concrete	Surface	
                                               Concrete	workers	and	trades	people	with	                                  Restoration	and	
OVERVIEW                                       hands-on,	practical	experience	working	                                   Decorative	Coatings
                                               with	concrete	are	in	high	demand	across	          CRP327	                 Vertical	Concrete	Stamping
Are	you	interested	in	getting	some	hands-
                                               Alberta.	Adding	concrete	courses	to	your	
on	concrete	experience?	Construction	                                                            CRP328	                 Concrete	Stair	Forming
                                               other	educational	and	work	experiences	
workers,	trades	people	and	those	with	a	                                                         CRP330	                 Concrete	Countertops
                                               will	add	to	your	skill	set	and	marketability.
keen	interest	in	concrete	work	will	ben-
efit	from	one	or	more	of	these	practical	      Landscapers	with	a	working	knowledge	             COURSES
courses.	Learn	to	build	with	confidence,	      of	the	latest	concrete	techniques	will	also	
using	the	right	techniques	when	working	       find	their	employability	increased.	Interior	     	 Pt 		 		        		     		     		 C
with	concrete.                                 designers	with	a	basic	knowledge	of	con-
                                               crete	countertops	are	valued	in	the	mar-
                                               ketplace.




Construction Technology Certificate

                                               struction	career.	Having	a	Construction	           •	CON370P
                                               Technology	Certificate	in	your	toolbox	will	       •	CON374P
                           SCAN THIS TO        widen	your	career	choices	and	overall	em-
                           LEARN MORE                                                             •	CON392P
                                               ployability.
                                                                                                  •	CON393P
                                               CERTIFICATION                                      •	CON395P
                                               To	obtain	a	Construction	Technology	Cer-           •	CON470P
                                               tificate,	students	must	complete:                  •	CON490P
OVERVIEW                                        •	all	the	core	courses,	plus                      •	CON495P
Today's	construction	industry	is	fast-          •	five	elective	courses
paced	 and	 exciting.	 Develop	 a	 solid	      After	you	complete	your	courses,	you	
understanding	of	the	fundamentals	of	          must	apply	for	your	certificate.	Courses	                      LEGEND
construction,	including	technical	knowl-       taken	will	not	be	listed	on	the	certificate.                   learning options
edge,	project	management	and	common	
                                               You	may	take	your	courses	in	any	se-                           Ft
challenges	in	performing	leadership	roles	                                                                              Full-time
                                               quence,	in	accordance	with	the	prerequi-
in	the	construction	industry.	This	program	                                                                   Pt        Part-time
                                               sites	as	noted.	Contact	the	Program	Chair	
was	built	and	designed	to	be	useful	for	all	
                                               if	you	wish	to	request	credit	for	prior	edu-                   D         Distance	and	Online	learning
levels	of	construction	employees	-	from	
                                               cation.
entry-level	workers	to	junior	and	interme-                                                                    start date
diate	project	management	supervisors.	         GOLD SEAL ACCREDITATION                                                  Fall
This	program	will	be	of	particular	interest	                                                                            Winter
to	project	managers,	superintendents,	         In	addition	to	qualifying	for	the	Construc-
estimators	and	owners	of	construction	         tion	Technology	Certificate,	the	following	                              Spring

companies.                                     courses	are	accredited	by	the	Canadian	                                  Summer
                                               Construction	Association	(CCA)	and	eli-                        credential
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                           gible	for	Gold	Seal	Accreditation:
                                                                                                               A        Applied	degree
                                                •	CON101P
In	today's	job	market,	there	is	a	high	de-
                                                •	CON196P                                                      B        Baccalaureate	degree
mand	for	qualified	construction	man-
agers,	 estimators	 and	 technologists.	        •	CON250P                                                      C        Certificate

Graduates	will	find	courses	in	this	pro-        •	CON270P                                                     Dp Diploma
gram	to	be	directly	applicable	to	their	con-
                                                •	CON296P


                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                    17
                                 PROGRAM OUTLINE                                  ELECTIVES                                      CON393P	 Supervision
                                                                                  CON101P	 Overview	of	the	                      CON470P	 Estimating	III	-	General	
                                 CORE COURSES                                              Construction	Industry                          Expense	&	Conceptual	
                                 CON131P	 Small	Buildings                         CON196P	 An	Introduction	to	                            Estimating
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN




                                 CON132P	 Building	Products	                               Building	Information	                 CON481P	 Applied	Building	
                                          &	Materials                                      Modeling	(BIM)                                 Regulations
                                 CON231P	 Building	Science                        CON251P	 Project	Planning	&	                   CON490P	 Construction	Cost	Control
                                 CON250P	 Project	Planning	                                Scheduling	II                         CON495P	 Construction	
                                          &	Scheduling	I                          CON296P	 BIM	Technology	                                Delivery	Systems
                                 CON270P	 Estimating	I	-	Quantity	                         and	Software
                                          Surveying                               CON370P	 Estimating	II	-	Direct	Costs          COURSES
                                 CON395P	 Construction	Project	                   CON392P	 Contract	Law
                                          Management                                                                             	 Pt 		 		    	C




                                 Construction Trades Courses

                                                                                  confidence	by	taking	the	Wood	Frame	
                                                                                  Construction	course.	For	safe	practices,	
                                                                                                                                 COURSE OUTLINE
                                                             SCAN THIS TO         courses	on	Swing	Stage	Certification	and	      CRP12		            Wood	Frame	Construction
                                                             LEARN MORE                                                          CRP50	             Swingstage	Certification	
                                                                                  Rigging	and	Safety	are	available.
                                                                                                                                 PIP60		            Rigging	&	Safety	Upgrading
                                                                                  CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                                                                  Construction	workers	with	training	in	         COURSES
                                                                                  wood	frame	construction	are	valued	by	         Pt 			   		   		   		   		 C
                                                                                  construction	employers	and	other	indus-
                                 OVERVIEW                                         tries.	Hobbyists	may	find	that	the	Wood	
                                 Build	your	experience.	Construction	work-        Frame	Construction	course	is	a	good	addi-
                                 ers	and	hobbyists	can	learn	to	build	with	       tion	to	their	resume.	




                                 Forklift Training

                                                                                  Students	 who	 successfully	 complete	         who	recognize	the	importance	of	safe	and	
                                                             SCAN THIS TO         CRP51	or	CRP52	will	get	a	wallet	card	cer-     efficient	forklift	operations	are	valued	by	
                                                             LEARN MORE           tificate	recognized	by	the	provincial	gov-     employers	in	a	wide	variety	of	industries.	
                                                                                  ernment's	Workplace	Health	and	Safety	
                                                                                  division.                                      PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                  Employers	in	a	wide	range	of	industries	       CRP51	             Forklift	Operator	Training
                                                                                  will	find	these	courses	useful	for	staff	de-   CRP52	             Forklift	Certification
                                                                                  velopment	and	training,	and	as	a	means	
                                 OVERVIEW                                         to	improve	workplace	safety	relating	to	       COURSES
                                                                                  forklifts.
                                 Take	a	forklift	training	course	that	is	right	                                                  Pt 		    		   		   		   	C
                                 for	you.	CRP51	is	meant	for	those	who	           CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                 have	never	driven	a	forklift,	or	have	very	
                                 limited	experience.	CRP52	is	for	those	          Employees	with	forklift	training	or	certi-
                                 with	some	forklift	operating	experience	         fication	will	increase	their	opportunities	
                                 and	who	are	looking	to	recertify	their	          and	marketability.	Well-	trained	operators	
                                 skills.


                      18	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Furniture Design & Construction Certificate

                                                Class	sizes	are	small	to	allow	for	a	great	       PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                deal	of	interaction	between	instructor	and	
                           SCAN THIS TO         student	and	avoid	backlogs	on	machines	           FDC100	                  Furniture	Design	&	
                           LEARN MORE                                                                                      Techniques	-	Level	I
                                                and	equipment.	The	sequence	of	courses	




                                                                                                                                                         BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN
                                                is	intended	to	provide	an	effective	learning	     FDC101	                  Small	Table	Construction
                                                progression	for	Level	1.                          FDC102	                  Small	Cabinet	
                                                                                                                           Construction
                                                PROGRAM MODEL/                                    FDC103	                  Basic	Chair	Construction

OVERVIEW                                        COMPLETION                                        FDC104	                  Furniture	Finishing
                                                REQUIREMENTS                                      FDC201	                  Furniture	Completion	Lab
The	intention	of	this	program	is	to	al-
                                                A	certificate	in	Furniture	Design	&	Con-          COURSES
low	students	to	expand	their	knowledge	
                                                struction	will	be	issued	upon	successful	
of	design	and	further	hone	their	skills	as	
furniture	makers.	The	courses	have	been	
                                                completion	of	all	Level	One	courses	total-        Pt 			   		        		     		     		 C
                                                ling	210	hours.	
designed	and	presented	to	allow	the	stu-
dent	the	opportunity	to	establish	their	
own	methods	of	designing,	and	to	help	
                                                CERTIFICATION
them	towards	working	in	their	own	style,	                                               	
                                                A	 certificate	 in	 Furniture	 Design	 &	
or	to	work	in	a	style	or	period	of	their	own	   Construction.
choosing.




Home Renovation Courses

                                                equally	applicable	to	other	parts	of	your	        COURSES
                           SCAN THIS TO         home.	Each	course	includes	a	practical	
                           LEARN MORE           hands-on	component.	Courses	may	also	             Pt 		    		    		        		      	
                                                be	of	interest	to	contractors	looking	to	add	
                                                to	their	business	services	relating	to	base-
                                                ment	renovations.

                                                COURSE OUTLINE
                                                HOM10	        Finishing	Your	
OVERVIEW                                                      Basement	1	-	Framing
Ready	to	tackle	your	home	renovation	           HOM20	        Finishing	Your	Basement	
project?	This	series	of	courses	is	for	peo-                   2	-	Electrical
ple	interested	in	learning	the	correct	build-
                                                                                                                LEGEND
                                                HOM30	        Finishing	Your	Basement	
                                                                                                                learning options
ing	techniques	used	by	tradespeople	and	                      3	-	Plumbing
meeting	the	relevant	building	codes	for	        HOM40	        Finishing	Your	Basement	                          Ft        Full-time
home	building	projects.	The	courses	focus	                    4	-	Painting                                      Pt        Part-time
primarily	on	painting,	carpentry,	electrical	
                                                                                                                D         Distance	and	Online	learning
and	plumbing	work.
                                                                                                                start date
The	courses	are	centered	on	the	common	
project	of	finishing	a	basement,	but	the	                                                                                 Fall

principles	and	practices	you	learn	will	be	                                                                               Winter

                                                                                                                          Spring

                                                                                                                          Summer

                                                                                                                credential

                                                                                                                 A        Applied	degree

                                                                                                                 B        Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                 C        Certificate

                                                                                                                Dp Diploma




                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                     19
                                 Insulator Courses

                                                                              airborne	where	they	could	become	in-          COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                              haled	or	caught	on	clothing	and	equip-
                                                           SCAN THIS TO                                                     INL702		          Insulator	Job	Readiness	
                                                                              ment.	NAIT's	Asbestos	 Removal	and	
                                                           LEARN MORE                                                       TRW6		            Asbestos	Removal	
                                                                              Abatement	 training	 courses	 prepare	
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN




                                                                              workers	to	work	safely	and	efficiently	in	                      &	Abatement
                                                                              potentially	hazardous	conditions.	Course	     TRW7	             	Exam	Re-Certification	
                                                                              content	includes	technical	theories	re-                         -	Asbestos	Removal	
                                                                                                                                              and	Abatement
                                                                              lated	to	asbestos	removal	and	abatement,	
                                 OVERVIEW                                     as	well	as	hands-on	practice.	Protect	
                                                                              yourself	and	your	employees	by	attending	     COURSES
                                 Removal	of	asbestos	material	requires	       NAIT	certified	training.                      Pt 		   		   		   		   		 C
                                 careful	handling	and	proper	training	in	
                                 order	to	reduce	health	risks	to	workers.	
                                 Asbestos	particles	can	readily	become	




                                 LEED Canada

                                                                              LEED®	Canada-NC	Rating	System	in	the	         PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                           SCAN THIS TO       design	and	construction	of	their	projects.	
                                                                              The	LEED®	AP	(Accredited	Professional)	       ARC60	            LEED	Green	Building	
                                                           LEARN MORE                                                                         Strategies	and	Green	
                                                                              who	can	interpret	and	apply	the	LEED®	
                                                                                                                                              Associate	Exam	
                                                                              Rating	System	to	a	project	has	become	                          Preparation
                                                                              an	indispensable	part	of	the	project	team.	
                                                                              Many	companies	are	now	requiring	em-
                                                                              ployees	to	become	LEED®	APs	to	meet	
                                                                                                                            COURSES
                                 OVERVIEW                                     this	demand.	This	has	professionals	taking	   	 Pt 		 		   	
                                                                              the	LEED	Accredited	Professional	(LEED®	
                                 The	 Canada	 Green	 Building	 Council	       AP)	Exam.	
                                 (CaGBC)	is	the	sole	Canadian	licensee	
                                 of	the	LEED	Rating	System,	LEED	Work-        Market	demand	has	primarily	come	in	
                                 shops	and	LEED	Professional	Accredita-       two	forms:	the	request	for	professional	
                                 tion	as	developed	by	the	United	States	      retraining,	and	the	request	for	LEED	edu-
                                 Green	Building	Council	(USGBC).	The	         cated	graduates	entering	the	workforce.	
                                 LEED	Canada	Rating	System	and	its	satel-     In	turn,	universities	and	colleges	across	
                                 lite	programs	are	CaGBC's	primary	tools	     Canada	have	been	under	pressure	from	
                                 in	leading	the	transformation	of	Canadian	   students	and	industry	to	offer	LEED	edu-
                                 buildings	toward	a	sustainable	future.	      cation.	NAIT	is	very	pleased	to	have	been	
                                                                              chosen	by	the	CaGBC	to	deliver	their	
                                 Many	leading	architectural,	engineering	     curriculum.
                                 and	building	development	companies	are	
                                 recognizing	the	advantages	of	using	the	




                      20	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Painting and Decorating Courses

                                               material	quantities,	repair	surfaces	for	           The	NAIT	Job	Readiness	program	is	a	
                                               priming,	recommend	and	mix	colours,	ap-             hands-on	course,	designed	to	prepare	
                           SCAN THIS TO
                                               ply	paints,	varnishes	or	sealers,	and	hang	         successful	students	for	entry-level	ap-
                           LEARN MORE
                                               wallcoverings.	This	trade	also	uses	power	          prenticeship	positions	in	the	Painting	&	




                                                                                                                                                     BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN
                                               tools	such	as	paint	spray	guns,	operates	           Decorating	Trade.	
                                               sand	blasting	equipment	and	applies	in-
                                               dustrial	coatings.	As	popular	residential	          COURSE OUTLINE
                                               and	commercial	trends	change,	work-                 PND702	             Painting	&	Decorating	
                                               ers	must	be	aware	of	continual	product	                                 Job	Readiness
OVERVIEW                                       changes	and	choices.	This	trade	is	often	
Professional	painters	and	decorators	ap-       involved	in	new	construction,	repair,	alter-        COURSES
ply	paint,	wallcoverings	and	other	finishes	   ation	or	remodelling	work,	or	employed	by	
                                               organizations	that	own	or	manage	large	             Pt 		   		    		    		      	
to	interior	and	exterior	surfaces	of	build-
ings	and	other	structures.	They	estimate	      buildings	such	as	apartment	complexes	
                                               or	schools.




Sheet Metal Courses

                                               netry,	counters,	lab	equipment,	shelving	
                                               and	roof	drainage	systems.	Sheet	metal	
                                                                                                   COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO                                                            SML702	             Sheet	Metal	Job	Readiness
                           LEARN MORE          trades	people	read	blueprints,	lay	out	and	
                                               measure	metals,	cut	and	fasten	materials	
                                               using	hand	and	power	tools,	and	install,	           COURSES
                                               service	and	repair	air	handling	equipment,	
                                                                                                   Pt 		   		    		    		      	
                                               furnaces	and	fans.	This	trade	is	primar-
                                               ily	employed	for	residential,	commercial	
                                               and	industrial	construction	projects.	The	
OVERVIEW                                       goal	of	the	NAIT	Sheet	Metal	Job	Readi-
Sheet	metal	workers	use	a	variety	of	met-      ness	program	is	to	give	students	the	basic	
als	including	black	and	galvanized	steel,	     practical	skills	of	the	trade	that	will	assist	
copper,	brass,	nickel,	stainless	steel	and	    them	in	finding	an	entry-level	apprentice-
aluminum.	Some	of	the	products	they	           ship	position.
create	are	used	for	HVAC	systems,	cabi-


                                                                                                                LEGEND
                                                                                                                learning options
                                                                                                                Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                                Pt    Part-time

                                                                                                                D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                                start date
                                                                                                                      Fall

                                                                                                                      Winter

                                                                                                                      Spring

                                                                                                                      Summer

                                                                                                                credential

                                                                                                                 A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                                 B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                 C    Certificate

                                                                                                                Dp Diploma




                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                21
                                 Soapstone Carving Courses

                                                                               most	beautiful	sculptures	found	in	gal-       Skilled	instructors	will	lead	students	into	
                                                           SCAN THIS TO        leries	and	museums	and	since	the	early	       producing	remarkable	carvings.	No	previ-
                                                           LEARN MORE          1950’s	have	become	a	popular	art	form.	       ous	experience	in	carving	is	required.
                                                                               Soapstone	carving	begins	with	a	creative	
                                                                                                                             COURSE OUTLINE
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION + DESIGN




                                                                               idea	or	inspiration	from	the	untouched	
                                                                               stone	itself.                                 STN10	             Soapstone	Carving
                                                                               The	 NAIT	 Soapstone	 Carving	 course	
                                                                               will	capture	the	process	of	taking	an	un-     COURSES
                                                                               touched	stone	and	creating	a	unique	art	
                                 OVERVIEW                                      piece.	Students	will	become	knowledge-
                                                                                                                             Pt 			   		   		   		   	
                                 Soapstone	has	been	a	part	of	human	de-        able	about	materials,	the	safe	handling	of	
                                 velopment	since	the	early	eras	of	man-        tools	and	various	methods	used	to	com-
                                 kind.	Soapstone	carvings	are	some	of	the	     plete	a	carving	by	the	end	of	this	course.	




                                 Woodworking Courses

                                                                               Students	will	be	introduced	to	specific	      COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                               theoretical	knowledge	which	provides	the	
                                                           SCAN THIS TO                                                      FDC10		            Hand	Tools
                                                           LEARN MORE          foundation	for	further	learning	and	hands-
                                                                               on	practice.	Students	get	to	develop	their	   FDC12		            Veneering
                                                                               practical	skills	in	our	woodworking	shops,	   FDC13		            Wood	Carving	Level	1	
                                                                               which	are	outfitted	with	the	latest	tools	    FDC45		            Wood	Working	Skills	
                                                                               and	equipment.	Traditional	woodworking	       FDC51		            Woodworking	For	Women	
                                                                               tools	and	methods	are	also	emphasized	        FDC52		            Woodworking	For	
                                                                               and	merged	with	newer	approaches.                                Women	Level	2
                                 OVERVIEW
                                                                               Class	sizes	are	small,	to	facilitate	inter-   FDC98		            Table	Saw
                                 Explore	the	wide	world	of	woodworking	        action	with	the	instructor	and	other	stu-
                                 and	develop	your	woodworking	skills.	If	      dents.                                        COURSES
                                 you	want	to	learn	new	skills,	boost	your	
                                 confidence	and	learn	in	a	supportive	at-                                                    Pt 		    		   		   		   	
                                 mosphere,	then	these	courses	are	for	you.	
                                 This	is	a	craftsmanship	program,	ideal	for	
                                 anyone	with	an	interest	in	woodworking	
                                 and	furniture	construction.




                      22	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/ACCOUNTING
•	   ACCOUNTING CERTIFICATE OR DIPLOMA (ACCELERATED)
•	   CGA PACE PARTNERSHIP COURSES
•	   CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS (CGA) PROGRAM
•	   CERTIFIED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS (CMA) PROGRAM
•	   CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT (CA) COURSE PREREQUISITES
                                         Accounting Certificate or Diploma (Accelerated)

                                                                                          •	NAIT’s	Bachelor	of	Applied	Business	         of	the	first	class.	The	tuition	fee,	minus	a	
                                                                                            Administration-Accounting	or	                $50	administration	fee,	will	be	credited	to	
                                                                    SCAN THIS TO
                                                                                            Bachelor	of	Business	Administration	         your	student	account.
                                                                    LEARN MORE
                                                                                            Degree	(BBA)
                                                                                                                                         Note:	Refunds	can	take	four	weeks	to	pro-
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - ACCOUNTING




                                                                                          •	University	of	Lethbridge	Bachelor	of	
                                                                                                                                         cess	by	the	cash	office.
                                                                                            Management	Degree
                                                                                          •	Athabasca	University’s	Bachelor	of	          Non-attendance	is	not	accepted	as	notice	
                                                                                            Administration,	Bachelor	of	General	         of	withdrawal.	Unless	you	make	an	appli-
                                                                                            Studies,	or	Bachelor	of	Commerce	            cation	as	outlined,	you	are	responsible	for	
                                         OVERVIEW                                           Degrees                                      the	full	tuition	fee.
                                         Reach	new	heights	by	completing	an	Ac-           •	Concordia	University	College	                Course	transfers	can	be	made	prior	to	the	
                                         celerated	Accounting	Certificate	or	Di-            Bachelor	of	Management	Degree                second	scheduled	class,	space	permitting.	
                                         ploma.	Expand	your	education,	advance	                                                          A	$50	administration	fee	will	be	assessed.
                                                                                         COURSE MATERIALS
                                         your	career	and	possibly	start	working	                                                         To	transfer	out	of	a	course,	a	request	must	
                                         towards	a	professional	accounting	desig-        A	material	list,	including	information	on	
                                                                                                                                         be	made	prior	to	the	third	class.
                                         nation.                                         mandatory	textbooks,	required	calcula-
                                                                                         tor	and	other	necessary	materials	will	         Courses	transferred	from	one	academic	
                                         In	the	program	you	will	not	only	fine-tune	     be	available	at	the	NAIT	Bookstore	two	         year	to	another	will	not	be	granted.
                                         your	accounting	skills,	but	you	will	also	      weeks	in	advance	of	the	course	start	date.                                                	
                                                                                                                                         *Withdrawing	students,	after	class	starts,	
                                         emerge	with	practical	business	skills	ap-
                                                                                                                                         are	not	entitled	to	a	refund.	
                                         plicable	in	the	workplace.	Put	it	all	to	use	   CALCULATOR POLICY
                                         and	you’ll	see	your	value	grow.                 Due	to	the	growing	number	of	calculators	       Students	are	responsible	for	formally	
                                                                                         available,	and	the	required	consistency	at	     withdrawing	from	courses	in	W111	(form	
                                         Even	better,	some	of	the	Accelerated	
                                                                                         NAIT,	only	the	calculator	model	specified	      available	on	the	NAIT	website	-	search	
                                         Accounting	courses	are	also	equivalent	
                                                                                         by	the	instructor	will	be	allowed	for	use	in	   for	eforms).	A	formal	course	withdrawal	
                                         requirements	toward	the	Certified	Gen-
                                                                                         examinations	and	quizzes.	Please	wait	to	       should	be	provided	by	students	prior	to	
                                         eral	Accountant,	Certified	Management	
                                                                                         purchase	a	calculator	until	after	your	first	   completing	75%	of	the	course	if	the	stu-
                                         Accountant	and	Chartered	Accountancy	
                                                                                         class	when	your	instructor	will	discuss	        dent	wishes	to	receive	a	“W”	on	his/her	
                                         designations.
                                                                                         this	with	you.                                  transcript.	If	the	withdrawal	request	is	re-
                                         CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                                                            ceived	after	75%	of	the	course	has	been	
                                                                                         EXAM POLICY                                     delivered,	the	student	will	receive	a	“WF”.
                                         Develop	your	accounting	skills	to	pro-          Exams	must	be	written	in	class	on	sched-        Where	a	student	does	not	provide	writ-
                                         vide	financial	and	management	support	          uled	dates.                                     ten	notification	of	a	course	withdrawal,	a	
                                         in	both	the	public	and	private	sectors.	In	                                                     failing	grade	will	be	recorded	on	his/her	
                                         most	cases,	you	are	enrolling	in	this	pro-      Unless	otherwise	specified	on	the	website	
                                                                                                                                         record.	
                                         gram	after	you	have	gained	some	work-           or	in	class	by	your	instructor,	the	final	ex-
                                                                                         amination	will	be	held	on	the	last	day	of	      Courses	cancelled	by	NAIT	will	be	re-
                                         ing	knowledge	in	accounting.	Completing	
                                                                                         class.	All	other	examination	dates	will	be	     funded.
                                         this	program	will	help	you	increase	or	fine	
                                         tune	your	skills.	You	will	enhance	your	ca-     announced	in	class.
                                         reer	opportunities	and	be	able	to	use	your	     Exceptions	may	be	accommodated	if	the	
                                                                                                                                         CERTIFICATION
                                         education	to	open	new	career	doors	in	the	      reason	is	valid	and	acceptable	to	the	Pro-      You	have	the	option	of	completing	the	
                                         accounting	field.	                              gram	Chair,	and	documentation,	such	as	         program	requirements	for	either:
                                                                                         medical	record	or	hospital	admittance,	is	       •	Accelerated	Accounting	Certificate
                                         PROGRAM MODEL/                                  provided.                                        •	Accelerated	Accounting	Diploma
                                         COMPLETION                                      Work	commitments	and	business	or	per-
                                         REQUIREMENTS                                    sonal	travel	are	not	considered	acceptable	
                                                                                                                                         CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                         reasons	for	examination	deferral.               To	be	eligible	for	certification,	students	
                                         The	accelerated	format	of	the	courses	
                                                                                                                                         must	achieve	a	minimum	grade	of	D	in	all	
                                         is	best	suited	to	people	with	some	ac-          A	fee	will	be	assessed	and	administered	
                                                                                                                                         10	certificate	level	courses.
                                         counting	experience,	such	as	a	previous	        for	each	provision	of	this	service.
                                         diploma,	 degree	 or	 work	 experience.	                                                        Note:	Students	pursuing	a	degree	or	pro-
                                                                                         Call	780.471.8383	for	more	information.
                                         Courses	are	all	taught	in	a	classroom	                                                          fessional	accounting	designation	may	re-
                                                                                                                                         quire	a	higher	grade.
                                         setting	and	students	will	have	the	op-          COURSE DROP/
                                         portunity	to	study	the	theory	and	receive	
                                         hands-on	practice.	See	www.nait.ca/aac	
                                                                                         CANCELLATION/                                   DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS
                                         for	further	information.	The	Accelerated	       TRANSFER PROCESS                                To	be	eligible	for	certification,	students	
                                         Accounting	Diploma	is	designed	to	pro-          No	refund	is	given	once	your	course	starts.     must	acheive	a	minimum	grade	of	D	in	
                                         vide	a	two	(2)	year	block	transfer	credit	                                                      all	10	certificate-level	courses	and	an	ad-
                                                                                         Application	to	the	registrar	for	a	refund	of	
                                         towards	any	of	the	following	Degree	pro-                                                        ditional	10	diploma-level	courses.	A	total	
                                                                                         fees	for	dropped	courses	must	be	received	
                                         grams:                                                                                          of	20	courses	is	required.
                                                                                         three	business	days	prior	to	the	start	date	



                       24	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
ADVANCED CREDIT                               At	minimum,	you	should	possess	the	             JRSB112	              Macroeconomics
If	you	completed	accounting	courses	          equivalent	of	an	Alberta	High	School	Di-        JRSB205	              Business	Law
outside	of	NAIT’s	Accelerated	Account-        ploma	with	Grade	12	English	and	Math-           ACCT206	              Intermediate	Financial	
ing	program,	course	equivalents	(up	to	a	     ematics.                                                              Accounting	I




                                                                                                                                                  BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - ACCOUNTING
maximum	of	50%	of	the	program)	may	                                                           ACCT211	              Intermediate	Managerial	
be	eligible	for	advanced	credit.	Official	
                                              DELIVERY OPTIONS                                                      Accounting	I
transcripts	must	be	presented	for	consid-     There	is	no	minimum	number	of	courses	
eration	of	advanced	credit.                   required	per	session.	However,	enrolment	       DIPLOMA COURSES
                                              in	more	than	one	or	two	courses	per	ses-        JRSB135	              Organizational	Behaviour
REQUEST FOR CERTIFICATION                     sion	can	be	extremely	demanding	and	            JRSB130	              Introduction	to	Marketing
When	you	have	completed	the	course	re-        should	be	attempted	with	caution,	given	        JRSB201	              Business	Statistics
quirements	for	your	certificate	or	diploma	   courses’	fast	pace.                             JRSB250	              Management	
you	will	need	to	obtain	and	complete	a	                                                                             Information	Systems
                                              Note:	Courses	are	listed	in	the	recom-
Request	for	Certification	form	available	                                                     FNCE323	              Corporate	Finance
                                              mended	order	of	completion.
at	the	Registrar’s	Office	or	online	at	www.                                                   JRSB215	              Communication	II
nait.ca/calendars.
                                              PROGRAM OUTLINE                                 ACCT208	              Intermediate	Financial	
                                                                                                                    Accounting	II
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                         CERTIFICATE COURSES                             ACCT212	              Intermediate	Managerial	
No	previous	course	work	in	accounting	is	     JRSB150	     Introduction	to	IT                                       Accounting	II
required	to	enroll	in	the	program,	however	   JRSB101	     Communications	I                   TAXX202	              Taxation	I
employment	in	accounting	or	an	account-       JRSB115	     Introductory	Financial	            CMIS240	              Accounting	
ing	related	position	is	beneficial.                        Accounting                                               Applications	(SME)
Note:	Courses	are	offered	at	a	fast	pace,	    JRSB110	     Microeconomics
therefore	business	employment	back-           JRSB125	     Introduction	to	Finance            COURSES
ground	is	preferred.                          JRSB117	     Introductory	Managerial	
                                                           Accounting                         	 Pt 		 		        			 C 	 Dp




CGA and professional applications and competence
evaluations (PACE) Partnership Courses
                                              PROGRAM MODEL/                                  not	offered	at	NAIT	and	must	be	com-
                                                                                              pleted	through	CGA	Alberta.
                          SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION
                          LEARN MORE          REQUIREMENTS
                                              Partner	courses	are	offered	for	all	PACE	
                                              elective	courses.	PACE	elective	courses	                     LEGEND
                                              are	scheduled	to	coincide	with	CGA	na-                       learning options
                                              tional	exams	and	are	delivered	at	times	                     Ft     Full-time
                                              intended	to	avoid	interrupting	your	career	
OVERVIEW                                      commitments.	All	courses	towards	the	
                                                                                                           Pt      Part-time

                                                                                                           D       Distance	and	Online	learning
NAIT,	in	partnership	with	the	Certified	      CGA	professional	accounting	designation	
General	 Accountants	 Association	 of	        may	be	taken	either	as	part	of	the	Bach-                     start date
Alberta	(CGA),	offers	classroom	deliv-        elor	of	Applied	Business	Administration	                             Fall
ery	of	all	Professional	Applications	and	     -	Accounting	program,	or	the	Bachelor	
                                                                                                                   Winter
Competence	Evaluations	(PACE)	elective	       of	Business	Administration	(BBA),	or	as	
courses	required	for	the	CGA	Program	of	      stand-alone	CGA	courses,	if	you	already	                             Spring

Professional	Studies.	These	CGA	partner	      have	a	degree.                                                       Summer

courses	prepare	you	for	success	in	the	       Upon	completion	of	the	Advanced	Stud-                        credential
CGA	program	and	are	an	excellent	route	       ies	and	PACE	elective	courses,	only	PA1	                      A     Applied	degree
toward	the	CGA	professional	accounting	       -	Issues	in	Professional	Practice	and	PA2	
designation.                                                                                                B     Baccalaureate	degree
                                              -	Strategic	Financial	Management	are	re-
                                              quired	to	complete	the	education	compo-                       C     Certificate
                                              nent	for	the	CGA	professional	accounting	                    Dp Diploma
                                              designation.	Note	that	PA1	and	PA2	are	



                                                                                            Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                  25
                                         PACE ELECTIVE COURSES                          EXAM POLICY                                    PACE ELECTIVES
                                         Students	are	required	to	complete	two	of	      The	NAIT	partner	course	final	examina-
                                         the	six	PACE	elective	courses.	Upon	suc-       tion	will	be	held	on	the	last	date	of	class	   PART-TIME OPTIONS
                                         cessful	completion	of	these	NAIT	PACE	         unless	otherwise	specified	on	the	website	     ACCT402	 Advanced	Finance	
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - ACCOUNTING




                                         elective	courses	(minimum	C+	grade),	          or	in	class	by	your	instructor.	Exams	must	             (Accounting)
                                         you	will	be	eligible	to	write	the	CGA	na-      be	written	in	class	on	scheduled	dates.        ACCT405	 Management	Auditing
                                         tional	examination.	                                                                          ACCT406	 Advanced	External	
                                                                                        Exceptions	may	be	accommodated	if	
                                                                                                                                                Auditing
                                         PACE COURSE MATERIALS                          the	reason	is	valid	and	acceptable	to	the	
                                                                                                                                       ACCT411	 Public	Sector	Financial	
                                                                                        Program	Chair,	and	documentation	is	pro-
                                         Course	materials	for	these	PACE	elective	                                                              Management
                                                                                        vided	(eg.	medical	reasons).	Work	com-
                                         courses	must	be	purchased	through	CGA	                                                        CMIS409	 Advanced	Information	
                                                                                        mitments	as	well	as	business	or	personal	
                                         Alberta.	It	is	recommended	that	materials	                                                             Systems
                                                                                        travel	are	not	considered	acceptable	rea-
                                         be	ordered	no	later	than	15	days	prior	to	                                                    TAXX403	 Advanced	Taxation
                                                                                        sons	for	examination	deferral.
                                         the	course	start	date.	See	website	for	de-
                                         tails	at	www.cga-alberta.org.                  A	fee	will	be	assessed	and	administered	       COURSES
                                                                                        for	each	provision	of	this	service.
                                         CGA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS                                                                     	 Pt 	 D 		 		   		   		   	
                                         Students	are	required	to	write	the	CGA	        ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                         national	exam	for	PACE	level	courses	only.	    Students	wanting	to	enrol	in	a	classroom	
                                         For	a	list	of	national	exam	dates	visit	www.   delivery	course	for	the	CGA	Program	of	
                                         cga-alberta.org.	If	you	are	a	CGA	student	     Professional	Studies	must	register	online,	
                                         and	want	to	challenge	a	CGA	national	          in-person	or	by	phone	through	NAIT’s	
                                         exam	you	must	register	for	the	applicable	     registration	system.	Note	that	extra	week-
                                         PACE	exam	directly	with	CGA	Alberta	at	        end	or	evening	classes	are	included	for	se-
                                         least	one	month	prior	to	the	national	ex-      nior	level	CGA	courses	so	that	the	course	
                                         amination	date.	You	must	successfully	         hours	can	be	delivered	within	the	CGA	
                                         complete	the	NAIT	equivalent	PACE	level	       exam	schedule.
                                         course	in	order	to	be	qualified	to	write	
                                         the	CGA	national	examination.	NAIT	will	       If	you	are	working	full-time,	taking	more	
                                         notify	CGA	if	you	have	met	the	mark	re-        than	one	CGA	Advanced	Studies	or	PACE	
                                         quired	to	challenge	the	CGA	national	ex-       elective	course	at	the	same	time	is	not	
                                         amination.                                     advisable.	These	are	heavy	courses	which	
                                                                                        require	significant	self-study	between	
                                                                                        classes.	Taking	more	than	one	course	
                                                                                        per	session	often	leads	to	unsuccessful	
                                                                                        results.
                                                                                        Note	that	these	courses	fill	quickly,	as	
                                                                                        early	as	a	month	before	the	course	starts.	
                                                                                        To	avoid	disappointment	in	taking	the	
                                                                                        course	of	your	choice,	you	are	advised	to	
                                                                                        enrol	early.




                       26	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Certified general Accountants (CGA) Program

Many	of	NAIT’s	full-time	and	part-time	courses	are	considered	equivalent	to	the	courses	required	for	completion	of	the	Certified	
General	Accountants	(CGA)	Program	of	Professional	Studies.	For	Foundation	Studies,	you	may	be	granted	transfer	credit	in	CGA’s	
Foundation	Studies	upon	successful	completion	of	the	NAIT	Certificate	and	Diploma	courses	listed	in	the	chart	below.	For	Advanced	
Studies,	NAIT’s	Applied	Degree	in	Accounting	offers	courses	eligible	for	transfer	credit	in	the	Advanced	Studies	component	of	the	CGA	




                                                                                                                                                         BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - ACCOUNTING
program.	For	the	PACE	Level.	Courses	at	the	PACE	level	of	the	CGA	program	are	offered	at	NAIT	as	part	of	the	Applied	Degree	program	
or	as	preparatory	courses	for	the	CGA	program.	You	will	be	eligible	to	challenge	the	CGA	national	examination	in	these	PACE	level	
courses	if	you	have	met	the	minimum	grade	requirement.		For	more	information,	phone	1.800.661.1078	or	visit	www.cga.alberta.org.


  CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS’ ASSOCIATION OF ALBERTA (CGA)

                                                                                   CGA Courses

                                                                                   NAIT                                  NAIT
                                                                                   ACCOUNTING DIPLOMA                    ACCELERATED ACCOUNTING
                                                                                   OR APPLIED DEGREE                     OR APPLIED DEGREE
     FOUNDATION STUDIES
     Financial Accounting: Fundamentals (FA1)                                      JRSB115                               JRSB115

     Micro & Macro Economics (EM1)                                                 JRSB110 + 112                         JRSB110 + 112

     Business Law (LW1)                                                            JRSB205                               JRSB205

     Financial Accounting: Assets (FA2)                                            ACCT206                               ACCT206

     Business Communications (CM1)                                                 JRSB101 + 120                         JRSB101 + 215

     Management Accounting Fundamentals (MA1)                                      ACCT211 + 212                         ACCT211 + 212

     Business Quantitive Analysis (QU1)                                            JRSB201                               JRSB201

     Financial Accounting: Liabilities & Equities (FA3)                            ACCT208                               ACCT208

     Corporate Finance Fundamentals (FN1)                                          FNCE323                               FNCE323

     Managing Information Systems (MS1)                                            CMIS344                               CMIS344


     ADVANCED STUDIES
     Financial Accounting: Consolidations & Advanced Issues (FA4)                  ACCT301                               ACCT301

     Accounting Theory & Contemporary Issues (AT1)                                 ACCT401                               ACCT401

     External Auditing (AU1)                                                       ACCT303                               ACCT303

     Public Practice Audit Case (BC2)                                              ACCT303L                              ACCT303L

     Advanced Management Accounting (MA2)                                          ACCT302                               ACCT302

     Personal & Corporate Taxation (TX1)                                           TAXX304                               TAXX304
                                                                                                                   LEGEND
                                                                                                                    learning options
     PACE LEVEL (Professional Applications and Competence Evaluations)
                                                                                                                    Ft    Full-time
     TWO of the following options are required: AU2, FN2, MS2, MU1, PF1, or TX2
                                                                                                                    Pt    Part-time
     Advanced External Auditing (AU2)                                              ACCT406                               ACCT406
                                                                                                                    D     Distance	and	Online	learning
     Advanced Corporate Finance (FN2)                                              FNCE402                               FNCE402

     Information Systems Strategy (MS2)                                            CMIS409                         start date
                                                                                                                      CMIS409
                                                                                                                          Fall
     Internal Auditing & Controls (MU1)                                            ACCT405                               ACCT405
                                                                                                                          Winter
     Public Sector Financial Management (PF1)                                      ACCT411                               ACCT411
                                                                                                                          Spring
     Advanced Personal & Corporate Taxation (TX2)                                  TAXX403                               TAXX403
                                                                                                                          Summer
     Professional Applications 1 (PA1)                                             Course and examination must be completed through CGA
                                                                                                                     credential
     Professional Applications 2 (PA2)                                             Course and examination must be completed through CGA
                                                                                                                      A Applied	degree

                                                                                                                     B    Baccalaureate	degree
     Note: See CGA Alberta website for posted course information (www.cga-alberta.org).
                                                                                                                     C    Certificate

                                                                                                                    Dp Diploma




                                                                                                       Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248              27
                                         Certified Management Accountants (CMA) Program

                                         To	write	the	Certified	Management	Accountants	(CMA)	entrance	exam,	you	must	first	obtain	the	prerequisite	courses	outlined	by	the	
                                         CMA	Program.	The	prerequisite	courses	of	the	pre-professional	CMA	program	consist	of	a	syllabus	of	subject	areas	presently	offered	
                                         at	NAIT.	When	you	have	covered	the	required	syllabus	and	have	earned	a	degree,	you	may	apply	to	challenge	the	CMA	Entrance	Exam.	
                                         For	more	information,	phone	1.877.262.2000	or	visit	www.cma-alberta.com.
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - ACCOUNTING




                                           CERTIFIED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS OF ALBERTA                               NAIT BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
                                           CMA SYLLABUS                                                              EQUIVALENT COURSES

                                          Introductory Management Accounting                                         ACCT211

                                          Intermediate Management Accounting                                         ACCT212

                                          Advanced Management Accounting                                             ACCT302 + MGMT408

                                          Corporate Finance                                                          FNCE323

                                          Introductory Financial Accounting                                          JRSB115

                                          Intermediate Financial Accounting                                          ACCT206 + ACCT208

                                          Advanced Financial Accounting                                              ACCT301

                                          Human Resources                                                            JRSB135 + JRSB120

                                          Economics                                                                  JRSB110 + JRSB112

                                          Strategic Management                                                       ACCT408

                                          Information Technology                                                     CMIS344 + JRSB150

                                          Statistics                                                                 JRSB201

                                          Internal Control                                                           ACCT303

                                          Taxation                                                                   TAXX304

                                          Marketing                                                                  JRSB130

                                          Operations Management                                                      ACCT404


                                         Note:	Refer	to	www.nait.ca	for	course	code	updates.




                                         Chartered Accountant (CA) Course Prerequisites
                                         NAIT	offers	equivalent	courses	for	the	Chartered	Accountant	(CA)	professional	accounting	designation.	To	find	out	more	about	what	
                                         courses	are	considered	equivalent,	see	the	prerequisite	section	of	the	CA	School	of	Business	website	at	www.casb.ca	before	enrolling	at	
                                         NAIT.	




                       28	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
                                                                                                                  BUSINESS +TECHNOLOGY - DEGREE PROGRAMS
REAL-WORLD DEGREES
ADVANCE WORKPLACE SKILLS
FLEXIBLE STUDY OPTIONS – FULL-TIME, PART-TIME, ONLINE.
the bachelor of business administration degree (bba) at NAIT ensures our students are
equipped with the skills and knowledge they need to succeed. Core IT management
and software application courses throughout the four year curriculum give our
graduates practical preparation for real-world work. This together with
opportunities for industry projects, also helps achieve this real-world
objective.
The BBA curriculum is comparable to many of the top-ranked
Canadian business degree programs, and contains courses that
enable students to earn recognition in a range of professional
designations.
• Small class sizes and knowledgeable faculty combined with
  our experiential learning and critical thinking approaches
  ensure our graduates are prepared to meet complex
  workplace challenges, and make a difference
  on the job.
• You may choose among a wide
  range of course offerings in various
  areas of emphasis including
  Accounting, Finance, Management,
  Marketing and Human Resources
  Management.
• Complete your Business
  Diploma in two years AND
  attain your Bachelor of
  Business Administration
  Degree (BBA) by                                                             LEGEND
  successfully completing two                                                 learning options
  additional years.                                                           Ft   Full-time
• Competitive tuition and                                                     Pt   Part-time
  multiple entry points
                                                                              D    Distance	and	Online	learning
  are offered throughout
  the program for new                                                         start date
  students, diploma                                                                Fall
  graduates, transfer and                                                          Winter
  international students.
                                                                                   Spring
Visit www.nait.ca/bba                                                              Summer
to view program
                                                                              credential
options.
                                                                               A   Applied	degree

                                                                               B   Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                               C   Certificate

                                                                              Dp Diploma




                                                                    Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248          29
BUSINESS +TECHNOLOGY - DEGREE PROGRAMS




                                                  REAL WORLD DEGREES
                                                  ADVANCE WORKPLACE SKILLS
                                                  FLEXIBLE STUDY OPTIONS – FULL-TIME, PART-TIME, ONLINE.
                                                  the bachelor of technology in technology managment (btech) provides in-demand leadership
                                                  skills to those who already have a background of advanced technical knowledge. Students gain
                                                  a global perspective on the social, economic, ethical, and environmental issues key to success in
                                                  today’s economy.
                                                  • This degree builds leadership and management skills
                                                    in research, planning and strategy, problem-solving,
                                                    staffing and supervision, and communication, with
                                                    a focus on teamwork, innovation, transition, and
                                                    change management.
                                                  • Elective courses span a range of technology fields,
                                                    allowing students to customize the program to suit
                                                    their particular area of focus.
                                                  • Students complete a real-world research project
                                                    working with industry.
                                                  Graduates of two-year diplomas in engineering
                                                  technologies, health and applied sciences, applied
                                                  degrees, and degrees can earn a BTech
                                                  Management degree with only two more
                                                  years of study. Other business
                                                  qualifications can be assessed for
                                                  advanced standing.
                                                  Visit www.nait.ca/btech to view
                                                  program options.




                            30	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
           A with a conscience.
         MB




                                                                                                              BUSINESS +TECHNOLOGY - DEGREE PROGRAMS
 T he




CBU Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Cape Breton University’s MBA in Community Economic Development is the only MBA
program in the Americas that delivers advanced business knowledge and skills in the
context of the community and the world. The MBA in CED offers a leading edge curriculum
that includes all business subjects found in traditional MBA programs, and it also covers
economic development, leadership, governance, and management of change. The program is
accredited in Alberta and is hosted by NAIT for face-to-face and online delivery.
This program is designed for learners who aspire to play leadership roles in the public
sector, in Third Sector organizations, and in community-minded businesses. Cape Breton
University’s MBA in CED aims to develop a new generation of leaders who have strong
business management capabilities, well developed collaborative and interpersonal skills,
and deep knowledge of accountability, social responsibility, and development issues and
practices. Graduates are equipped with the knowledge and skills to make aLEGEND in
                                                                             difference
leading organizations in an increasingly global community and economy. learning options
                                                                          Ft   Full-time
For more information:                                                          Hosted by
                                                                          Pt   Part-time
Nancy L. Frederick                                                        D    Distance	and	Online	learning
Project Coordinator
                                                                         start date
Phone: 780.471.8362
                                                                               Fall
E-mail: nfrederi@nait.ca
                                                                               Winter

                                                                               Spring

                                                                               Summer

                                                                         credential

                                                                 Shannon School
                                                                      A        Applied	degree


mba@cbu.ca                                                       of Business
                                                                      B

                                                                      C
                                                                               Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                               Certificate

                                                                          Dp Diploma




                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248          31
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - STUDENT INFORMATION
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - YEAR 1 WITH ENGLISH LANGUAGE TRAINING
•	   PRE-BUSINESS
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - CERTIFICATES
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - ACCOUNTING
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - FINANCE
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - MANAGEMENT
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - MARKETING
•	   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES
Business Administration - Student information

Enrolling	in	Continuing	Education	busi-        COMPLETING A SECOND                                To	register	online,	go	to	www.nait.ca/Con-
ness	courses	is	often	the	first	step	people	   DIPLOMA OR CERTIFICATE                             tinuingEducation,	or	call	780.471.6248	
take	on	their	way	to	acquiring	a	NAIT	         If	you	have	a	business	diploma	in	one	             toll-free	1.877.333.6248.
Business	Administration	certificate,	di-       discipline	and	wish	to	obtain	a	second	
                                                                                                  COURSES




                                                                                                                                                 BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
ploma	or	degree.	Many	mature	learners	         diploma,	you	must	to	complete	a	mini-
find	the	convenience	of	part-time	learning	    mum	of	six	new	courses,	including	all	core	        Refer	 to	 Business	 Administration	 -	
in	the	evenings/on	weekends	desirable,	        courses	or	required	electives	in	the	sec-          Courses	for	detailed	information.
while	others	use	Continuing	Education	         ond	diploma	or	certificate.	
as	a	bridge	between	working	and	going	                                                            FALL 2012
                                               Students	seeking	a	second	diploma	need	
back	to	school	as	a	full-time	student.	Con-
                                               to	confirm	courses	and	should	contact	             Classes	begin	Sep	5	and	end	on	Dec	17.
tinuing	Education	business	courses	are	
                                               the	program	office.	Call	780.471.7031	or	          No	classes	Oct	6,	7	and	8.
offered	in	cooperation	with	the	JR	Shaw	
                                               780.471.7032.
School	of	Business	and	are	equivalent	to	
                                                                                                  WINTER 2013
the	full-time	program	business	courses.	
                                               DEGREES                                            Classes	begin	Jan	5	and	end	Apr	23.
Visit	www.nait.ca/businessadministration-
                                               Degree	studies	are	a	logical	extension	of	
courses	for	the	most	current	information.                                                         No	classes	Feb	16	to	21	or	Mar	29	to	31.
                                               your	education	beyond	a	diploma.	Each	
ONLINE BUSINESS                                degree	program	consists	of	the	equiva-             SPRING 2013
                                               lent	of	four	years	of	study,	the	first	two	of	
COURSES                                        which	may	be	as	diploma	studies.	Many	             Classes	run	May	1	to	Jun	18.
Business	courses	are	now	available	online	     professional	associations	require	a	degree	        No	classes	May	20.
through	eLearning.	Visit	www.nait.ca/          before	they	will	grant	a	designation	(e.g.	
DistanceLearning	or	call	780.471.6248	for	     CGA,	CMA	and	HRIA).	                               SUMMER 2013
more	information.                              Bachelor	of	Applied	Business	Adminis-              Classes	run	Jun	19	to	Jul	31.
                                               tration	–	Accounting	is	available	in	full	
CERTIFICATES                                   or	part-time.	Phone	780.471.8950	for	
                                                                                                  No	classes	Jul	1.

Certificate	programs	are	only	available	       information.                                       STATUTORY HOLIDAYS
through	Continuing	Education	and	consist	
                                               Bachelor	of	Applied	Business	–	Finance	            NAIT	is	closed.
of	10	business	courses	(a	combination	of	
                                               available	 in	 full	 or	 part-time.	 Phone	
Year	1	and	Year	2	courses).                                                                       CALCULATORS
                                               780.471.8858	for	information.
•	Accounting                                                                                      Texas	Instrument	BA	II	Plus	is	the	required	
•	Finance                                      STUDENTS IN PROGRESS                               calculator	for	business	courses.	No	other	
•	General	Management
                                               AND PROGRAM CHANGES                                calculators	or	programmable	calculators	
                                               If	you	have	taken	a	break	from	your	stud-          are	allowed	for	coursework,	quizzes	or	
•	Human	Resource	Management
                                               ies	and	want	to	start	classes	again,	you	are	      exams.
•	Marketing
                                               a	student	in	progress.	Students	in	progress	
•	Small	Business                               need	to	confirm	the	remaining	courses	
                                               and	should	contact	the	program	office	
DIPLOMAS                                       to	avoid	taking	additional	courses	due	to	
Each	diploma	program	consists	of	20	           program	changes.	Call	780.471.7031	or	                     LEGEND
business	courses	–	10	Year	1	(100-level)	      780.471.7032.                                              learning options
courses	common	to	all	diplomas	and	10	                                                                     Ft   Full-time
Year	2	(200-level)	courses	in	the	field	       ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                           Pt   Part-time
chosen.                                        To	study	in	a	diploma	program,	you	should	
                                                                                                           D    Distance	and	Online	learning
•	Accounting                                   possess	a	high	school	diploma	including	
                                               Math	30	(pure	or	applied)	and	English	30.	                 start date
•	Finance
                                                                                                                Fall
•	Human	Resource	Management                    ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY
                                                                                                                Winter
•	Management                                   English	is	the	language	of	instruction	and	
                                               coursework	in	all	programs	at	NAIT.                              Spring
•	Marketing
                                               Adequate	knowledge	of	written	and	spo-                           Summer

                                               ken	English	is	required.	If	English	is	your	               credential
                                               second	language	(ESL),	you	should	com-                      A    Applied	degree
                                               plete	the	ESL	training	prior	to	registering	
                                               for	business	courses.	Phone	780.471.7499	                   B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                               for	information.                                            C    Certificate

                                                                                                           Dp Diploma




                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248             33
                                                      COURSE DROP/                                    signed	physician’s	statement	is	required	      TRANSFER TO DAYTIME
                                                                                                      within	three	days	if	an	exam	is	missed	
                                                      CANCELLATION/                                   due	to	illness.	A	fee	will	be	assessed	and	
                                                                                                                                                     BUSINESS PROGRAM
                                                      TRANSFER PROCESS                                administered	for	each	provision	of	this	       If	you	plan	to	transfer	from	the	evening	
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION




                                                      No	refund	is	given	once	your	course	starts.     service.                                       credit	program	to	Semester	2	of	the	day	
                                                                                                                                                     program,	please	be	aware	that	priority	is	
                                                      Application	to	the	registrar	for	a	refund	of	   PLAN WISELY                                    given	to	students	who	have	successfully	
                                                      fees	for	dropped	courses	must	be	received	
                                                                                                      Upon	completion	of	Year	1	courses,	plan	       completed	JRSB115,	JRSB101,	JRSB110,	
                                                      three	business	days	prior	to	the	start	date	
                                                                                                      your	Year	2	courses	and	schedule	in	ad-        JRSB112	and	one	of	JRSB150,	JRSB135,	
                                                      of	the	first	class.	The	tuition	fee,	minus	a	
                                                                                                      vance.	Many	Year	2	courses	are	only	of-        JRSB130	and	JRSB125.
                                                      $50	administration	fee,	will	be	credited	to	
                                                      your	student	account.                           fered	once	a	year.                             If	you	are	transferring	from	the	evening	
                                                                                                      To	ensure	a	successful	post-secondary	ex-      credit	program	to	Semester	3	of	the	day	
                                                      Note:	Refunds	can	take	four	weeks	to	pro-
                                                                                                      perience	in	an	academic	year,	you	should:      program,	priority	is	given	to	students	who	
                                                      cess	by	the	cash	office.
                                                                                                                                                     have	successfully	completed	the	Year	1	
                                                      Non-attendance	is	not	accepted	as	notice	       •	register	early                               requirements.
                                                      of	withdrawal.	Unless	you	make	an	appli-        •	only	take	as	many	courses	in	
                                                                                                                                                     International	students	are	strongly	ad-
                                                      cation	as	outlined,	you	are	responsible	for	      a	term	as	you	are	sure	
                                                                                                        you	can	handle                               vised	to	complete	JRSB101	before	apply-
                                                      the	full	tuition	fee.
                                                                                                                                                     ing	for	full-time	studies.
                                                      For	Fall	and	Winter	Terms	only,	course	         •	allow	for	a	minimum	of	2-3	hours	
                                                                                                        of	homework,	studying,	preparation	          JR SHAW SCHOOL OF
                                                      transfers	can	be	made	prior	to	the	second	
                                                                                                        and	research	for	every	hour	in	class
                                                      scheduled	class,	space	permitting.	A	$50	                                                      BUSINESS AFFILIATIONS
                                                      administration	fee	will	be	assessed.            •	check	for	prerequisites	before	you	
                                                                                                        register.	                                   Students	 who	 successfully	 complete	
                                                      To	transfer	out	of	a	course,	a	request	must	                                                   NAIT	business	studies	and	meet	the	mark	
                                                                                                      •	keep	a	record	of	your	successfully	
                                                      be	made	prior	to	the	third	class.                                                              requirements	of	various	professional	as-
                                                                                                        completed	courses	-	they	will	be	
                                                      Courses	transferred	from	one	academic	            included	in	your	eligibility	when	           sociations	may	obtain	transfer	credits	
                                                      year	to	another	will	not	be	granted.              certificate	requirements	change              from	them.	Affiliations	exist	between	
                                                                                                                                                     NAIT	and	the	following	organizations	and	
                                                                                                	
                                                      *Withdrawing	students,	after	class	starts,	
                                                      are	not	entitled	to	a	refund.	
                                                                                                      REQUEST FOR                                    universities,	as	well	as	others:
                                                                                                      CERTIFICATION                                  •	Canadian	Bankers	Association
                                                      Students	are	responsible	for	formally	
                                                      withdrawing	from	courses	in	W111	(form	         Certificates	must	be	requested	prior	to	       •	Canadian	Payroll	Association
                                                      available	on	the	NAIT	website	-	search	         the	Diploma	being	issued.                      •	Canadian	Professional	Sales	
                                                      for	eforms).	A	formal	course	withdrawal	        Business	Certificates	are	issued	to	stu-         Association
                                                      should	be	provided	by	students	prior	to	        dents	who	have	completed	course	re-            •	Canadian	Securities	Commission
                                                      completing	75%	of	the	course	if	the	stu-        quirements	through	the	Department		of	         •	Certified	General	Accountants	
                                                      dent	wishes	to	receive	a	“W”	on	his/her	        Continuing	Education.	                           Association	of	Alberta
                                                      transcript.	If	the	withdrawal	request	is	re-
                                                                                                      When	you	have	completed	the	course	re-         •	Certified	Management	Accountants	
                                                      ceived	after	75%	of	the	course	has	been	
                                                                                                      quirements	for	your	certificate	or	diploma,	     of	Alberta
                                                      delivered,	the	student	will	receive	a	“WF”.
                                                                                                      complete	a	Request	for	Certification	form	     •	Credit	Institute	of	Canada
                                                      Where	a	student	does	not	provide	writ-
                                                                                                      available	online	at	www.nait.ca/eforms	        •	Financial	Planners	Standards	
                                                      ten	notification	of	a	course	withdrawal,	a	
                                                                                                      and	submit	to	the	Registrar’s	Office.            Council
                                                      failing	grade	will	be	recorded	on	his/her	
                                                      record.	                                        CONVOCATION                                    •	Human	Resources	Institute	of	
                                                                                                                                                       Alberta
                                                      Courses	cancelled	by	NAIT	will	be	re-
                                                                                                      If	you	complete	your	diploma	studies	by	       •	Project	Management	Institute
                                                      funded.
                                                                                                      June	30,	2013,	you	will	be	eligible	to	at-
                                                                                                      tend	convocation	in	May	2013.	Request	         •	Purchasing	Management	
                                                      EXAM POLICY                                                                                      Association	of	Canada
                                                                                                      and	complete	the	Request	for	Certifica-
                                                      Exams	must	be	written	in	class	on	sched-        tion	form	and	submit	it	to	the	Registrar’s	    •	Athabasca	University
                                                      uled	dates.	                                    Office	two	months	before	the	graduation	       •	Concordia	University	College	of	
                                                      Work	commitments,	as	well	as	business	          ceremony	date	in	May	2013.                       Alberta
                                                      or	personal	travel,	are	not	considered	ac-      Continuing	Education	students	need	to	         •	University	of	Lethbridge
                                                      ceptable	reasons	for	examination	deferral.	     order	their	gown	through	the	Bookstore.        Consult	the	Alberta	Transfer	Guide	for	
                                                      The	final	examination	will	be	held	on	                                                         additional	information	regarding	other	
                                                      the	last	date	of	class	unless	otherwise	                                                       universities.
                                                      specified	in	class	by	your	instructor.	
                                                      Exam	 accommodations	 are	 only	 al-
                                                      lowed	as	outlined	in	the	exam	policy.	A	


                                     34	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Business Administration - Year 1 with English Language
Training
                                               of	the	Business	Diploma	program	of	their	        •	JRSB130	Introduction	to	Marketing	
                           SCAN THIS TO        choice	(Accounting,	Finance,	Marketing,	         •	JRSB125	Introduction	to	Finance	
                           LEARN MORE          Human	Resources	or	Management).
                                                                                                •	JRSB120	Introduction	to	Business	
                                               PROGRAM MODEL/




                                                                                                                                                       BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                                •	JRSB135	Organizational	Behaviour	
                                               COMPLETION                                       •	JRSB150	Introduction	to	IT
                                               REQUIREMENTS                                     Note:	Schedule	is	tentative	and	subject	to	
                                               •	Four	weeks	of	intensive	English	               change.
OVERVIEW                                         language	training	-	Monday	to	
This	is	a	program	designed	for	students	         Friday;	9:00	am	-	4:00	pm	                     ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
with	English	as	their	second	language	who	      •	Three	13-week	terms,	each	                    •	Grade	12	mathematics	(pure	or	
wish	to	study	in	the	Business	Administra-         consisting	of	three	to	four	Business	           applied).	A	lower	level	of	math	
tion	Program.	                                    Administration	Year	1	courses	will	             and	post-secondary	education	
                                                  be	offered	Monday	to	Thursday;	                 equivalencies	may	be	considered
Business	Administration	Year	1	helps	stu-         3:15	pm	-	9:15	pm
dents	gain	an	appreciation	for	the	wide	as-                                                     •	Completion	of	NAIT	ESL	Level	3	
                                               Courses	covered	include:	                          in	English	competency	prior	to	
sortment	of	career	possibilities	related	to	
                                                •	ENG103	Introduction	to	Business	                admission.	Equivalencies	will	be	
each	diploma	and	degree	program.                  English	(4	weeks,	full-time)	                   considered.	TOEFL,	iBT:	71-80
This	program	provides	students	with	an	        •	ENG104	English	                                •	IELTS,	Academic:	530-550
opportunity	to	prepare	to	succeed	in	Busi-
                                               •	ENG105	English	
ness	Administration	Year	1	courses	by	of-
                                               •	JRSB117	Introductory	Managerial	
                                                                                                PROGRAM OUTLINE
fering	an	intensive	three	week,	full-time	
                                                 Accounting	
English	language	training.	The	balance	of	                                                      BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION YEAR
the	courses	are	offered	during	the	eve-        •	JRSB115	Introductory	Financial	                1 - ESL STUDENTS [BUS101]
ning.                                            Accounting	

Upon	successful	completion	of	this	pro-        •	JRSB101	Communications	I	                      COURSES
gram	students	will	qualify	to	enter	Year	2	    •	JRSB110	Microeconomics	
                                                                                                Pt 			   		        		     		     		
                                               •	JRSB112	Macroeconomics	




Pre-Business

                                               ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                           SCAN THIS TO        Applicants	must	have	A-Math	10	or	P-
                           LEARN MORE          Math	10	and	English	10-1	or	10-2.	It	is	                       LEGEND
                                               recommended	that	applicants	be	out	of	                         learning options
                                               school	for	at	least	one	full	year.                             Ft        Full-time

                                                                                                              Pt
                                               PROGRAM OUTLINE                                                          Part-time

                                                                                                              D         Distance	and	Online	learning

OVERVIEW                                       PRE-BUSINESS [BUS1]                                            start date
Pre-Business	is	a	full-time	one	semester-      BUS96	        Business	Communications	                                   Fall

program	designed	for	adults	lacking	the	       BUS97	        Mathematics	for	Business
                                                                                                                        Winter
prerequisites	to	enter	Business	Adminis-       BUS98	        Introduction	to	Business
                                                                                                                        Spring
tration.                                       BUS99	        Strategies	for	Student	Success
                                                                                                                        Summer
Completing	this	program	will	qualify	you	      COURSES                                                        credential
for	entrance	into	one	of	NAIT’s	Business	
programs.	                                     Pt 		   		   		 C 	                                             A        Applied	degree

                                                                                                               B        Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                               C        Certificate

                                                                                                              Dp Diploma




                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                     35
                                                      BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - CERTIFICATES

                                                      Accounting Certificate                       General Management Certificate              Marketing Certificate
                                                      Build	on	your	basic	accounting	know-	        Build	on	your	basic	knowledge	of	ac-        Understanding	the	business	world	within	
                                                      ledge.	Explore	current	generally	accepted	   counting,	human	resources,	project	man-     which	an	enterprise	exists	helps	shed	
                                                      accounting	principles,	cost	accounting	      agement	 and	 strategic	 management.	       light	on	its	aims,	objectives,	goods	and	
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION




                                                      fundamentals	and	International	Financial	    Discover	accounting	techniques	manag-       services,	transactions,	activities,	financial	
                                                      Reporting	Standards	(IFRS)	practices.	       ers	use	in	decision-making	as	you	learn	    decisions	and	marketing	activities.	
                                                                                                   to	use	cost-volume-profit	as	a	decision	
                                                      REQUIRED COURSES                             making	tool.	                               REQUIRED COURSES
                                                      JRSB115	     Introductory	Financial	                                                     JRSB101	 Communications	I
                                                                   Accounting                      REQUIRED COURSES                            JRSB150	 Introduction	to	IT
                                                      JRSB101	     Communications	I                JRSB101	     Communications	I               JRSB120	 Principles	of	Management
                                                      JRSB110	     Microeconomics                  JRSB115	     Introductory	Financial	        JRSB135	 Organizational	Behaviour
                                                      JRSB112	     Macroeconomics                               Accounting
                                                                                                                                               JRSB130	 Introduction	to	Marketing
                                                      JRSB117	     Introductory	Managerial	        JRSB135	     Organizational	Behaviour
                                                                                                                                               JRSB125	 Introduction	to	Finance
                                                                   Accounting                      JRSB205	     Business	Law
                                                                                                                                               JRSB201	 Business	Statistics
                                                      JRSB125	     Introduction	to	Finance         JRSB130	     Introduction	to	Marketing
                                                                                                                                               MARK268	 Business	to	Business	
                                                      ACCT206	     Intermediate	Financial	         JRSB117	     Introductory	Managerial	                Marketing
                                                                   Accounting	I                                 Accounting
                                                                                                                                               MARK271	 Professional	Selling	
                                                      ACCT211	     Intermediate	Managerial	        HRMT226	     Introduction	to	                        Principles
                                                                   Accounting	I                                 Human	Resources
                                                                                                                                               MARK276	 Promotional	Management
                                                      TAXX202	     Taxation	I                      MGMT256	     Introduction	to	Strategic	
                                                                                                                                               JRSB360	 Applied	Research	Methods
                                                      CMIS240	     Special	Applications	                        Management
                                                                   (Accounting)                    MGMT356	     Advanced	Strategic	
                                                                                                                Management                     Small Business Certificate
                                                      Finance Certificate                          MGMT220	     Introduction	to	Project	       Small	business	owners	face	numerous	
                                                                                                                Management                     challenges:	scarcity	of	resources,	stiff	
                                                      Learn	about	pricing	methods,	budget-
                                                                                                                                               competition	as	a	start-up	business,	bar-
                                                      ing,	cost	analysis	and	capital	projects.	
                                                                                                   Human Resources Management                  riers	to	effective	communication	and	
                                                      Discover	the	tools,	calculations	and	com-
                                                                                                   Certificate                                 decision	making,	and	ineffective	selling	
                                                      ponents	required	to	complete	a	financial	
                                                                                                                                               techniques.	
                                                      plan.	Explore	capital	markets,	securities	   Organizational	strategy,	technological	
                                                      and	investments.	                            change,	workforce	characteristics,	com-     REQUIRED COURSES
                                                                                                   petition	and	government	regulation	all	     JRSB101	 Communications	I
                                                      REQUIRED COURSES                             shape	strategic	human	resource	policies.	   JRSB115	 Introductory	Financial	
                                                      JRSB115	     Introductory	Financial	
                                                                                                   REQUIRED COURSES                                     Accounting
                                                                   Accounting
                                                                                                   JRSB101	     Communications	I               JRSB110	 Microeconomics
                                                      JRSB101	     Communications	I
                                                                                                   JRSB115	     Introductory	Financial	        JRSB117	 Introductory	Managerial	
                                                      JRSB110	     Microeconomics
                                                                                                                Accounting                              Accounting
                                                      JRSB112	     Macroeconomics
                                                                                                   JRSB135	     Organizational	Behaviour       JSRB112	 Macroeconomics
                                                      JRSB117	     Introductory	Managerial	
                                                                                                   JRSB205	     Business	Law                   JRSB130	 Introduction	to	Marketing
                                                                   Accounting
                                                                                                   JRSB117	     Introductory	Managerial	       JRSB125	 Introduction	to	Finance
                                                      JRSB125	     Introduction	to	Finance
                                                                                                                Accounting                     MARK271	 Professional	Selling	
                                                      FNCE280	     Investments
                                                                                                   HRMT226	     Introduction	to	                        Principles
                                                      FNCE211	     Cash	Management
                                                                                                                Human	Resources                JRSB205	 Business	Law
                                                      TAXX202	     Taxation	I
                                                                                                   MGMT256	     Introduction	to	Strategic	     MGMT255	 Small	Business	
                                                      FNCE252	     Credit/Financial	Analysis                    Management                              Management
                                                                                                   JRSB215	     Communication	II
                                                                                                   HRMT349	     Labour	Relations               All certificates must be issued before a
                                                                                                   HRMT237	     Recruitment	and	Selection      diploma can be issued.




                                     36	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Business Administration - Accounting

                                              PROGRAM MODEL/                                    PROGRAM OUTLINE
                          SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION                                        YEAR 1
                          LEARN MORE
                                              REQUIREMENTS                                      JRSB150	       Introduction	to	IT




                                                                                                                                             BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                                JRSB101	       Communications	I
                                              PROGRAM MODEL
                                                                                                JRSB115	       Introductory	Financial	
                                              The	Business	Administration	–	Account-                           Accounting
                                              ing	program	is	offered	both	full-time	(day-       JRSB135	       Organizational	Behaviour
OVERVIEW                                      time	classes)	and	part-time	(evening	and	         JRSB120	       Principles	of	Management
                                              weekend	classes).	The	part-time	program	          JRSB110	       Microeconomics
Students	gain	a	solid	working	knowledge	      is	offered	through	NAIT’s	Continuing	Edu-         JRSB117	       Introductory	Managerial	
of	accounting	and	information	systems,	       cation	department.                                               Accounting
and	learn	to	use	quantitative	analysis	
                                              Note:	Students	can	transfer	between	the	          JRSB112	       Macroeconomics
techniques	to	derive	meaning	from	fi-
                                              full-time	and	Continuing	Education	pro-           JRSB125	       Introduction	to	Finance
nancial	data.	Studies	include	financial	
                                              grams.                                            JRSB130	       Introduction	to	Marketing
accounting,	management	accounting,	
corporate	finance	and	taxation.               PART-TIME (P/T) COMPLETION                        YEAR 2
                                              REQUIREMENTS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                                                            JRSB250	       Management	
                                              Students	must	complete	all	courses	in	the	                       Information	Systems
Many	grads	continue	their	education	in	       Business	Administration	–	Accounting	             ACCT206	       Intermediate	Financial	
the	BBA	degree	or	Bachelor	of	Applied	        curriculum	to	graduate.	Year	1	(Semesters	                       Accounting	I
Business	Administration	-	Accounting	ap-      1	and	2)	consists	of	set	courses	in	Busi-         JRSB201	       Business	Statistics
plied	degree	program;	others	start	careers	   ness	Administration.	Year	2	(Semesters	           ACCT208	       Intermediate	Financial	
in	a	wide	range	of	government,	industry	      3	and	4)	consists	of	program-specific	                           Accounting	II
and	business	environments.                    courses.                                          JRSB205	       Business	Law
COURSE DELIVERY                                                                                 FNCE323	       Corporate	Finance
                                              PART-TIME (P/T) ENTRANCE
                                                                                                TAXX202	       Taxation	I
OPTIONS                                       REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                ACCT211	       Intermediate	Managerial	
This	program	offers	core	and	elective	        Entrance	into	Year	2	of	the	Accounting	                          Accounting	I
courses	through	the	following	part-time	      program	requires	completion	of	Year	1	of	         CMIS240	       Accounting	
delivery	methods:                             Business	Administration	(or	its	equivalent	                      Applications	(SME)
Courses	are	held	in	the	evenings	during	      from	another	Alberta	post-secondary	in-
the	week	(Monday	through	Friday)	or	Fri-      stitution).                                       YEAR 2 ELECTIVES (CHOOSE 1)
day	evenings	through	Sundays,	on	a	NAIT	                                                        ACCT212	       Intermediate	Managerial	
                                              PART-TIME (P/T) PROGRAM                                          Accounting	II
Campus,	in	a	classroom	or	lab.	Courses	       CHANGES
may	have	a	combination	of	evening	and	                                                          FNCE280	       Investments
weekend	classes.                              Students in Progress:
                                              Avoid	taking	additional	courses	as	a	result	
                                              of	program	changes.	
                                                                                                      LEGEND
                                              Students	continue	on	the	program	path	                  learning options
                                              in	place	the	year	they	began	their	studies.		
                                                                                                         Ft   Full-time
                                              To	 determine	 the	 remaining	 courses	
                                                                                                         Pt   Part-time
                                              you	need,	contact	the	program	office	at	
                                              780.471.7031	or	780.471.7032.                              D    Distance	and	Online	learning

                                              For	all	other	inquiries,	contact	the	Student	           start date
                                              Success	Contact	Centre	at	780.471.6248.                         Fall

                                                                                                              Winter

                                                                                                              Spring

                                                                                                              Summer

                                                                                                      credential

                                                                                                         A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                         B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                         C    Certificate

                                                                                                         Dp Diploma




                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248           37
                                                      Business Administration - Finance

                                                                                                      PROGRAM MODEL/                                  PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                 SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION                                      YEAR 1
                                                                                 LEARN MORE
                                                                                                      REQUIREMENTS                                    JRSB150	   Introduction	to	IT
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION




                                                                                                      PROGRAM MODEL                                   JRSB101	   Communications	I
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB115	   Introductory	Financial	
                                                                                                      The	Business	Administration	–	Finance	                     Accounting
                                                                                                      program	is	offered	both	full-time	(day-         JRSB135	   Organizational	Behaviour
                                                                                                      time	classes)	and	part-time	(evening	and	
                                                      OVERVIEW                                        weekend	classes).	The	part-time	program	
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB120	   Principles	of	Management
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB110	   Microeconomics
                                                      Practical	and	hands-on,	our	accredited	fi-      is	offered	through	NAIT’s	Continuing	Edu-
                                                                                                      cation	department.                              JRSB117	   Introductory	Managerial	
                                                      nance	program	focuses	on	financial	plan-
                                                                                                                                                                 Accounting
                                                      ning,	investing,	wealth	building,	money	        Note:	Students	can	transfer	between	the	        JRSB112	   Macroeconomics
                                                      and	credit,	plus	ethical	and	social	respon-     full-time	and	Continuing	Education	pro-
                                                      sibility.                                                                                       JRSB125	   Introduction	to	Finance
                                                                                                      grams.
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB130	   Introduction	to	Marketing
                                                      CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            PART-TIME (P/T) COMPLETION
                                                                                                      REQUIREMENTS                                    YEAR 2
                                                      Graduates	pursue	careers	in	a	broad	range	                                                      JRSB250	   Management	
                                                      of	financial	enterprises,	providing	person-     Students	must	complete	all	courses	in	the	                 Information	Systems
                                                      alized	service	to	their	clients.	The	Finance	   Business	Administration	–	Finance	cur-          JRSB215	   Communication	II
                                                      diploma	is	an	excellent	point	of	entry	into	    riculum	to	graduate.	Year	1	(Semesters	1	
                                                                                                                                                      FNCE280	   Investments
                                                      the	BBA	degree	or	the	Bachelor	of	Applied	      and	2)	consists	of	set	courses	in	Business	
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB205	   Business	Law
                                                      Business	Administration	-	Finance.              Administration.	Year	2	(Semesters	3	and	
                                                                                                      4)	consists	of	program-specific	courses.        JRSB201	   Business	Statistics
                                                      COURSE DELIVERY                                                                                 FNCE236	   Financial	Systems
                                                      OPTIONS                                         PART-TIME (P/T) ENTRANCE                        FNCE211	   Cash	Management
                                                                                                      REQUIREMENTS                                    FNCE323	   Corporate	Finance
                                                      This	program	offers	core	and	elective	
                                                                                                      Entrance	into	Year	2	of	the	Finance	pro-        FNCE252	   Credit/Financial	Analysis
                                                      courses	through	the	following	part-time	
                                                      delivery	methods:                               gram	requires	completion	of	Year	1	of	
                                                                                                      Business	Administration	(or	its	equivalent	     YEAR 2 ELECTIVES (CHOOSE 1)
                                                      Courses	are	held	in	the	evenings	during	        from	another	Alberta	post-secondary	in-         FNCE281	   Stock	Market	Simulation
                                                      the	week	(Monday	through	Friday)	or	Fri-        stitution).                                     FNCE312	   Taxation	for	Financial	
                                                      day	evenings	through	Sundays,	on	a	NAIT	                                                                   Planning
                                                      Campus,	in	a	classroom	or	lab.	Courses	         PART-TIME (P/T) PROGRAM                         FNCE335	   Canadian	Securities	
                                                      may	have	a	combination	of	evening	and	          CHANGES                                                    Course
                                                      weekend	classes.                                Students in Progress:
                                                                                                      Avoid	taking	additional	courses	as	a	result	
                                                                                                      of	program	changes.	
                                                                                                      Students	continue	on	the	program	path	
                                                                                                      in	place	the	year	they	began	their	studies.		
                                                                                                      To	 determine	 the	 remaining	 courses	
                                                                                                      you	need,	contact	the	program	office	at	
                                                                                                      780.471.7031	or	780.471.7032.
                                                                                                      For	all	other	inquiries,	contact	the	Student	
                                                                                                      Success	Contact	Centre	at	780.471.6248.




                                     38	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Business Administration - Human Resources Management

                                             PROGRAM MODEL/                                    PROGRAM OUTLINE
                         SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION                                        YEAR 1
                         LEARN MORE
                                             REQUIREMENTS                                      JRSB150	       Introduction	to	IT




                                                                                                                                            BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
                                             PROGRAM MODEL                                     JRSB101	       Communications	I
                                                                                               JRSB115	       Introductory	Financial	
                                             The	Business	Administration	–	Human	                             Accounting
                                             Resources	Management	program	is	of-               JRSB135	       Organizational	Behaviour
                                             fered	both	full-time	(daytime	classes)	and	
OVERVIEW                                     part-time	(evening	and	weekend	classes).	
                                                                                               JRSB120	       Principles	of	Management
                                                                                               JRSB110	       Microeconomics
This	diploma	provides	students	with	the	     The	part-time	program	is	offered	through	
                                             NAIT’s	Continuing	Education	department.           JRSB117	       Introductory	Managerial	
knowledge,	skills	and	abilities	to	create	
                                                                                                              Accounting
value	in	organizations	by	applying	human	    Note:	Students	can	transfer	between	the	          JRSB112	       Macroeconomics
resource	strategies,	practices	and	tech-     full-time	and	Continuing	Education	pro-
niques.	Through	a	combination	of	class-                                                        JRSB125	       Introduction	to	Finance
                                             grams.
room	teaching,	case	studies,	simulations	                                                      JRSB130	       Introduction	to	Marketing
and	seminars,	students	develop	an	under-     PART-TIME (P/T) COMPLETION
                                             REQUIREMENTS                                      YEAR 2
standing	of	modern	business	dynamics	
and	learn	to	work	well	within	culturally	                                                      JRSB250	       Management	
                                             Students	must	complete	all	courses	in	the	                       Information	Systems
diverse	organizations.                       Business	Administration	–	Human	Re-               HRMT226	       Introduction	to	
                                             sources	Management	curriculum	to	grad-
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                         uate.	Year	1	(Semesters	1	and	2)	consists	
                                                                                                              Human	Resources
                                                                                               JRSB205	       Business	Law
Grads	 work	 as	 HR	 generalists,	 with	     of	set	courses	in	Business	Administration.	
                                                                                               JRSB201	       Business	Statistics
knowledge	of	recruitment	and	selection,	     Year	2	(Semesters	3	and	4)	consists	of	
                                                                                               MGMT256	       Introduction	to	Strategic	
compensation	management	and	labour	          program-specific	courses.
                                                                                                              Management
relations.	The	diploma	provides	an	excel-
                                             PART-TIME (P/T) ENTRANCE                          HRMT237	       Recruitment	and	Selection
lent	transition	to	the	BBA	degree.
                                             REQUIREMENTS                                      JRSB215	       Communication	II
                                             Entrance	into	Year	2	of	the	Human	Re-             HRMT349	       Labour	Relations
                                             sources	Management	program	requires	              HRMT295	       Human	Resources	
                                             completion	of	Year	1	of	Business	Admin-                          Issues	and	Strategies
                                             istration	(or	its	equivalent	from	another	        MGMT220	       Introduction	to	Project	
                                             Alberta	post-secondary	institution).                             Management

                                             PART-TIME (P/T) PROGRAM
                                             CHANGES
                                             Students in Progress:
                                             Avoid	taking	additional	courses	as	a	result	
                                             of	program	changes.	
                                             Students	continue	on	the	program	path	                  LEGEND
                                             in	place	the	year	they	began	their	studies.		           learning options
                                                                                                        Ft   Full-time
                                             To	 determine	 the	 remaining	 courses	
                                             you	need,	contact	the	program	office	at	                   Pt   Part-time
                                             780.471.7031	or	780.471.7032.                              D    Distance	and	Online	learning
                                             For	all	other	inquiries,	contact	the	Student	
                                                                                                     start date
                                             Success	Contact	Centre	at	780.471.6248.
                                                                                                             Fall

                                                                                                             Winter

                                                                                                             Spring

                                                                                                             Summer

                                                                                                     credential

                                                                                                        A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                        B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                        C    Certificate

                                                                                                        Dp Diploma




                                                                                             Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248           39
                                                      Business Administration - Management

                                                                                                      PROGRAM MODEL/                                  PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                 SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION                                      YEAR 1
                                                                                 LEARN MORE
                                                                                                      REQUIREMENTS                                    JRSB150	   Introduction	to	IT
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION




                                                                                                      PROGRAM MODEL                                   JRSB101	   Communications	I
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB115	   Introductory	Financial	
                                                                                                      The	Business	Administration	–	Manage-                      Accounting
                                                                                                      ment	program	is	offered	both	full-time	         JRSB135	   Organizational	Behaviour
                                                                                                      (daytime	classes)	and	part-time	(evening	
                                                      OVERVIEW                                        and	weekend	classes).	The	part-time	pro-
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB120	   Principles	of	Management
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB110	   Microeconomics
                                                      Develop	an	understanding	of	business	           gram	is	offered	through	NAIT’s	Continu-
                                                                                                      ing	Education	department.                       JRSB117	   Introductory	Managerial	
                                                      dynamics	and	organizational	culture,	                                                                      Accounting
                                                      and	gain	the	knowledge	needed	to	make	          Note:	Students	can	transfer	between	the	        JRSB112	   Macroeconomics
                                                      effective	decisions	in	a	competitive	busi-      full-time	and	Continuing	Education	pro-         JRSB125	   Introduction	to	Finance
                                                      ness	environment.	This	program	provides	        grams.
                                                      practical	skills	to	entrepreneurial	individu-                                                   JRSB130	   Introduction	to	Marketing
                                                      als	aspiring	to	start	their	own	business,	      PART-TIME (P/T) COMPLETION
                                                                                                      REQUIREMENTS                                    YEAR 2
                                                      purchase	an	existing	business	or	take	over	
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB215	   Communication	II
                                                      a	family	business.                              Students	must	complete	all	courses	in	the	
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB250	   Management	
                                                                                                      Business	Administration	–	Management	
                                                      CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            curriculum	to	graduate.	Year	1	(Semesters	
                                                                                                                                                                 Information	Systems
                                                                                                                                                      JRSB201	   Business	Statistics
                                                      Management	graduates	typically	find	            1	and	2)	consists	of	set	courses	in	Busi-
                                                                                                                                                      MGMT256	   Introduction	to	Strategic	
                                                      management	and	supervisory	jobs	in	ev-          ness	Administration.	Year	2	(Semesters	
                                                                                                                                                                 Management
                                                      ery	type	and	area	of	business,	industry	        3	and	4)	consists	of	program-specific	
                                                                                                                                                      MGMT356	   Advanced	Strategic	
                                                      and	government.	Grads	may	choose	to	            courses.
                                                                                                                                                                 Management
                                                      use	their	diploma	as	a	stepping	stone	to	
                                                                                                      PART-TIME (P/T) ENTRANCE                        JRSB205	   Business	Law
                                                      a	BBA	degree.
                                                                                                      REQUIREMENTS                                    HRMT226	   Introduction	to	
                                                                                                                                                                 Human	Resources
                                                                                                      Entrance	into	Year	2	of	the	Management	
                                                                                                                                                      MGMT255	   Small	Business	
                                                                                                      program	requires	completion	of	Year	1	of	
                                                                                                                                                                 Management
                                                                                                      Business	Administration	(or	its	equivalent	
                                                                                                                                                      MGMT220	   Introduction	to	Project	
                                                                                                      from	another	Alberta	post-secondary	in-
                                                                                                                                                                 Management
                                                                                                      stitution).

                                                                                                      PART-TIME (P/T) PROGRAM                         YEAR 2 ELECTIVES (CHOOSE 1)
                                                                                                      CHANGES                                         MARK268	 Business	to	Business	
                                                                                                                                                               Marketing
                                                                                                      Students in Progress:                           MGMT354	 Entrepreneurship	&	
                                                                                                      Avoid	taking	additional	courses	as	a	result	             New	Venture	Creation
                                                                                                      of	program	changes.	
                                                                                                      Students	continue	on	the	program	path	
                                                                                                      in	place	the	year	they	began	their	studies.		
                                                                                                      To	 determine	 the	 remaining	 courses	
                                                                                                      you	need,	contact	the	program	office	at	
                                                                                                      780.471.7031	or	780.471.7032.
                                                                                                      For	all	other	inquiries,	contact	the	Student	
                                                                                                      Success	Contact	Centre	at	780.471.6248.




                                     40	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Business Administration - Marketing

                                                PROGRAM MODEL/                                    PROGRAM OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION                                        YEAR 1
                           LEARN MORE
                                                REQUIREMENTS                                      JRSB150	       Introduction	to	IT




                                                                                                                                               BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
                                                PROGRAM MODEL                                     JRSB101	       Communications	I
                                                                                                  JRSB115	       Introductory	Financial	
                                                The	Business	Administration	–	Marketing	 	                       Accounting
                                                program	is	offered	both	full-time	(day-           JRSB135	       Organizational	Behaviour
                                                time	classes)	and	part-time	(evening	and	
                                                                                                  JRSB120	       Principles	of	Management
OVERVIEW                                        weekend	classes).	The	part-time	program	
                                                                                                  JRSB110	       Microeconomics
                                                is	offered	through	NAIT’s	Continuing	Edu-
With	a	focus	on	advertising	and	public	         cation	department.                                JRSB117	       Introductory	Managerial	
relations,	business	enterprise,	market-                                                                          Accounting
ing	technology	and	professional	sales	          Note:	Students	can	transfer	between	the	          JRSB112	       Macroeconomics
approaches,	the	Marketing	program	pro-          full-time	and	Continuing	Education	pro-           JRSB125	       Introduction	to	Finance
vides	graduates	with	career	flexibility	in	a	   grams.
                                                                                                  JRSB130	       Introduction	to	Marketing
wide	range	of	fields.                           PART-TIME (P/T) COMPLETION
                                                REQUIREMENTS                                      YEAR 2
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                                                              JRSB215	 Communication	II
                                                Students	must	complete	all	courses	in	the	
Grads	apply	marketing	concepts	to	create,	                                                        JRSB250	 Management	
                                                Business	Administration	–	Marketing	cur-                   Information	Systems
communicate	and	deliver	value	for	con-
                                                riculum	to	graduate.	Year	1	(Semesters	1	
sumers,	and	drive	sustainable	growth	in	                                                          JRSB205	 Business	Law
                                                and	2)	consists	of	set	courses	in	Business	
their	respective	organizations.	The	Mar-                                                          JRSB201	 Business	Statistics
                                                Administration.	Year	2	(Semesters	3	and	
keting	diploma	is	a	natural	step	towards	a	                                                       MARK271	 Professional	Selling	
                                                4)	consists	of	program-specific	courses.
BBA	degree.                                                                                                Principles
                                                PART-TIME (P/T) ENTRANCE                          MARK268	 Business	to	Business	
CERTIFICATION                                   REQUIREMENTS                                               Marketing
The	Marketing	program	in	NAIT’s	JR	                                                               MARK276	 Promotional	Management
                                                Entrance	into	Year	2	of	the	Marketing	
Shaw	School	of	Business	has	been	ac-            program	requires	completion	of	Year	1	of	         JRSB360	 Applied	Research	Methods
credited	by,	and	program	graduates	have	        Business	Administration	(or	its	equivalent	
fulfilled	the	academic	requirements	for	                                                          YEAR 2 ELECTIVES (CHOOSE 2)
                                                from	another	Alberta	post-secondary	in-
membership	in,	the	Canadian	Institute	of	                                                         MARK372	 Sales	Management
                                                stitution).
Marketing.                                                                                        MARK378	 Public	Relations
                                                PART-TIME (P/T) PROGRAM                           MGMT256	 Introduction	to	Strategic	
                                                CHANGES                                                    Management
                                                Students in Progress:
                                                Avoid	taking	additional	courses	as	a	result	
                                                of	program	changes.	
                                                Students	continue	on	the	program	path	
                                                in	place	the	year	they	began	their	studies.		            LEGEND
                                                                                                         learning options
                                                To	 determine	 the	 remaining	 courses	
                                                                                                           Ft   Full-time
                                                you	need,	contact	the	program	office	at	
                                                780.471.7031	or	780.471.7032.                              Pt   Part-time

                                                For	all	other	inquiries,	contact	the	Student	              D    Distance	and	Online	learning
                                                Success	Contact	Centre	at	780.471.6248.
                                                                                                         start date
                                                                                                                Fall

                                                                                                                Winter

                                                                                                                Spring

                                                                                                                Summer

                                                                                                         credential

                                                                                                           A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                           B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                           C    Certificate

                                                                                                           Dp Diploma




                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248           41
                                                      Business Administration Courses

                                                                                                     PROGRAM OUTLINE                        MARK276	           Promotional	Management
                                                                                 SCAN THIS TO                                               MARK372	           Sales	Management
                                                                                                     ACCT206	   Intermediate	Financial	
                                                                                 LEARN MORE                     Accounting	I                MARK378	           Public	Relations
                                                                                                                                            MGMT220	           Introduction	to	Project	
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION




                                                                                                     ACCT208	   Intermediate	Financial	
                                                                                                                Accounting	II                                  Management
                                                                                                     ACCT211	   Intermediate	Managerial	    MGMT255	           Small	Business	
                                                                                                                Accounting	I                                   Management
                                                                                                     ACCT212	   Intermediate	Managerial	    MGMT256	           Introduction	to	Strategic	
                                                                                                                                                               Management
                                                      OVERVIEW                                                  Accounting	II
                                                                                                     CMIS240	   Accounting	                 MGMT258	           Operations	Management	I
                                                      Enrolling	in	Continuing	Education	busi-                                               MGMT354	           Entrepreneurship	&	
                                                                                                                Applications	(SME)
                                                      ness	courses	is	often	the	first	step	people	                                                             New	Venture	Creation
                                                                                                     CMIS344	   Accounting	Information	
                                                      take	on	their	way	to	acquiring	a	NAIT	                                                MGMT356	           Advanced	Strategic	
                                                                                                                Systems
                                                      Business	Certificate,	Diploma	or	Degree.	                                                                Management
                                                                                                     FNCE211	   Cash	Management
                                                      Many	mature	learners	find	the	conve-                                                  TAXX202	           Taxation	I
                                                      nience	of	part-time	learning	in	the	eve-       FNCE236	   Financial	Systems
                                                      nings	or	on	the	weekends	desirable,	while	     FNCE252	   Credit/Financial	Analysis
                                                                                                     FNCE280	   Investments
                                                                                                                                            COURSES
                                                      others	utilize	Continuing	Education	as	a	
                                                      bridge	between	working	and	going	back	to	      FNCE281	   Stock	Market	Simulation     Ft 		 Pt 		 D   		 		   		   		   	 C 	 Dp
                                                      school	as	a	full-time	student.	Continuing	     FNCE323	   Corporate	Finance
                                                      Education	business	courses	are	offered	        HRMT226	   Introduction	to	
                                                      in	cooperation	with	the	JR	Shaw	School	                   Human	Resources
                                                      of	Business	and	are	equivalent	to	the	full-    HRMT237	   Recruitment	and	Selection
                                                      time	program	business	courses.                 HRMT295	   Human	Resources	
                                                                                                                Issues	and	Strategies
                                                      RELATED CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
                                                                                                     HRMT328	   Compensation	
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	                              Management
                                                        Accounting	Certificate
                                                                                                     HRMT349	   Labour	Relations
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	Finance	           JRSB101	   Communications	I
                                                        Certificate
                                                                                                     JRSB110	   Microeconomics
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	General	
                                                                                                     JRSB112	   Macroeconomics
                                                        Management	Certificate
                                                                                                     JRSB115	   Introductory	Financial	
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	Human	                        Accounting
                                                        Resource	Management	Certificate
                                                                                                     JRSB117	   Introductory	Managerial	
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	                              Accounting
                                                        Marketing	Certificate                        JRSB120	   Principles	of	Management
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	Small	             JRSB125	   Introduction	to	Finance
                                                        Business	Certificate                         JRSB130	   Introduction	to	Marketing
                                                      RELATED DIPLOMA PROGRAMS                       JRSB135	   Organizational	Behaviour
                                                                                                     JRSB150	   Introduction	to	IT
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	
                                                        Accounting	Diploma                           JRSB201	   Business	Statistics
                                                                                                     JRSB205	   Business	Law
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	Finance	
                                                        Diploma                                      JRSB215	   Communication	II
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	Human	             JRSB250	   Management	
                                                        Resource	Management	Diploma                             Information	Systems
                                                                                                     JRSB360	   Applied	Research	Methods
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	
                                                        Management	Diploma                           MARK268	   Business	to	Business	
                                                                                                                Marketing
                                                      •	Business	Administration	-	
                                                                                                     MARK271	   Professional	Selling	
                                                        Marketing	Diploma
                                                                                                                Principles




                                     42	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/
BUSINESS CERTIFICATES
•	   BECOMING A MASTER INSTRUCTOR PROGRAM
•	   BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
•	   CAPTIONING AND COURT REPORTING
•	   CONFLICT RESOLUTION & NEGOTIATION CERTIFICATE
•	   ERECORDS & INFORMATION MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
•	   SPECIAL EVENTS MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
•	   SUPERVISORY DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATE
•	   TELLER TRAINING COURSES
                                                    Becoming A Master Instructor Program

                                                                                                   interact	professionally	with	other	instruc-    your	company’s	specific	needs,	please	
                                                                               SCAN THIS TO        tional	colleagues.	Becoming	a	Master	          contact	The	Department	of	Corporate	
                                                                               LEARN MORE          Instructor	(BMI)	is	organized	into	three	      and	International	Training,	780.378.1230	
                                                                                                   levels	of	learning.	Throughout	the	pro-        or	e-mail	cittraining@nait.ca.
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS CERTIFICATES




                                                                                                   gram,	a	variety	of	modules	are	offered	to	
                                                                                                   the	participants.	Most	of	the	modules	are	     PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                                   presented	as	instructional	work	sessions	      BMI100	           Becoming	a	Master	
                                                                                                   in	which	the	participants	are	facilitated	                       Instructor	Level	I
                                                                                                   through	the	exploration	of	the	content	and	    BMI200	           Becoming	a	Master	
                                                    OVERVIEW                                       given	an	opportunity	to	experience	the	                          Instructor	Level	II
                                                                                                   learning	actively.	Subsequently,	partici-      BMI300	           Becoming	a	Master	
                                                    This	is	your	opportunity	to	receive	the	       pants	practice	the	skills	they	have	learned	                     Instructor	Level	III
                                                    training	that	all	NAIT	instructors	complete	   in	their	practice-teaching	sessions	and	ul-
                                                    as	a	condition	of	employment	with	our	in-
                                                    stitute.	This	train-the-trainer	session	has	
                                                                                                   timately	in	their	classrooms.                  COURSES
                                                    been	delivered	all	over	the	world.             Please	allow	for	three	hours	of	reading	       Pt 		   		   		   			 C
                                                                                                   between	classes	and	approximately	three	
                                                    The	objective	of	the	program	is	to	assist	     hours	to	prepare	for	your	practice	teach-
                                                    instructors	in	starting	a	teaching	career.	    ing	sessions.
                                                    The	 purpose	 is	 to	 build	 presentation	
                                                    skills,	confidence	in	the	classroom	and	to	    For	a	customized	“Train-the-Trainer”	Pro-
                                                    provide	an	opportunity	for	instructors	to	     gram,	which	would	be	designed	to	meet	




                                                    Business Management Certificate

                                                                                                   Case	studies,	simulations,	group	analysis	     CERTIFICATION
                                                                                                   and	discussions	will	help	you	develop	the	
                                                                               SCAN THIS TO                                                       There	are	3	possible	certificate	options	
                                                                               LEARN MORE          practical	business	skills	and	knowledge	
                                                                                                   needed	for	supervisory	roles.	Alterna-         in	the	Business	Management	Certificate	
                                                                                                   tively,	you	can	use	what	you	learn	to	start	   Program.
                                                                                                   your	own	business.	
                                                                                                                                                  1. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
                                                                                                                                                  CERTIFICATE - GENERAL
                                                                                                   PROGRAM MODEL/                                 MANAGEMENT.
                                                    OVERVIEW                                       COMPLETION
                                                                                                   REQUIREMENTS                                   2. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
                                                    NAIT’s	Business	Management	Certificate	                                                       CERTIFICATE - SMALL BUSINESS
                                                    will	be	awarded	upon	successful	comple-        This	demanding	and	intensive	program	
                                                    tion	of	any	10	modules.	Flexible	course	op-    can	be	completed	in	either	of	two	for-         3. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
                                                    tions	let	you	choose	between	evening	or	       mats	-	two	13-week	sessions	that	run	on	       CERTIFICATE - HUMAN RESOURCE
                                                    weekend	classes,	and	3	certificate	options	    Tuesday	and	Thursday	evenings,	or	ten	16-      MANAGEMENT
                                                    let	you	decide	whether	you	wish	to	learn	      hour	weekend	modules	of	the	student’s	
                                                    more	about	general	management,	small	          choice.	                                       COURSES
                                                    business	management	or	human	resource	         Instruction	will	emphasize	the	practical	      Pt 		   		   		   		 C 	
                                                    management.	                                   aspects	of	solving	typical	business	prob-
                                                    Get	an	overview	of	organizational	be-          lems	by	the	study	and	application	of	cur-
                                                                                                                                                  SEE WEBSITE FOR UP-TO-DATE
                                                    haviour,	communications,	business	law,	        rent	business	practices.
                                                                                                                                                  COURSE INFORMATION
                                                    income	tax,	payroll	processing,	and	mar-       Class	activities	include:
                                                    keting.	Explore	the	practical	aspects	of	       •	case	studies
                                                    accounting,	cash	management,	project	
                                                                                                    •	simulations
                                                    management,	personal	selling,	and	em-
                                                    ployee	and	labour	relations.	Develop	a	         •	problem	solving
                                                    business	plan.	Hone	your	written	and	oral	      •	group	analysis	and	discussions
                                                    communication	skills.	




                                    44	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Captioning and Court Reporting Courses

                                               OVERVIEW                                          COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        The	Machine	Shorthand	Testing	course	is	          LRR232A	               Machine	Shorthand	
                           LEARN MORE                                                                                   (Testing)
                                               only	available	to	existing	students	enrolled	




                                                                                                                                                      BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS CERTIFICATES
                                               in	the	Captioning	and	Court	Reporting	            LRR434A	               Machine	Shorthand	
                                               Program.                                                                 (Testing)
                                                                                                 LRR434B	               Machine	Shorthand	
                                                                                                                        (Testing)

                                                                                                 COURSES
                                                                                                 Pt 		    		         	 Dp




Conflict Resolution & Negotiation Certificate

                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                              SCR4	                  Critical	Communication	
                           SCAN THIS TO                                                                                 Skills	(Where	Does	
                           LEARN MORE          The	techniques	and	tools	learned	in	this	                                Assertiveness	Fit	In?)
                                               program	will	support	your	personal	and	           SCR9	                  Anger	Management
                                               business	development.	You’ll	learn	a	bet-
                                               ter	way	to	handle	conflict	situations	at	         COURSES
                                               work	and	in	your	personal	life.
                                                                                                 Pt 		   		     		      		 C 	
                                               PROGRAM MODEL/
OVERVIEW                                       COMPLETION
Conflict	resolution	doesn’t	happen	by	         REQUIREMENTS
coming	up	with	solutions.	Resolution	
                                               You	must	successfully	complete	84	hours	
takes	place	by	breaking	down	an	issue	
                                               of	course	work	in	the	program	to	earn	the	
and	understanding	the	human	elements	
                                               certificate.
involved.	Your	ability	to	comprehend	the	
influences	and	communicate	with	the	par-       CERTIFICATION
ties	involved	will	determine	your	success	
in	the	face	of	conflict.                       Upon	successful	completion,	you	will	re-
                                               ceive	a	NAIT	Conflict	Resolution	&	Nego-
Throughout	the	six	courses	of	the	Conflict	    tiation	Certificate.
Resolution	&	Negotiation	Certificate,	you	                                                                    LEGEND
will	learn	effective	tools	for	engaging	in	    PROGRAM OUTLINE                                                 learning options
a	methodical	response	to	conflict.	You’ll	
                                               SCR1	         Conflict	Resolution	Skills                        Ft     Full-time
also	discover	more	about	your	commu-
nication	style	and	ability	to	manage	your	     SCR20	        Mediation	Skills/                                 Pt      Part-time
                                                             Ethics	&	Values
reaction	to	criticism.	Traditional	study,	                                                                     D       Distance	and	Online	learning
class	discussion,	group	work	and	practical	    SCR21	        Dealing	with	People	in	
                                                             Difficult	Situations	&	                          start date
application	will	be	required	in	each	course.
                                                             Dealing	With	Criticism
                                                                                                                       Fall
You	will	gain	a	better	understanding	of	       SCR22	        Negotiation	Skills	&	
                                                                                                                       Winter
what	it	takes	to	be	both	sensitive	and	                      Consensus	Building	(When	
balanced	in	an	intense	conflict	or	nego-                     to	Yield	to	Interest)                                     Spring
tiation	situation.	Application	of	the	tools	                                                                           Summer
learned	will	be	beneficial	in	both	work	and	
                                                                                                               credential
personal	life,	and	you’ll	find	that	through	
interactive	methods	you	will	be	part	of	ef-                                                                     A     Applied	degree

fective	solution	development.                                                                                   B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                C     Certificate

                                                                                                               Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                   45
                                                    eRecords & Information Management Certificate

                                                                                                     Today’s	companies	live	and	die	by	the	        DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                                                                SCAN THIS TO         value	of	their	intellectual	capital.	Those	
                                                                                                     who	manage	this	capital	well	will	survive;	   Classroom	delivery	
                                                                                LEARN MORE
                                                                                                     those	who	do	not,	will	not.	The	competi-       •	Materials	Required:	Memory	stick/
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS CERTIFICATES




                                                                                                     tive	advantage	goes	to	the	organizations	        USB
                                                                                                     that	recognize	the	value	of	their	informa-    •	ISO	documents	15489-1	and	15489-
                                                                                                     tion	assets	and	recognize	the	need	for	         2	may	be	required.	Do	not	purchase	
                                                                                                     trained	records	and	information	manage-         until	after	first	class.	
                                                                                                     ment	professionals	to	manage	those	as-
                                                    OVERVIEW                                         sets	successfully.                            PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                    Information	is	a	key	asset	of	any	organi-        Participants	in	this	eRecords	and	Informa-    CORE COURSES
                                                    zation.	Companies	need	to	manage	their	          tion	Management	Certificate	program	          RIM101	           Records	&	Information	
                                                    information	assets	in	order	to	grow	and	         may	include	the	following:                                      Management	Systems
                                                    even	survive	in	today’s	competitive	mar-          •	administrative	assistants                  RIM103	           Managing	Electronic	
                                                    kets.	Issues	such	as	the	increased	use	of	                                                                       Records	Systems
                                                                                                     •	records	clerks
                                                    electronic	records,	constant	advances	in	
                                                                                                     •	executive	secretaries                       RIM104	           Legal	Issues	for	
                                                    technology	and	globalization	of	the	mar-                                                                         Record	Managers
                                                    ket	economy	have	created	significant	            •	office	administrators
                                                                                                                                                   RIM105	           Information	Systems	
                                                    challenges	to	the	field	of	records	and	in-       •	office	managers                                               Analysis	&	Methodologies
                                                    formation	management.
                                                                                                     •	clerical	staff                              RIM109	           Functional	Analysis
                                                    Information	access	and	privacy	policies	         •	other	administrative	professionals
                                                    are	also	key	issues	within	any	company.	                                                       ELECTIVE COURSES
                                                    Information	management	professionals	            PROGRAM MODEL/                                RIM106	           Work	Processes
                                                    must	not	only	be	able	to	manage	informa-                                                       RIM108	           Archives	for	Records	&	
                                                    tion	throughout	its	life	cycle,	but	also	to	
                                                                                                     COMPLETION                                                      Information	Managers
                                                    identify	and	manage	its	role	in	the	organi-      REQUIREMENTS                                  RIM110	           Forms	Management	
                                                    zation’s	ability	to	meet	its	strategic	goals.	   Five	 core	 courses	 plus	 two	 elective	                       and	Design
                                                    Managing	the	flow	of	information	from	its	       courses	make	up	the	requirements	for	         RIM111	           Advanced	Functional	
                                                    creation,	use	and	eventual	disposition	is	       completing	the	certificate.                                     Analysis
                                                    crucial	to	the	success	of	any	organization	
                                                    and	is	the	role	of	the	information	manage-       CERTIFICATION                                 COURSES
                                                    ment	professional.
                                                                                                     eRecords	&	Information	Management	            Pt 		   		   		   		 C
                                                                                                     Certificate




                                    46	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Special Events Management Certificate

                                               must	complete	courses	SEM101	through	            PROGRAM OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        SEM108	 and	 the	 capstone	 project,	
                                               SEM108P,	which	consists	of	a	portfolio	of	       SEM101	             Introduction	to	Event	
                           LEARN MORE                                                                               Management
                                               a	fictitious	one-day	event	and	20	event-




                                                                                                                                                  BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS CERTIFICATES
                                               related	volunteer	hours.	The	capstone	           SEM102	             Event	Plan	Development	
                                                                                                                    and	Management	Strategy
                                               project	allows	students	to	showcase	their	
                                               knowledge	to	future	or	current	employers.        SEM103	             Marketing,	Advertising	
                                                                                                                    and	Sponsorship	Plans
                                               CERTIFICATION                                    SEM104	             Procurement,	Contracts	
OVERVIEW                                                                                                            &	Negotiating	for	
                                               Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	                               Special	Events
Special	events	involve	anything	from	man-      SEM101	 to	 SEM108	 courses	 and	
aging	basic	meetings	to	planning	complex	                                                       SEM105	             Human	Resources	and	
                                               SEM108P,	you	may	apply	for	a	NAIT	Spe-                               Volunteer	Management
conferences,	 fundraisers	 or	 in-house	       cial	Events	Management	Certificate.
employee	events.	The	courses	in	NAIT’s	                                                         SEM106	             Financial	and	Risk	
                                                                                                                    Management
Special	Events	Management	Certificate	         CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             SEM107	             Theme	Development
program	cover	a	wide	range	of	practical	
topics	that	help	students	successfully	plan	   Event	planners	are	in	demand	in	the	pri-         SEM108	             Foodservice,	Hospitality	
and	manage	a	variety	of	events.                vate,	public	and	non-profit	sectors.	Em-                             Etiquette
                                               ployers	commonly	hire	event	managers	to	         SEM108P	            Special	Events	
This	program	is	intended	for	those	aspir-      organize	trade	shows,	conferences,	meet-                             Capstone	Project
ing	to	a	career	in	professional	event	man-     ings,	milestone	events,	awards	ceremo-
agement	and	for	those	already	working	in	      nies	and	other	types	of	events.	The	Special	     OPTIONAL COURSES
positions	with	event	planning	responsibili-    Events	Management	Certificate	also	helps	        SEM109	             Wedding	Planning
ties.                                          position	graduates	to	run	their	own	event	       SEM110	             Green	Events
Students	can	take	individual	courses	or	       management	business	or	to	work	for	es-           SEM111	             Golf	Tournament	
complete	all	of	the	courses	and	earn	a	        tablished	businesses	in	the	field.                                   Organization
Special	Events	Management	Certificate.	                                                         SEM209	             Wedding	Planning	
Students	working	toward	the	certificate	                                                                            Specialization

                                                                                                COURSES
                                                                                                Pt 		   		    		    		 C 	




                                                                                                             LEGEND
                                                                                                             learning options
                                                                                                             Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                             Pt    Part-time

                                                                                                             D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                             start date
                                                                                                                   Fall

                                                                                                                   Winter

                                                                                                                   Spring

                                                                                                                   Summer

                                                                                                             credential

                                                                                                              A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                              B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                              C    Certificate

                                                                                                             Dp Diploma




                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                47
                                                    Supervisory Development Certificate

                                                                                                   managers	seeking	to	update	themselves	          PROGRAM MODEL/
                                                                                                   on	current	management	principles	and	
                                                                               SCAN THIS TO
                                                                                                   techniques.
                                                                                                                                                   COMPLETION
                                                                               LEARN MORE
                                                                                                   Instructors	in	the	program	are	chosen	for	
                                                                                                                                                   REQUIREMENTS
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - BUSINESS CERTIFICATES




                                                                                                   their	ability	to	provide	practical,	relevant	   All	participants	must	meet	the	course	
                                                                                                   material	acquired	through	personal	edu-         requirements	of	the	compulsory	courses	
                                                                                                   cation	and	experience.                          and	 any	 electives	 in	 order	 to	 receive	
                                                                                                                                                   NAIT’s	Supervisory	Development	Certifi-
                                                                                                   Courses	will	incorporate	discussions,	in-
                                                    OVERVIEW                                                                                       cate.
                                                                                                   dividual	exercises,	lectures,	videos	and	
                                                    The	transition	from	excellent	performer	       group	work	to	give	participants	the	best	       DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                                    to	competent	supervisor	demands	a	new	         opportunities	for	learning	not	only	what	to	
                                                                                                   do	but	how	to	do	it	well.                       10	weekend	modules	
                                                    set	of	skills.	The	Supervisory	Develop-
                                                    ment	Certificate	Program	is	a	program	for	     This	program	will	help	you	develop	and	         COURSES
                                                    front-line	supervisors,	managers	and	team	     strengthen	your	supervisory	abilities	-	giv-
                                                    leaders	who	need	practical	skills	for	deal-    ing	you,	your	team,	and	your	organization	      Pt 		   		   		   		 C
                                                    ing	with	day-to-day	management	chal-           the	competitive	edge	necessary	to	suc-
                                                    lenges.	The	program	is	for	both	entry-level	   ceed.                                           SEE WEBSITE FOR UP-TO-DATE
                                                    supervisors	as	well	as	more	experienced	                                                       COURSE INFORMATION




                                                    Teller Training Courses

                                                                                                   ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                           COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                               SCAN THIS TO        It	is	strongly	recommended	registrants	         VTT10	            Teller	Training
                                                                               LEARN MORE
                                                                                                   have	the	equivalent	of	Math	10A	or	10P	
                                                                                                   and	English	10-1	or	10-2.                       COURSES
                                                                                                   Alternative	ways	to	demonstrate	English	        Pt 		   		   		   		
                                                                                                   proficiency	are:
                                                                                                    •	minimum	of	73%	on	all	four	
                                                                                                      sections	of	NAIT’s	ESL	Assessment	
                                                    OVERVIEW                                          Exam
                                                    Students	are	given	a	basic	introduction	        •	IELTS	overall	score	of	6.5	with	no	
                                                    and	orientation	to	the	customer	service	          band	less	than	5.0
                                                    function	(teller)	encountered	in	financial	     •	University	of	Alberta	ESL	140/145	
                                                    institutions	such	as	banks,	credit	unions,	       successful	completion
                                                    and	treasury	branches.




                                    48	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE/
PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATIONS
•	 CERTIFIED PAYROLL CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
•	 CERTIFIED PAYROLL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM (CPMP)
•	 FINANCIAL PLANNING CERTIFICATE
                                                        Certified Payroll Certificate Program

                                                                                                       PROGRAM MODEL/                                 CERTIFICATION
                                                                                   SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION                                     This	PCP	designation	is	granted	by	the	Ca-
                                                                                   LEARN MORE
                                                                                                       REQUIREMENTS                                   nadian	Payroll	Association	upon	success-
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATIONS




                                                                                                       This	full-time	program	is	offered	over	        ful	completion	of	their	program	of	studies.
                                                                                                       three	6-week	semesters	and	includes	all	
                                                                                                       of	the	courses	required	to	meet	the	course	
                                                                                                                                                      ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                       work	for	the	Payroll	Compliance	Practitio-     It	is	recommended	that	prospective	stu-
                                                                                                       ner	(PCP)	certification	as	well	as	some	ad-    dents	should	have	the	equivalent	of	Eng-
                                                        OVERVIEW                                       ditional	course	work	required	for	Certified	   lish	30-1	or	30-2,	Math	30A	or	30P	and	an	
                                                        This	certificate	program	is	designed	for	in-   Payroll	Manager	(CPM)	certification.           interest	in	the	payroll	industry.
                                                        dividuals	who	want	to	pursue	a	fast	track	
                                                                                                       To	meet	the	CPA	certification	require-         PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                        to	CPA	certification.
                                                                                                       ments	you	must	receive	a	minimum	grade	
                                                                                                       of	60%	for	the	post-secondary	institu-         CPA100	       Certified	Payroll	
                                                                                                       tion	non-payroll	courses	(JRSB115	and	                       Certificate	Program
                                                                                                       JRSB135).
                                                                                                                                                      COURSES
                                                                                                       Classes	will	be	Monday	through	Friday	
                                                                                                       (10:15	am	to	3:30	pm).	Note:	This	class	       Pt 		
                                                                                                       schedule	is	tentative	and	subject	to	minor	
                                                                                                       changes.




                                                        Certified Payroll Management Program (CPMP)

                                                                                                       •	experienced	payroll	professionals	           PROGRAM MODEL/
                                                                                  SCAN THIS TO           seeking	to	upgrade	their	skills	and	
                                                                                                         enhance	their	visibility	within	the	         COMPLETION
                                                                                  LEARN MORE
                                                                                                         profession                                   REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                       •	service	representatives	from	the	            CPA	certification	at	either	the	PCP	or	
                                                                                                         payroll	industry	(including	service	         CPM	level	is	a	prerequisite	for	employ-
                                                                                                         bureaus	and	software	developers)             ment	in	payroll	by	more	and	more	em-
                                                                                                       •	specialists	from	related	fields	such	        ployers.	The	Canadian	Payroll	Association	
                                                                                                         as	accounting	and	information	               (CPA)	offers	core	payroll	courses	through	
                                                        OVERVIEW                                         systems                                      online	training	and	in	classrooms	of	se-
                                                        Since	1985,	students	have	registered	in	       •	consultants                                  lected	post-secondary	institutions.	For	
                                                        Canadian	Payroll	Association	certifica-                                                       more	information	on	certification	and	reg-
                                                                                                       •	trainers
                                                        tion	courses.	Today’s	payroll	professionals	                                                  istration,	visit	the	CPA	website	at	http://
                                                        need	experience	in	a	range	of	disciplines	     •	business	owners
                                                                                                                                                      www.payroll.ca/.	
                                                        including	payroll,	human	resources,	taxa-      •	individuals	with	functional	
                                                                                                         responsibility	for	payroll	operations	       Students	must	also	complete	compulsory	
                                                        tion,	labour	relations	and	management	
                                                                                                         within	their	respective	organizations        and	elective	course	requirements	to	ob-
                                                        skills.	The	Payroll	Certification	program	
                                                                                                                                                      tain	certification	at	both	the	Payroll	Com-
                                                        is	designed	for	individuals	who	want	to	       Features	of	classroom	study:                   pliance	Practitioner	and	Certified	Payroll	
                                                        increase	their	level	of	knowledge	and	          •	knowledgeable	instructors                   Manager	levels.
                                                        professionalism	in	payroll	administration	
                                                                                                       •	group	discussions                            You	 must	 complete	 the	 non-payroll	
                                                        and	management.	It	is	a	cost-effective	
                                                        way	to	eliminate	the	need	for	on-the-job	      •	in-depth	review	of	term	                     course	requirements	at	a	post-secondary	
                                                        training.	The	program	helps	payroll	pro-         assignments                                  institution	with	a	minimum	grade	of	60%	
                                                        fessionals	avoid	substantial	penalties	for	    •	additional	exercises	                        and	forward	results	to	the	CPA.	Full	in-
                                                        non-compliance	with	government	rules	                                                         structions,	fee	descriptions	and	forms	are	
                                                                                                       Benefits:
                                                        and	regulations	and	other	costly	adminis-                                                     provided	in	the	“Get	Certified”	guide	avail-
                                                                                                        •	structured	study	time                       able	from	the	CPA.
                                                        trative	errors.
                                                                                                       •	intermediate	feedback
                                                        Participants	include:
                                                         •	newcomers	to	the	payroll	field              •	learn	from	others	in	class
                                                                                                       •	immediate	answers	to	questions



                                       50	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
CERTIFICATION                                     A	complete	list	of	course	equivalents	for	        ing	with	NAIT	for	this	course.Information	
                                                  more	than	100	post-secondary	institu-             on	the	work	experience	requirement	and	
PAYROLL COMPLIANCE                                tions	is	available	on	the	CPA	website.            the	approval	process	will	be	posted	on	the	
PRACTITIONER (PCP) CERTIFICATION                                                                    CPA’s	website,	http://www.payroll.ca/.
                                                  ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS




                                                                                                                                                     BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATIONS
Designed	for	individuals	required	to	see	                                                           PROGRAM OUTLINE
payroll	through	the	whole	yearly	cycle,	          To	enroll	in	a	CPA	payroll	course,	you	must	
this	certification	enables	you	to	meet	all	       first	register	with	NAIT	(and	pay	tuition	        CPA900	            Payroll	Compliance	
                                                  fees),	and	then	register	with	the	CPA	and	                           Legislation
the	compliance	needs	for	your	respec-
tive	organization.	Required	courses	are	          pay	a	separate	fee	for	your	course	materi-        CPA901	            Payroll	Fundamentals	I
CPA900,	CPA901,	JRSB115,	CPA902	plus	             als	and	final	exam.	NOTE:	An	additional	          CPA902	            Payroll	Fundamentals	II
Continuing	Professional	Education	(CPE)	          prerequisite	has	been	added	for	the	Pay-          CPA903	            Introduction	to	Payroll	
and	Professional	Membership.                      roll	Management	Processes	(PM1)	course	                              Management
                                                  starting	September	2011.	Before	register-         CPA904	            Applied	Payroll	
CERTIFIED PAYROLL MANAGER                         ing	for	CPM	level	courses	(CPA903	and	                               Management
(CPM) CERTIFICATION                               CPA904)	individuals	must	have	com-
For	payroll	professionals	in	management	          pleted	the	Payroll	Compliance	Practitioner	       COURSES
positions.	Required	courses	are	CPA903,	          (PCP)	certification	and	have	their	payroll	
                                                                                                    Pt 		   		    	
JRSB135,	JRSB117,	HRMT328,	CPA904	                work	experience	verified	by	the	Canadian	
plus	Continuing	Professional	Education	           Payroll	Association	(CPA)	prior	to	enroll-
(CPE)	and	Professional	Membership.




Financial Planning Certificate

                                                  their	prior	professional	experience,	and	         CERTIFICATION
                             SCAN THIS TO         expand	the	breadth	and	value	of	their	
                             LEARN MORE           services.	The	program,	in	whole	or	in	part,	      NAIT CERTIFICATE IN FINANCIAL
                                                  may	also	be	of	value	to	those	individuals	        PLANNING
                                                  who	simply	want	a	better	understand-
                                                                                                    Note:	This	certificate	will	qualify	a	student	
                                                  ing	of	the	increasingly	complex	financial	
                                                                                                    to	register	with	the	Financial	Planners	
                                                  world,	and	wish	to	gain	the	knowledge	
                                                                                                    Standards	Council	to	challenge	its	pro-
                                                  that	will	enable	them	to	structure	their	fi-
                                                                                                    fessional	national	exam	towards	the	CFP	
                                                  nancial	affairs	to	best	suit	their	needs	and	
OVERVIEW                                          objectives.
                                                                                                    designation.	This	exam	is	administered	
                                                                                                    twice	a	year,	in	November	and	June.
Professional	financial	advisors	and	indi-
viduals	responsible	for	preserving	wealth	        PROGRAM MODEL/
need	to	continually	update	their	know-            COMPLETION                                                     LEGEND
ledge	of	the	broad	range	of	financial	in-         REQUIREMENTS                                                   learning options
struments	available.	Insurance	agents,	                                                                          Ft   Full-time
                                                  The	certificate	program	consists	of	four	
real	estate	agents,	stockbrokers,	accoun-
                                                  comprehensive	courses	recognized	by	the	                       Pt   Part-time
tants	and	tax	lawyers	typically	focus	on	
                                                  FPSC	(Financial	Planners	Standards	Coun-                       D    Distance	and	Online	learning
one	area	of	an	individual’s	financial	pic-
                                                  cil),	developed	by	ADVOCIS	and	offered,	
ture.	On	the	other	hand,	generalist	finan-                                                                       start date
                                                  in	partnership,	with	NAIT’s	Continuing	
cial	planners	take	a	broad-based	approach	
                                                  Education	Department.                                               Fall
to	provide	comprehensive	financial	advice	
and	assistance	to	their	clients.                  The	courses	are	delivered	in	thirteen-                              Winter

                                                  week	semesters	and	students	are	ex-                                 Spring
The	Personal	Financial	Planning	Cer-
                                                  pected	to	spend	an	additional	six	to	eight	                         Summer
tificate	Program,	offered	by	ADVOCIS	
                                                  hours	per	week	in	self-study.	Students	are	
(merger	of	CAIFA	and	CAFP)	in	partner-                                                                           credential
                                                  not	encouraged	to	take	more	than	one	
ship	with	NAIT,	provides	training	in	all	of	                                                                      A
                                                  course/semester	as	course	content	is	                               Applied	degree
the	diverse	areas	needed	to	become	a	fi-
                                                  relatively	sequential.                                          B   Baccalaureate	degree
nancial	planning	practitioner.	In	addition,	it	
allows	those	who	have	previously	focused	                                                                         C   Certificate
their	careers	on	one	area	of	investment	                                                                         Dp Diploma
advice,	to	broaden	their	scope,	build	upon	



                                                                                                  Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               51
                                                        NAIT	does	not	award	the	CFP	and	CERTI-       If	you	have	any	questions,	please	contact	   COURSES
                                                        FIED	FINANCIAL	PLANNER	designation.	         FPSC	staff	at	416.593.8587,	or	toll	free	
                                                        The	right	to	use	the	marks	CFPTM	and	        1.800.305.9886	or	www.fpsccanada.org         Pt 		   		   		   		
                                                        CERTIFIED	FINANCIAL	PLANNERTM	
                                                                                                     ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
BUSINESS + ADMINISTRATIVE - PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATIONS




                                                        and	logo	is	granted	under	licence	by	FPSC	
                                                        to	those	persons	who	have	met	its	educa-     Grade	12	diploma	and	an	interest	in	pur-
                                                        tional	standards,	passed	the	FPSC	Certi-     suing	a	career	in	the	Financial	Planning	
                                                        fied	Financial	Planner	(CFP)	Examination,	   industry.
                                                        satisfied	a	work	experience	requirement	
                                                        and	agreed	to	abide	by	FPSC	Code	of	Eth-     PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                        ics.	
                                                                                                     PFP110	      Financial	Planning	
                                                        Changes	to	the	CFP	certification	program	                 Fundamentals
                                                        ensure	future	candidates	have	access	        PFP210	      Contemporary	Practice	
                                                        to	the	most	meaningful	educational	op-                    in	Financial	Planning
                                                        portunities,	practical	and	relevant	work	    PFP310	      Comprehensive	
                                                        experience	and	an	incremential	path	for	                  Practices	in	Risk	&	
                                                        demonstrating	competence	in	applying	                     Retirement	Planning
                                                        and	integrating	the	vast	array	of	knowl-     PFP410	      Wealth	Management	
                                                        edge	required	for	professional	financial	                 &	Estate	Planning
                                                        planning.                                    PFP510	      Capstone	Course




                                       52	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE/CERTIFICATES
•	 BUSINESS SYSTEMS CERTIFICATES
•	 CADD/GIS CERTIFICATES
•	 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS CERTIFICATES
•	 NETWORK, SECURITY, SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION, PC SERVICING, WINDOWS
   SERVER + LINUX CERTIFICATES
•	 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY CERTIFICATES
•	 SUMMER COMPUTER CERTIFICATES
                                          Business Systems Certificates

                                          OVERVIEW                                       CERTIFICATION                                  CCTB704	      Apple	iPhone/
                                                                                         An	Android	Developer	Certificate	will	be	                    iPad	Programming:	
                                          Get	excited	about	your	career	in	technol-                                                                   Accessing	Data
                                                                                         awarded	upon	completion	of	the	following	
                                          ogy.	It’s	a	growing	and	advancing	indus-                                                      CCTB705	      Apple	iPhone/iPad	
                                                                                         eight	courses.
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES




                                          try	that	needs	qualified	and	experienced	                                                                   Programming:	Using	
                                          career-minded	workers	just	like	you.	Con-      PART-TIME OPTIONS                                            Apple	Libraries
                                          tinue	to	develop	your	business	systems	                                                       CCTB706	      Apple	iPhone/
                                                                                         CCTB751	      Programming:	Application	
                                          knowledge	by	completing	a	certificate.	                                                                     iPad	Programming:	
                                                                                                       Development
                                          You	will	find	the	greatest	success	in	the	                                                                  Network	Access
                                                                                         CCTB761	      Java/Android	
                                          following	certificates	if	you	already	have	                                                   CCTB707	      Apple	iPhone/iPad	
                                                                                                       Programming:	
                                          some	working	knowledge	of	web,	applica-                                                                     Programming:	Publishing	
                                                                                                       Fundamentals
                                          tion	or	database	development	and	admin-                                                                     and	Performance	
                                                                                         CCTB753	      Android	Programming:	                          Optimization
                                          istration,	and	are	continuing	your	training	                 Applications	and	GUIs
                                          for	the	purpose	of	career	advancement,	                                                       CCTB708	      Apple	iPhone/iPad	
                                                                                         CCTB765	      Java/Android	                                  Programming:	Project
                                          upgrading,	or	personal	development.                          Programming:	Storage
                                          Certificates	are	not	automatically	mailed	     CCTB767	      Java/Android	
                                          out.	Filling	out	a	Request	for	Certifica-                    Programming:	Web	                APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
                                                                                                       Applications
                                          tion	form	as	soon	as	you’ve	successfully	                                                     CERTIFICATE
                                          completed	your	program	will	ensure	you	        CCTB755	      Android	Programming:	
                                          receive	your	certificate	promptly.	You	can	                  Hardware                         Many	industries	and	organizations	are	
                                          pick	up	this	form	at	the	registrar’s	office	   CCTB757	      Android	Programming:	            building	on	the	strength	and	possibili-
                                          or	download	from	www.nait.ca/calendars.	                     Multimedia,	Graphics,	           ties	of	custom-built	assets.	Develop	your	
                                          Submit	your	completed	form	to	the	Regis-                     and	Animations                   skills	and	become	an	essential	member	
                                          trar’s	office.                                 CCTB759	      Android	Programming:	            of	a	growing	industry.	By	choosing	one	of	
                                                                                                       Project                          three	distinct	certification	options	offered	
                                                                                                                                        in	Application	Development,	you	can	be-
                                          ANDROID DEVELOPER                                                                             come	an	expert	in	business	application	
                                          CERTIFICATE                                    APPLE IPHONE/IPAD                              development.
                                                                                         DEVELOPER CERTIFICATE
                                          NAIT’s	new	Android	Developer	Certifi-                                                         CERTIFICATION
                                          cate	provides	all	the	skills	necessary	to	     Learn	 to	 create	 applications	 for	 the	     An	Application	Development	Certificate	
                                          create	your	own	applications	and	games	        iPhone,	iPad	and	iPod	as	you	develop	          will	be	awarded	upon	completion	of	the	
                                          on	the	Android	platform.	This	8-course	        proper	programming	practices	and	an	           following	five	core	courses	and	selected	
                                          certificate	includes	programming	fun-          understanding	of	the	Apple	programming	        specialty	courses.
                                          damentals,	design	strategies	for	mobile	       philosophy.	Throughout	this	certificate	
                                          devices,	and	how	to	create	applications	       program,	you	will	explore	programming	         CORE COURSES
                                          and	graphical	user	interfaces.	And	that’s	     concepts	by	developing	applications	using	     CCTB111	      SQL	Introduction
                                          just	the	beginning.	Other	topics	covered	      iOS	5.x	and	Xcode	4.x.	Previous	program-
                                                                                                                                        CCTB120	      Programming	and	Object	
                                          include	Java	and	Android	fundamentals,	        ming	experience	is	an	asset,	and	you	will	                   Oriented	Fundamentals
                                          data	storage,	how	to	consume	and	create	       be	expected	to	practice	between	classes.	
                                                                                                                                        CCTB102	      Data	Modeling
                                          web	components,	access	device	hardware	        Note:	Students	are	encouraged	to	bring	an	     CCTB112	      Use	Case	Analysis
                                          and	use	a	variety	of	Java	and	Android	ob-      Apple	mobile	device	that	can	run	with	iOS	     CCTB140	      nTier	Development	
                                          jects.                                         5.x	to	class.	Students	should	also	be	profi-                 Programming	Architecture
                                          Note:	Previous	programming	experience	         cient	in	the	use	of	MAC	OSX	Lion.
                                          is	an	asset	and	some	homework	between	                                                        .NET WEB SPECIALTY
                                                                                         CERTIFICATION
                                          courses	may	be	required.	You	are	encour-                                                      CCTW100	 CSS/HTML	I	-	
                                          aged	to	bring	at	least	one	Android	device	     An	Apple	iPhone/iPad	Developer	Certifi-                 Fundamentals
                                          to	class.	Development	will	be	based	on	        cate	will	be	awarded	upon	completion	of	
                                                                                                                                        CCTW200	 CSS/HTML	II	-	Using	
                                          the	Android	4.0	platform	(aka	Ice	Cream	       the	following	eight	courses.                            Dreamweaver
                                          Sandwich),	however,	your	device	is	not	        PART-TIME OPTIONS                              CCTB190	 ASP.NET	for	VB	Level	I
                                          required	to	run	this	version.	The	Eclipse	                                                    CCTB290	 ASP.NET	for	VB	Level	II
                                          development	environment	will	be	used;	a	       CCTB701	      Foundations	of	Apple	
                                                                                                       iPhone/iPad	Programming          CCTB192	 ASP.NET	for	C#	Level	I
                                          license	will	be	made	available	so	this	pro-
                                                                                         CCTB702	      Apple	iPhone/iPad	               CCTB292	 ASP.NET	for	C#	Level	II
                                          gram	can	be	installed	onto	your	personal	
                                                                                                       Programming:	Exploration	
                                          computer.	                                                                                    .NET WINDOWS SPECIALTY
                                                                                                       of	Apple	Object	Model
                                                                                         CCTB703	      Apple	iPhone/iPad	               CCTB141	      Visual	Basic.Net	Level	I
                                                                                                       Programming:	Working	            CCTB241	      Visual	Basic.Net	Level	II
                                                                                                       with	Multiple	Views
                                                                                                                                        CCTB341	      Visual	Basic.Net	Level	III
                                                                                                                                        CCTB441	      Visual	Basic.Net	Level	IV



                            54	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
C# SPECIALTY                                 CCTB155	      Business	Process	and	              ment	system	(RDBMS).	Choose	from	two	
                                                           Software	Testing                   database	administrator	certificates:	Mi-
CCTB145	     C#	Level	I
                                             CCTB307	      Quality	Assurance                  crosoft	Access	and	Microsoft	SQL	Server.	
CCTB245	     C#	Level	II
                                             CCTB308	      User	Acceptance	Testing            Choose	the	software	that	best	suits	your	
CCTB345	     C#	Level	III




                                                                                                                                           COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES
                                             CCTB309	      Business	Process	                  career	goals.
CCTB445	     C#	Level	IV
                                                           Improvement
                                                                                              CERTIFICATION
                                             CCTB360	      Public	Speaking	Level	I
                                                                                              A	Database	Administrator	Certificate	will	
BUSINESS ANALYST                                                                              be	awarded	to	students	who	complete	the	
CERTIFICATE                                  BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE                            5	core	courses	and	one	group	of	specialty	
IT	applications	are	becoming	important	      AND INFORMATION                                  courses,	whether	Microsoft	Access	or	Mi-
                                                                                              crosoft	SQL	Server.
competitive	tools	in	today’s	business	en-    MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
vironment,	and	the	demand	for	qualified	                                                      CORE COURSES
business	analysts	is	growing.	The	Busi-      This	program’s	combination	of	technical	
                                             and	non-technical	courses	teaches	stu-           CCTB102	      Data	Modeling
ness	Analyst	Certificate	program	allows	
students	to	identify	business	needs	and	     dents	the	concepts	and	techniques	nec-           CCTB103	      Process	Modeling
determine	solutions	to	business	prob-        essary	to	deliver	solutions	that	integrate	      CCTB111	      SQL	Introduction
lems.	Students	develop	the	skills	to	com-    and	transform	data	into	actionable	infor-        CCTB120	      Programming	and	Object	
municate	and	liaise	between	business	        mation	used	for	planning,	monitoring	and	                      Oriented	Fundamentals
stakeholders	and	IT	developers,	and	they	    analyzing	processes.	Students	get	a	solid	       CCTB140	      nTier	Development	
have	the	ability	to	engage	in	comprehen-     background	and	benefit	from	hands-on	                          Programming	Architecture
sive	requirement	gathering	and	analysis,	    data	training	in	integration,	data	ware-
rigorous	documentation	and	structured	       housing,	analytic	applications	and	perfor-       DATABASE ADMINISTRATOR
                                             mance	management.                                SQL SPECIALTY
testing	and	quality	assurance.
                                             This	certificate	responds	to	organizations’	     CCTB100	      Microsoft	SQL	
All	core	courses	in	the	Business	Analyst	                                                                   Server	Level	I
Certificate	program	are	endorsed	by	the	     demand	for	professionals	with	the	skills	to	
                                             provide	them	with	the	right	information	         CCTB200	      Microsoft	SQL	
International	Institute	of	Business	Analy-                                                                  Server	Level	II
sis	(IIBA).	                                 at	the	right	time.	These	professionals	are	
                                             not	limited	to	Information	Technology	(IT)	      CCTB300	      Microsoft	SQL	
CERTIFICATION                                practitioners.	                                                Server	Level	III
A	Business	Analyst	Certificate	will	be	                                                       DATABASE ADMINISTRATOR
                                             CERTIFICATION
awarded	upon	completion	of	the	10	core	                                                       ACCESS SPECIALTY
courses	and	two	electives.                   A	Business	Intelligence	and	Information	
                                             Management	certificate	will	be	awarded	          CCTO170	      Microsoft	Access	Level	I
CORE COURSES                                 to	students	who	complete	the	six	required	       CCTO270	      Microsoft	Access	Level	II
CCTB101	     BA	Introduction	and	            courses.                                         CCTO370	      Microsoft	Access	Level	III
             Enterprise	Analysis                                                              CCTO470	      Microsoft	Access	Level	IV
                                             PART-TIME OPTIONS
CCTB102	     Data	Modeling
CCTB103	     Process	Modeling                CCTB101	      BA	Introduction	and	
                                                           Enterprise	Analysis
CCTB112	     Use	Case	Analysis
                                             CCTB631	      Information	Management	                   LEGEND
CCTB201	     Requirements	Gathering	                       Frameworks	and	Strategies                 learning options
             and	Management
                                             CCTB632	      Information	Management	                    Ft
CCTB202	     Requirements	Analysis	                        and	Data	Warehousing
                                                                                                           Full-time

             and	Validation                                                                           Pt   Part-time
                                             CCTB633	      Information	Management	
CCTB302	     Dynamic	Team	                                 and	Business	Analytics                     D    Distance	and	Online	learning
             Communication
                                             CCTB634	      Information	Management	
CCTB304	     Negotiation	and	                                                                        start date
                                                           and	Business	Performance
             Team	Building                                                                                 Fall
                                             CCTB635	      Advanced	Information	
CCTB305	     Dynamic	(Effective)	                          Management	Solutions                            Winter
             Writing	and	
                                                                                                           Spring
             Documentation
CCTB306	     Facilitation,	Problem	          DATABASE ADMINISTRATOR                                        Summer
             Solving	and	
             Leadership	Skills
                                             CERTIFICATE                                             credential

                                                                                                      A    Applied	degree
                                             Develop	your	technical	résumé	and	kick	
OPTIONS: 2 OF THE FOLLOWING                  start	your	career.	As	you	study	to	become	                B   Baccalaureate	degree

CCTB104	     Project	Management              a	database	administrator,	you	will	learn	                C    Certificate
CCTB117	     Unified	Modeling	               the	basic	language,	review	the	fundamen-
                                                                                                      Dp Diploma
             Language	(UML)                  tal	building	blocks,	and	discover	how	to	
CCTB150	     Software	Testing	Overview       manage	a	relational	database	manage-


                                                                                            Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248           55
                                          DATABASE REPORTING                             PART-TIME OPTIONS                            WEB APPLICATION
                                          TOOLS CERTIFICATE                              CCTB751	     Programming:	Application	       CONSULTANT CERTIFICATE
                                                                                                      Development
                                          As	you	study	to	become	a	Database	Re-          CCTB761	     Java/Android	                   Move	beyond	the	CSS/HTML	Core	Cer-
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES




                                          port	Writer,	you	learn	the	basic	language	                  Programming:	                   tificate,	and	learn	to	develop	and	program	
                                          of	SQL,	as	well	as	the	basic	and	advanced	                  Fundamentals                    web	applications	with	confidence.	Fuel	
                                          features	of	popular	database	reporting	        CCTB763	     Java	Programming:	              your	beginner	or	intermediate	career	in	
                                          tools	such	as	Crystal	Report	and	Micro-                     Desktop	Applications	           application	development	by	completing	
                                          soft	SQL	Server	Reporting	Services.                         and	GUIs                        this	certificate.	Hands-on	learning,	ex-
                                          Graduates	of	this	certificate	program	en-      CCTB765	     Java/Android	                   pert	instructors	and	daily	interaction	with	
                                          ter	the	workplace	with	the	skills	needed	                   Programming:	Storage            other	people	just	like	you	will	help	you	to	
                                          to	design,	develop,	modify,	test	and	sup-      CCTB767	     Java/Android	                   build	your	toolkit	of	essential	skills.	You’ll	
                                          port	professional	reporting	solutions	for	                  Programming:	Web	               be	creating	more	complex	and	concrete	
                                                                                                      Applications                    web	applications	in	no	time.
                                          relational	database	systems	such	as	SQL	
                                          Server.	                                       CCTB769	     Java	Programming:	
                                                                                                      Enterprise	Applications         CERTIFICATION
                                          CERTIFICATION                                  CCTB770	     Java	Programming:	Project       A	Web	Application	Consultant	Certificate	
                                          A	Database	Reporting	Tools	Certificate	                                                     will	be	awarded	upon	completion	of	the	
                                          will	be	awarded	to	students	who	complete	                                                   six	core	courses	and	five	electives.
                                          the	four	certificate	courses.                  SOFTWARE TESTING
                                                                                                                                      CORE COURSES
                                                                                         CERTIFICATE
                                          REQUIRED COURSES                                                                            CCTW100	 CSS/HTML	I	-	
                                                                                         An	essential	part	of	business	today,	soft-            Fundamentals
                                          CCTB111	      SQL	Introduction
                                                                                         ware	testing	ensures	the	development	of	     CCTW200	 CSS/HTML	II	-	Using	
                                          CCTB106	      Crystal	Reports	Level	I          effective	and	successful	technology	solu-             Dreamweaver
                                          CCTB206	      Crystal	Reports	Level	II         tions.	Learn	to	understand	the	theories,	    CCTW300	 CSS/HTML	III	-	Using	
                                          CCTB130	      SQL	Server	Reporting	            processes	and	software	used	in	the	field.	            Dreamweaver
                                                        Services                         The	courses	in	this	program	give	you	the	    CCTB175	 XML	Level	I
                                                                                         skills	you	need	to	be	a	leader	or	a	key	     CCTM150	 Windows	Web	Server
                                                                                         member	of	any	technology	team	and	to	
                                          JAVA DEVELOPER                                 engage	in	software	testing	for	small	to	     OPTIONS: 5 OF THE FOLLOWING
                                          CERTIFICATE                                    large	organizations.
                                                                                                                                      CCTB141	 Visual	Basic.Net	Level	I
                                          Learn	to	create	Java	applications.	You	        CERTIFICATION                                CCTB145	 C#	Level	I
                                          will	learn	object-oriented	programming	
                                                                                         A	Software	Testing	Certificate	will	be	      CCTW400	 CSS/HTML	4	Using	
                                          and	 Java	 fundamentals,	 how	 to	 cre-                                                              Dreamweaver
                                                                                         awarded	upon	completion	of	the	eight	re-
                                          ate	various	types	of	Java	applications	
                                                                                         quired	courses.                              CCTD130	 Flash	Foundations
                                          (such	as	desktop,	web,	and	enterprise),	
                                                                                                                                      CCTB190	 ASP.NET	for	VB	Level	I
                                          and	how	Java	applications	interact	and	        CORE COURSES
                                          store	data.	In	addition,	you	will	be	taught	                                                CCTB290	 ASP.NET	for	VB	Level	II
                                                                                         CCTB150	     Software	Testing	Overview       CCTB192	 ASP.NET	for	C#	Level	I
                                          how	to	create	graphical	user	interfaces.	
                                                                                         CCTB155	     Business	Process	and	           CCTB292	 ASP.NET	for	C#	Level	II
                                          Throughout	this	certificate	program,	you	
                                                                                                      Software	Testing
                                          will	explore	programming	concepts	by	                                                       CCTB135	 JavaScript
                                                                                         CCTB157	     Test	Data
                                          developing	applications	using	both	Java	
                                          standard	and	enterprise	edition	plat-          CCTB158	     Usability	Testing
                                          forms.	                                        CCTB159	     Test	Reporting
                                                                                         CCTB112	     Use	Case	Analysis
                                          Note:	Previous	programming	experience	
                                          is	highly	recommended	and	there	may	be	        CCTB151	     Testing	Web	Sites	and	
                                                                                                      Web	Applications
                                          coursework	outside	of	class	hours.	
                                                                                         CCTB308	     User	Acceptance	Testing
                                          CERTIFICATION
                                          A	 Java	 Developer	 Certificate	 will	 be	
                                          awarded	upon	completion	of	the	following	
                                          seven	courses.




                            56	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
CADD/GIS Certificates

OVERVIEW                                          CCTG117	      GIS	Spatial	Analysis               selection	of	the	courses	is	left	up	to	the	
                                                  CCTG115	      GIS	Best	Practices                 student	to	gain	the	knowledge	suitable	to	
Enhance	your	career	with	further	CADD/                                                             their	field	of	work.
                                                  CCTG130	      ArcGIS	Level	I
GIS	education.	Offered	at	the	NAIT	Com-
                                                  CCTG230	      ArcGIS	Level	II                    FLEXIBLE CORE COURSES (4 OF THE




                                                                                                                                                 COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES
puter	Training	Centre	are	a	variety	of	
certificates	to	help	you	upgrade	your	en-         CCTG235	      ArcGIS	Level	III                   FOLLOWING)
gineering	and	design	skills,	whether	your	                                                         CCTG101	      GIS	Concepts	and	
                                                  OPTIONS: 2 OF THE FOLLOWING
goal	is	to	change	your	career	direction,	                                                                        Application	Types
meet	recognition	requirements,	or	to	sim-         CCTG102	      GIS	Data	Conversion	               CCTG102	      GIS	Data	Conversion	
ply	attend	to	your	personal	growth.	Your	                       and	Management                                   and	Management
previous	experience	in	drafting,	design,	IT	      CCTG105	      GIS	Project	Management	            CCTG116	      GIS	Cartography
and	other	related	fields	will	help	you	make	                    and	Strategic	Planning
                                                                                                   CCTG117	      GIS	Spatial	Analysis
a	fluid	transition	in	to	CADD	and	GIS.	           CCTG107	      GPS	and	Location	
                                                                                                   CCTG115	      GIS	Best	Practices
                                                                based	Service	for	GIS
Careers	in	this	industry	are	becoming	                                                             CCTG105	      GIS	Project	Management	
                                                  CCTG118	      Remote	Sensing	in	GIS
more	demanding,	and	efficiency	is	be-                                                                            and	Strategic	Planning
                                                  CCTG160	      Oracle	Spatial	
coming	ever	important.	Your	attention	to	                       Fundamentals
detail	will	be	critical,	in	both	certificate	                                                      OPTIONS: 4 OF THE FOLLOWING
                                                  CCTG119	      Web	Mapping:	GIS	Using	
study	and	the	workplace.	By	completing	                         Open	Source	Software               CCTG120	      GeoMedia	
the	AutoCAD	certificate	you’ll	be	ready	                                                                         Professional	Level	I
                                                  CCTG330	      ArcGIS	Level	IV
for	an	entry	level	drafting	position.	Study	                                                       CCTG220	      GeoMedia	Professional	
GIS	and	you’ll	build	skills	ready	for	use	in	                                                                    Level	II
park,	sewer,	and	traffic	planning	careers.	       AUTOCAD OPERATOR                                 CCTG130	      ArcGIS	Level	I
The	career	potential	is	limitless;	it’s	all	in	                                                    CCTG230	      ArcGIS	Level	II
how	you	put	your	training	to	use!	
                                                  CERTIFICATE
                                                                                                   CCTG107	      GPS	and	Location	
                                                  AutoCAD	is	a	software	application	for	                         based	Service	for	GIS
Certificates	are	not	automatically	mailed	
                                                  2D	and	3D	design	and	drafting.	This	cer-         CCTG118	      Remote	Sensing	in	GIS
out.	Filling	out	a	Request	for	Certification	
                                                  tificate	program	is	a	fast-tracked	program	      CCTG160	      Oracle	Spatial	
form	as	soon	as	you’ve	successfully	com-
                                                  that	combines	four	AutoCAD	courses	                            Fundamentals
pleted	your	program	will	ensure	that	you	
                                                  and	makes	it	possible	for	you	to	learn	the	      CCTG165	      Environmental	
receive	your	certificate	promptly.	You	can	
                                                  fundamentals	of	AutoCAD	drafting	and	                          Applications
pick	up	this	form	at	the	registrar’s	office	or	
                                                  design	in	just	four	weeks.                       CCTG119	      Web	Mapping:	GIS	Using	
download	from	www.nait.ca/calendars.	
Submit	the	completed	form	to	the	Regis-           CERTIFICATION                                                  Open	Source	Software
trar’s	office.                                    An	AutoCAD	Operator	Certificate	will	
                                                  be	awarded	to	students	who	complete	
ARCGIS TECHNOLOGY                                 CCTA550	AutoCAD	Operator	Certificate.
SPECIALTY CERTIFICATE                             REQUIRED COURSES
This	program	opens	the	door	to	under-             CCTA550	      AutoCAD	Operator	
standing	and	application	of	ArcGIS,	the	                        Certificate	Level	I
geospatial	industry’s	most	widely	used	                                                                    LEGEND
software.	Courses	introduce	students	to	                                                                   learning options
foundations	of	the	technology	while	pro-          GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
viding	them	with	hands-on	experience	             SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY                                       Ft   Full-time

using	ArcGIS.	Classes	also	touch	on	all	          CERTIFICATE                                              Pt   Part-time
aspects	of	the	ArcGIS	software	-	from	                                                                     D    Distance	and	Online	learning
simple	data	loading	to	high-level	pro-            Expand	your	skills	or	enhance	your	ré-
gramming	and	from	spatial	analysis	to	            sumé	 by	 completing	 a	 GIS	 Systems	                   start date

developing	tools.                                 Technology	Certificate.	By	completing	                        Fall
                                                  this	certificate,	you	will	gain	fundamental	
                                                                                                                Winter
CERTIFICATION                                     knowledge.	By	learning	to	use	some	of	the	
                                                                                                                Spring
An	ArcGIS	Technology	Specialty	Certifi-           vital	software	systems	used	in	the	indus-
cate	will	be	awarded	upon	completion	of	          try,	you	will	improve	your	efficiency	and	                    Summer

the	seven	core	courses	and	two	option	            success	on	the	job.                                      credential
courses.                                          CERTIFICATION                                             A   Applied	degree

CORE COURSES                                      A	 Geographic	 Information	 Systems	                      B   Baccalaureate	degree
                                                  Technology	Certificate	will	be	awarded	
CCTG101	       GIS	Concepts	and	                                                                            C   Certificate
               Application	Types                  to	students	who	complete	four	flexible	
                                                  core	courses	and	four	option	courses.	The	               Dp Diploma
CCTG116	       GIS	Cartography



                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248            57
                                          GEOMEDIA TECHNOLOGY                             CCTG102	      GIS	Data	Conversion	             CCTA220	      AutoCAD	Map	3D	Level	I
                                                                                                        and	Management                   CCTA230	      AutoCAD	Civil	3D	Level	I
                                          SPECIALTY CERTIFICATE                           CCTG105	      GIS	Project	Management	          CCTG101	      GIS	Concepts	and	
                                          Develop	and	refine	your	mapping	skills.	                      and	Strategic	Planning                         Application	Types
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES




                                          Courses	will	help	you	understand	such	          CCTG107	      GPS	and	Location	                CCTG107	      GPS	and	Location	
                                          concepts	as	legends,	layouts,	queries,	                       based	Service	for	GIS                          based	Service	for	GIS
                                          warehouse	connections	in	an	application	        CCTG118	      Remote	Sensing	in	GIS
                                          file,	and	spatial	and	application	data.	The	    CCTG160	      Oracle	Spatial	
                                          curriculum	is	continuously	monitored	and	                     Fundamentals                     MICROSTATION CADD
                                          matched	to	industry	standards	to	ensure	        CCTG119	      Web	Mapping:	GIS	Using	          CERTIFICATE
                                          that	students	receive	the	most	applicable	                    Open	Source	Software
                                                                                                                                         Intended	for	current	engineers	and	engi-
                                          education	possible	and	hands-on	experi-
                                                                                                                                         neering	technologists,	the	MicroStation	
                                          ence	with	GeoMedia	technology.
                                                                                          GIS AND CADD INTEGRATION                       CADD	Certificate	is	a	complementary	
                                          CERTIFICATION                                   CERTIFICATE                                    set	of	courses	to	help	them	continue	their	
                                                                                                                                         career	growth.	MicroStation	stands	at	the	
                                          A	GeoMedia	Technology	Specialty	Cer-
                                                                                          NAIT’s	GIS	and	CADD	Integration	Certifi-       centre	of	Bentley’s	solutions	for	building,	
                                          tificate	will	be	awarded	upon	completion	
                                                                                          cate	gives	students	a	fundamental	look	at	     civil	engineering,	transportation,	process	
                                          of	the	seven	core	courses	and	two	option	
                                                                                          real-world	Autodesk	solutions	and	how	         plants,	discrete	manufacturing	facilities,	
                                          courses.
                                                                                          these	are	used	in	surveying,	geographic	       utilities	and	telecommunication	networks.	
                                          CORE COURSES                                    information	systems	(GIS)	and	civil	en-        This	exquisite	software	allows	users	to	
                                                                                          gineering.	Intended	to	complement	the	         create	models	that	display	information	
                                          CCTG101	      GIS	Concepts	and	
                                                        Application	Types                 AutoCAD	Operator	Certificate,	courses	in	      about	an	asset	and	its	configuration.
                                                                                          this	program	also	provide	an	overview	of	
                                          CCTG116	      GIS	Cartography                                                                  CERTIFICATION
                                                                                          GIS	and	geographic	positioning	systems	
                                          CCTG117	      GIS	Spatial	Analysis                                                             A	MicroStation	CADD	Certificate	will	be	
                                                                                          (GPS).
                                          CCTG115	      GIS	Best	Practices                                                               awarded	to	students	who	complete	the	
                                          CCTG120	      GeoMedia	                         CERTIFICATION                                  five	required	courses.
                                                        Professional	Level	I              A	GIS	and	CADD	Integration	Certificate	
                                          CCTG220	      GeoMedia	Professional	            will	be	awarded	to	students	who	complete	      V8I VERSION
                                                        Level	II                          the	eight	required	courses.                    CCTA385	      MicroStation	V8i	2D	Level	I
                                          CCTG320	      GeoMedia	Professional	                                                           CCTA386	      MicroStation	V8i	
                                                        Level	III                         REQUIRED COURSES                                             2D	Level	II
                                                                                          CCTA105	      AutoCAD	Fundamentals             CCTA387	      MicroStation	V8i	
                                          OPTIONS: 2 OF THE FOLLOWING                     CCTA205	      Intermediate	AutoCAD                           2D	Level	III
                                          CCTG420	 GeoMedia	Professional	                 CCTA305	      Advanced	AutoCAD                 CCTA145	      Microstation	3D	Level	I
                                                   Level	IV                               CCTA405	      AutoCAD	Practicum                CCTA245	      Microstation	3D	Level	II




                                          Digital Communications Certificates

                                          OVERVIEW                                        pleted	your	program	will	ensure	that	you	      courses	use	the	philosophy	of	“Progres-
                                                                                          receive	your	certificate	promptly.	You	can	    sive	Enhancement”	to	help	expand	your	
                                          Digital	communications	is	an	exciting	and	      pick	up	this	form	at	the	registrar’s	office	   web	design	abilities	and	skills.	Great	look-
                                          growing	field	of	work.	You	get	to	combine	      or	download	from	www.nait.ca/calen-            ing	web	sites	can	be	developed	easily	with	
                                          your	technical	and	creative	skills	and	solve	   dars.	Submit	your	completed	form	to	the	       the	help	of	great	training.	To	gain	the	most	
                                          communications	problems	for	a	variety	of	       Registrar’s	office.                            from	this	training	it,	is	recommended	that	
                                          audiences.	The	following	certificates	are	                                                     you	take	these	courses	in	order.
                                          designed	to	help	you	update	your	current,	
                                          add	new	skills	to	your	personal	toolkit	or	     CSS/HTML CORE                                  CERTIFICATION
                                          choreograph	a	career	transition.	Achieve	       CERTIFICATE                                    A	CSS/HTML	Core	Certificate	will	be	
                                          your	goals	by	completing	a	NAIT	Com-                                                           awarded	upon	completion	of	the	five	re-
                                                                                          Learn	the	core	skills	needed	to	build	in-
                                          puter	Training	Centre	certificate.	                                                            quired	courses.
                                                                                          teresting,	well	designed	web	sites.	Learn	
                                          Certificates	are	not	automatically	mailed	      basic	web	design	by	harnessing	the	power	
                                          out.	Filling	out	a	Request	for	Certification	   of	Cascading	Style	Sheets	(CSS),	HTML,	
                                          form	as	soon	as	you’ve	successfully	com-        JavaScript,	and	 Dreamweaver.	These	


                            58	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
REQUIRED COURSES                               CCTD115	      Adobe	Illustrator	Level	I           REQUIRED COURSES
CCTW100	 CSS/HTML	I	-	                         CCTD215	      Adobe	Illustrator	Level	II          CCTD10	  Client/Designer	Relations
         Fundamentals                          CCTD170	      Typography                          CCTD110	 Adobe	Photoshop	Level	I
CCTW200	 CSS/HTML	II	-	Using	                  CCTD216	      Visual	Design	Basic                 CCTD210	 Adobe	Photoshop	Level	II




                                                                                                                                              COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES
         Dreamweaver                           CCTD316	      Visual	Design	Advanced              CCTD115	 Adobe	Illustrator	Level	I
CCTW300	 CSS/HTML	III	-	Using	                 CCTD120	      InDesign	Level	I                    CCTD216	 Visual	Design	Basic
         Dreamweaver                           CCTD220	      InDesign	Level	II                   CCTD180	 Digital	Audio
CCTW310	 Web	Content,	Analytics	               CCTD910	      Project:	Digital	Publishing
         and	Usability                                                                           CCTD130	 Flash	Foundations
CCTM150	 Windows	Web	Server                                                                      CCTW100	 CSS/HTML	I	-	
                                                                                                          Fundamentals
                                               FLASH DEVELOPER
                                                                                                 CCTW200	 CSS/HTML	II	-	Using	
DIGITAL IMAGING                                CERTIFICATE                                                Dreamweaver
CERTIFICATE                                    The	possibilities	in	interactive	design,	         CCTW300	 CSS/HTML	III	-	Using	
                                               data	exchange	and	functionality	are	end-                   Dreamweaver
Capture,	create	and	customize	digital	         less	when	you	learn	to	use	the	options	           CCTB276	 Creating	Web	Graphics
images.	With	skills	in	basic	digital	pho-      available	in	the	Flash	environment.	The	          CCTW910	 Designing	a	
tography	and	a	full	scope	of	Photoshop	        courses	in	this	Flash	developer	certificate	               Website:	Project
knowledge,	you	will	be	able	to	manage	         program	will	teach	you	how	to	create	on-
your	images	with	precision	and	efficiency.	    line	animations,	interactive	web	elements	
Learn	to	set	up	photos,	work	with	the	files	   and	powerful	applications.                        WEB DEVELOPER
on	the	computer,	and	edit	and	manipulate	                                                        CERTIFICATE
like	a	professional.                           CERTIFICATION
                                                                                                 Take	the	next	step	beyond	the	CSS/HTML	
                                               A	Flash	Developer	Certificate	will	be	
CERTIFICATION                                                                                    Core	Certificate	and	learn	to	master	the	
                                               awarded	to	students	who	complete	the	
A	 Digital	 Imaging	 Certificate	 will	 be	                                                      art	of	web	site	development.	Through	well	
                                               nine	required	courses.
awarded	to	students	who	complete	the	                                                            designed	courses	and	using	the	philoso-
five	required	courses.                         REQUIRED COURSES                                  phy	of	Progressive	Enhancement	these	
                                               CCTD130	 Flash	Foundations                        courses	will	expand	your	web	design	abili-
REQUIRED COURSES                                                                                 ties	and	skills.
                                               CCTD135	 Flash	Animation	
CCTD190	      Digital	Photography	Basic                 Techniques                               Move	beyond	the	limitations	of	simple	
CCTD161	      Digital	Photography	             CCTD230	 Flash	ActionScript	                      graphic	based	web	site	design	tools	by	
              Management                                -	Fundamentals                           learning	to	harness	the	power	of	Cascad-
CCTD110	      Adobe	Photoshop	Level	I          CCTD235	 Flash	Actionscript	-	Basic               ing	Style	Sheets,	HTML,	JavaScript,	and	
CCTD210	      Adobe	Photoshop	Level	II         CCTD435	 Flash	ActionScript	                      Dreamweaver.	Throughout	these	courses,	
CCTD310	      Adobe	Photoshop	Level	III                 -	Advanced                               we	use	the	newest	technologies,	including	
                                               CCTW100	 CSS/HTML	I	-	                            HTML5,	CSS3,	and	JavaScript	Libraries.	
                                                        Fundamentals                             Properly	taught	web	design	and	develop-
DIGITAL PUBLISHING                             CCTW200	 CSS/HTML	II	-	Using	
CERTIFICATE                                             Dreamweaver
The	balanced	combination	of	courses	in	        CCTD110	 Adobe	Photoshop	Level	I                         LEGEND
                                               CCTD115	 Adobe	Illustrator	Level	I                       learning options
this	certificate	provides	you	with	the	es-
sential	software	and	process	knowledge	                                                                  Ft   Full-time
needed	to	enter	the	world	of	layout	and	
design.	You	will	receive	expert	instruction	   WEB DESIGN CERTIFICATE                                    Pt   Part-time

                                                                                                         D    Distance	and	Online	learning
and	hands-on	practice	time	in	the	class-       Move	beyond	your	web	design	limita-
room	to	help	you	develop	industry-ready	       tions.	Expand	your	thoughts	and	skills,	                 start date
skills	to	solve	unique	visual	communica-       and	explore	the	world	of	web	design,	                          Fall
tions	problems.                                the	processes	involved	and	the	software	                       Winter
                                               developed	to	help	you	achieve	intuitive	
CERTIFICATION                                                                                                 Spring
                                               layouts	and	engaging	interaction.	A	lot	
A	Digital	Publishing	Certificate	will	be	      of	skills	and	a	little	imagination	will	take	                  Summer
awarded	to	students	who	complete	the	12	       you	a	long	way	in	the	constantly	changing,	              credential
required	courses.                              ever	growing	web	environment.
                                                                                                         A    Applied	degree
REQUIRED COURSES                               CERTIFICATION                                              B   Baccalaureate	degree
CCTD10	       Client/Designer	Relations        A	Web	Design	Certificate	will	be	awarded	                 C    Certificate
CCTD110	      Adobe	Photoshop	Level	I          to	students	who	complete	the	12	required	
                                               courses.                                                  Dp Diploma
CCTD210	      Adobe	Photoshop	Level	II
CCTD111	      Adobe	Acrobat	Level	I


                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248           59
                                          ment	techniques,	a	little	imagination	and	      VISUAL DESIGN                                  REQUIRED COURSES
                                          numerous	practical	exercises	will	allow	
                                          you	to	build	professional	looking	web	
                                                                                          CERTIFICATE                                    CCTD110	     Adobe	Photoshop	Level	I
                                                                                                                                         CCTD210	     Adobe	Photoshop	Level	II
                                          sites.	To	gain	the	most	from	this	training,	    Fulfill	your	passion	and	become	a	graphic	
                                                                                                                                         CCTD310	     Adobe	Photoshop	Level	III
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES




                                          it	is	recommended	that	you	take	these	          designer.	Understand	how	the	profession-
                                          courses	in	order.                               als	create	and	communicate	in	maga-            CCTD115	     Adobe	Illustrator	Level	I
                                                                                          zines,	advertisements	and	on	the	web.	         CCTD215	     Adobe	Illustrator	Level	II
                                          CERTIFICATION                                   Learn	about	typography,	the	process	and	       CCTD170	     Typography
                                          A	 Web	 Developer	 Certificate	 will	 be	       the	software	used	in	communicating	a	          CCTD216	     Visual	Design	Basic
                                          awarded	upon	completion	of	the	CSS/             visual	message	to	the	world.	Expand	your	      CCTD316	     Visual	Design	Advanced
                                          HTML	Core	Certificate	(prerequisite)	and	       thoughts	and	increase	your	understanding	      CCTD317	     Visual	Design	Advanced	
                                          five	required	courses.                          of	the	ways	the	world	is	communicating	                     for	the	Web
                                          REQUIRED COURSES                                around	us	and	learn	to	create	visual	com-      CCTD318	     Visual	Design	
                                                                                          munication	at	the	highest	level.                            Master	Portfolio
                                          CCTB276	 Creating	Web	Graphics
                                          CCTW400	 CSS/HTML	4	Using	                      CERTIFICATION
                                                   Dreamweaver                            A	 Visual	 Design	 Certificate	 will	 be	
                                          CCTW500	 CSS/HTML	5	Using	                      awarded	to	students	who	complete	the	10	
                                                   Dreamweaver                            required	courses.
                                          CCTB135	 JavaScript
                                          CCTW915	 Project:	Designing	a	
                                                   Responsive	Website




                                          Network, Security, Systems Administration, PC Servicing,
                                          Windows Server + Linux Certificates
                                          OVERVIEW                                        CORE NETWORKING                                ENTERPRISE NETWORKING
                                          Keep	current	-	our	courses	and	certificates	    CERTIFICATE                                    CERTIFICATE
                                          are	created	by	industry,	for	industry.	Are	     This	intensive,	six-course	stream	is	in-       Courses	in	this	certificate	program	im-
                                          you	already	in	a	technical	support	role	and	    tended	for	those	in	a	technical	role	who	      prove	students’	understanding	of	the	in-
                                          looking	to	make	a	change?	A	Networking,	        are	looking	for	entry-level	networking	        ternetworking	of	more	than	just	physical	
                                          Security,	Systems	Administration	or	PC	         skills	or	to	upgrade	or	train	for	career	ad-   equipment:	students	develop	a	complete	
                                          Certificate	is	a	smart	way	to	prepare	for	      vancement.	Topics	covered	include	data	        understanding	of	enterprise	networking	
                                          certification	exams,	upgrade	your	skills,	or	   communications,	network	design,	moni-          and	how	different	network	technologies	
                                          train	for	career	advancement.                   toring,	troubleshooting,	IPv4	and	IPv6	ad-     work	together	to	form	a	network.	This	
                                          Note:	If	you	previously	began	a	course	of	      dressing,	routing	and	switching,	network	      certification	reaches	beyond	the	funda-
                                          studies	towards	a	certificate	which	is	no	      wiring,	internetwork	operating	systems,	       mental	concepts	to	provide	students	with	
                                          longer	offered	you	should	consult	the	co-       IP	design	fundamentals	and	the	Windows	        an	understanding	of	today’s	network	and	
                                          ordinator	to	discuss	substitutions.             command	line.                                  insight	into	the	world	of	internetworking.
                                          Certificates	are	not	automatically	mailed	      CERTIFICATION                                  CERTIFICATION
                                          out.	Filling	out	a	Request	for	Certification	   A	 Core	 Network	 Certificate	 will	 be	       An	Enterprise	Networking	Certificate	will	
                                          form	as	soon	as	you’ve	successfully	com-        awarded	to	students	who	complete	the	          be	awarded	upon	completion	of	the	five	
                                          pleted	your	program	will	ensure	that	you	       six	required	courses.                          required	courses.
                                          receive	your	certificate	promptly.	You	can	
                                          pick	up	this	form	at	the	registrar’s	office	    REQUIRED COURSES                               CORE COURSES
                                          or	download	from	www.nait.ca/calen-             CCTM111	      Windows	Command	Line             CCTM103	 IP	Routing	Fundamentals
                                          dars.	Submit	the	completed	form	to	the	         CCTM114	      Data	Communications              CCTM203	 LAN	Switching	
                                          Registrar’s	office.                                                                                     Fundamentals
                                                                                          CCTM170	      Network	Fundamentals
                                                                                          CCTM270	      Network	Implementation           CCTM303	 Dynamic	Routing	and	
                                                                                                                                                  Layer	3	Switching
                                                                                          CCTM370	      Internetwork	Operating	
                                                                                                        System	and	IP	design	            CCTM403	 QoS	Techniques	
                                                                                                        Fundamentals                              and	Firewall
                                                                                          CCTM116	      Network	Wiring	and	              CCTM503	 Voice	Over	IP	(VOIP)
                                                                                                        Troubleshooting


                            60	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
LINUX (UNIX) CORE                              CORE COURSES                                     WINDOWS SERVER
CERTIFICATE                                    CCTM111	      Windows	Command	Line               NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR
This	certificate	is	designed	for	entry-
                                               CCTM119	      Windows	OS	Concepts,	              CERTIFICATE
                                                             Installation	and	




                                                                                                                                               COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES
level	systems	administrators	who	want	                       Configuration                      Ideal	for	system	administrators	and	net-
to	prepare	themselves	for	professional	        CCTM11	       Hardware	Concepts,	                work	managers,	this	series	of	courses	
responsibilities.	Students	learn	all	the	                    Installation	and	                  ensures	that	students	leave	with	a	solid	
basic	skills	needed	to	manage	a	Linux/                       Configuration                      foundation	of	knowledge	for	supporting	
UNIX	server	and	attach	it	to	a	corporate	      CCTM12	       PC	Troubleshooting	and	            and	administrating	network	in	Windows	
network.	Courses	cover	a	range	of	top-                       Preventative	Maintenance           Servers.	Students	gain	an	understanding	
ics,	including	the	command	line,	Linux/        CCTM14	       Windows	OS	Support	                of	how	to	plan,	install,	configure	and	main-
UNIX	networking	and	Windows	interop-                         and	Troubleshooting                tain	active	directory	and	group	policies	in	
erability,	as	well	as	the	fundamentals	of	     CCTM170	      Network	Fundamentals               enterprise	environment.
system	automation	and	shell	scripting.         CCTM218	      Windows	7	Configuration	
                                                             and	Implementation
                                                                                                CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATION                                                                                   A	Windows	Server	Administrator	Cer-
                                               CCTM16	       A+	Preparation
Core	Linux	(UNIX)	Certificate	will	be	                                                          tificate	will	be	awarded	to	students	upon	
awarded	upon	completion	of	the	five	re-                                                         completion	of	the	nine	required	courses.
quired	courses.                                SYSTEM SECURITY                                  CORE COURSES
PART-TIME OPTIONS                              CERTIFICATE
                                                                                                CCTM170	 Network	Fundamentals
CCTM520	 Linux/UNIX	                           The	System	Security	Certificate	is	de-           CCTM270	 Network	Implementation
         Command	Line                          signed	for	network	and	system	adminis-           CCTM121	 Windows	Server	
CCTM530	 Linux/UNIX	System	                    trators	responsible	for	implementing	and	                 Configuration	and	
         Automation	and	                       controlling	a	range	of	security	technolo-                 Administration
         Shell	Scripting	for	                  gies.	Work	on	learning	security	concepts	
         Administrators                                                                         CCTM221	 Windows	Server	
                                               such	as	threats	assessment,	encryption,	                  Advanced	Management	
CCTM540	 Linux/UNIX	                           business	continuity,	disaster	recovery,	                  and	Networking
         Administration,	                      auditing,	security	policies	and	procedures.	
         Configuration	and	                                                                     CCTM141	 DNS	for	Active	Directory
                                               This	certificate	covers	wireless	security,	      CCTM142	 Microsoft	Active	
         Installation
                                               network	vulnerability	assessment,	intru-                  Directory	Management	
CCTM550	 Networking	with	Linux/
                                               sion	detection,	incident	response,	and	                   and	Migration
         UNIX	and	Windows	Level	I
                                               computer	 forensics.	 Throughout	 the	           CCTM143	 Active	Directory	
CCTM560	 Networking	with	Linux/
                                               courses	practical	exercises	and	labs	will	                Troubleshooting
         UNIX	and	Windows	Level	II
                                               be	used.                                         CCTM321	 Windows	Server	
                                                                                                         Group	Policies
                                               CERTIFICATION
PC SERVICE AND SUPPORT                                                                          CCTM260	 Windows	Server	
                                               A	System	Security	Certificate	will	be	                    Virtualization
CERTIFICATE                                    awarded	upon	completion	of	the	six	re-
Become	an	effective	solution	provider	for	     quired	courses.
people	and	organizations	using	personal	
                                               CORE COURSES                                             LEGEND
computers	(PCs).	This	hands-on	train-                                                                   learning options
ing	provides	students	with	the	necessary	      CCTM190	 Security	-	Fundamentals
                                                                                                        Ft   Full-time
skills	to	perform	computer	setup,	diagnos-     CCTM290	 Security	-	Business	
tics,	maintenance,	repairs	and	installation	            Continuity	and	Planning                         Pt   Part-time
of	peripheral	devices.	Students	who	com-       CCTM390	 Vulnerability	Assessment                         D   Distance	and	Online	learning
plete	this	series	of	courses	and	additional	   CCTM490	 Intrusion	Detection	
                                                        and	Prevention                                  start date
self-study	are	prepared	to	challenge	the	
CompTIA	A+	certification	examination.          CCTM590	 Forensics                                            Fall

                                               CCTM495	 Windows	Firewalls	                                   Winter
CERTIFICATION                                           and	Security	Threat	                                 Spring
A	PC	Service	and	Support	Certificate	will	              Management
be	awarded	upon	completion	of	the	eight	                                                                     Summer

required	courses.	                                                                                      credential

                                                                                                         A   Applied	degree

                                                                                                         B   Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                         C   Certificate

                                                                                                        Dp Diploma




                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248             61
                                          Office Technology Certificates

                                          OVERVIEW                                        OFFICE ACCOUNTING                               OFFICE APPLICATIONS
                                          Gain	marketable	skills	for	high	demand	         SYSTEMS CERTIFICATE                             SPECIALIST CERTIFICATE
                                          jobs.	Administrative	support	personnel	         Whether	accounting	is	new	to	you	or	            Understanding	the	Windows	operating	
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES




                                          who	have	a	variety	of	computer	skills	are	      you’re	looking	to	increase	your	bookkeep-       system	and	Microsoft	Office	programs	
                                          essential	in	today’s	high-tech	workplace.	      ing	abilities,	an	accounting	certificate	is	    not	only	improves	efficiency	and	pro-
                                          You	may	choose	individual	courses	to	           the	perfect	place	to	start.	This	certificate	   ductivity	in	the	workplace,	but	it	also	
                                          enhance	your	current	career	or	work	to-         provides	you	with	the	skills	necessary	to	      promotes	career	success.	The	Office	Ap-
                                          wards	certification	to	expand	your	profes-
                                                                                          set	up,	report	and	manage	a	small	busi-         plications	Specialist	Certificate	provides	
                                          sional	opportunities.
                                                                                          ness’s	basic	bookkeeping	needs.	Courses	        these	fundamental	skills	and	allows	stu-
                                          Certificates	are	not	automatically	mailed	      are	taught	by	instructors	with	real-world	      dents	to	choose	from	other	specialized	
                                          out.	Filling	out	a	Request	for	Certification	   experience,	and	lesson	examples	can	be	         programs	that	meet	their	professional	
                                          form	as	soon	as	you’ve	successfully	com-        easily	applied	to	real	work	situations.         requirements.	In	just	eleven	courses	you	
                                          pleted	your	program	will	ensure	that	you	                                                       will	learn	the	most	commonly-used	oper-
                                          receive	your	certificate	promptly.	You	can	     CERTIFICATION                                   ating	system	and	programs,	and	be	proud	
                                          pick	up	this	form	at	the	registrar’s	office	    An	Office	Accounting	Systems	Certifi-           to	obtain	and	display	your	certificate.	This	
                                          or	download	from	www.nait.ca/calen-             cate	will	be	awarded	to	students	upon	          certificate	is	intended	for	office	adminis-
                                          dars.	Submit	the	completed	form	to	the	         completion	of	the	eight	core	courses	           trative	support	staff	and	small	business	
                                          Registrar’s	office.                             and	two	electives.                              operators.
                                                                                          CORE: 8 COURSES                                 CERTIFICATION
                                          EXCEL POWER USER                                CCTO100	      Bookkeeping	-	Level	I             An	Office	Applications	Specialist	certifi-
                                          CERTIFICATE                                     CCTO200	      Bookkeeping	-	Level	II            cate	will	be	awarded	upon	completion	of	
                                          This	certificate	is	for	those	individu-         CCTO300	      Bookkeeping	-	Level	III           eight	core	courses,	one	assessment	and	
                                          als	who	want	to	showcase	their	broad	           CCTO110	      Simply	Accounting	Level	I         two	options.
                                          knowledge	of	Microsoft	Excel.	Students	         CCTO210	      Simply	Accounting	Level	II        PART-TIME OPTIONS
                                          who	complete	the	certificate	are	familiar	      CCTO305	      Simply	Accounting	Level	III
                                          with	all	aspects	of	Excel	-	from	building	                                                      CCTO101	 Windows	Desktop	
                                                                                          CCTO130	      Microsoft	Word	Level	I                     Operating	System
                                          complex	formulas	to	customizing	and	
                                                                                          CCTO140	      Microsoft	Excel	Level	I           CCTO130	 Microsoft	Word	Level	I
                                          automating	Excel	through	Visual	Basic	for	
                                          Applications	(VBA).                                                                             CCTO230	 Microsoft	Word	Level	II
                                                                                          OPTIONS: 2 OF THE FOLLOWING
                                                                                                                                          CCTO330	 Microsoft	Word	Level	III
                                          CERTIFICATION                                   CCTO310	      Simply	Accounting	Level	IV
                                                                                                                                          CCTO140	 Microsoft	Excel	Level	I
                                          An	Excel	Power	User	Certificate	will	be	        CCTO170	      Microsoft	Access	Level	I
                                                                                                                                          CCTO240	 Microsoft	Excel	Level	II
                                          awarded	to	students	upon	completion	of	         CCTB106	      Crystal	Reports	Level	I
                                                                                                                                          CCTO170	 Microsoft	Access	Level	I
                                          the	six	required	courses.                       CCTB111	      SQL	Introduction
                                                                                                                                          CCTO150	 Microsoft	PowerPoint
                                                                                          CCTO401	      QuickBooks	Level	I
                                          REQUIRED COURSES
                                                                                          CCTO402	      QuickBooks	Level	II               ASSESSMENT
                                          CCTO140	 Microsoft	Excel	Level	I
                                                                                          CCTO230	      Microsoft	Word	Level	II           CCTO501	      Office	Applications	
                                          CCTO240	 Microsoft	Excel	Level	II
                                                                                          CCTO240	      Microsoft	Excel	Level	II                        Specialist	Mastery	
                                          CCTO340	 Microsoft	Excel	Level	III                                                                            Assessment
                                          CCTO341	 Microsoft	Excel	-	
                                                   Advanced	Formulas	                                                                     OPTIONS: 2 OF THE FOLLOWING
                                                   and	Functions
                                                                                                                                          CCTO270	      Microsoft	Access	Level	II
                                          CCTO440	 Microsoft	Excel	Level	IV
                                                                                                                                          CCTO160	      Microsoft	Outlook	
                                          CCTO441	 Microsoft	Excel	-	Building	                                                                          Foundations
                                                   an	Excel	Application
                                                                                                                                          CCTO451	      Microsoft	SharePoint	
                                                                                                                                                        Foundation
                                                                                                                                          CCTB109	      Microsoft	Project	Level	I
                                                                                                                                          CCTO113	      Microsoft	Visio
                                                                                                                                          CCTD111	      Adobe	Acrobat	Level	I




                            62	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
summer computer Certificates

OVERVIEW                                      CERTIFICATES                                       Apple iPhone/iPad Developer
                                                                                                 Certificate [CCTB807]
Earn	a	Certificate	in	five	weeks	or	less.
                                              Android Developer Certificate                      Learn	 to	 create	 applications	 for	 the	
If	you’re	ready	to	advance	your	career	
                                                                                                 iPhone,	iPad	and	iPod	as	you	develop	




                                                                                                                                                COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES
and	don’t	have	time	to	waste,	the	Com-        [CCTB806]
                                                                                                 proper	programming	practices	and	an	
puter	Training	Centre’s	Summer	Cer-           Throughout	this	intensive	16-days	pro-             understanding	the	Apple	programming	
tificate	programs	are	hassle-free,	short,	    gram,	you	will	learn	programming	fun-              philosophy.	Throughout	this	certificate	
and	available	part-time.	Created	by	and	      damentals,	design	strategies	for	mobile	           program,	you	will	explore	programming	
for	industry,	these	programs	offer	you	       devices,	Java	and	Android	fundamentals,	           concepts	by	developing	applications	using	
the	comforts	of	small	class	sizes,	more	      to	create	applications	and	graphical	user	         iOS	5.xand	Xcode	4.x.	Previous	program-
student-instructor	time,	and	hands-on	        interfaces,	data	storage,	to	consume	and	          ming	experience	is	an	asset,	and	you	will	
training.                                     create	web	components,	to	access	device	           be	expected	to	practice	between	classes.
                                              hardware,	and	to	use	a	variety	of	Java	and	
PROGRAM MODEL/COMPLETION                                                                         Note:	Students	are	encouraged	to	bring	an	
                                              Android	objects.	By	the	end	of	the	course,	
REQUIREMENTS                                                                                     Apple	mobile	device	that	can	run	with	iOS	
                                              you	will	be	able	to	create	Android	applica-
*Note:	Courses	covered	in	each	program	       tions	for	all	types	of	Android	devices.            5.x	to	class.	Students	should	also	be	profi-
are	also	available	on	an	individual	basis.	                                                      cient	in	the	use	of	MAC	OSX	Lion.
Visit	www.nait.ca/ctc	for	more	informa-       Note:	Previous	programming	experience	
                                              is	an	asset.	You	are	encouraged	to	bring	at	       An	Apple	iPhone/iPad	Developer	Cer-
tion.
                                              least	one	Android	device	to	class.	Devel-          tificate	will	be	awarded	upon	completion	
PART-TIME OPTIONS                             opment	will	be	based	on	the	Android	4.0	           of	CCTB807,	which	includes	the	follow-
                                              platform	(aka	Ice	Cream	Sandwich),	how-            ing	courses:
CCTB805	      Application	Development	
              in	C#	and	ASP.                  ever,	your	device	is	not	required	to	run	this	     •	CCTB701	Foundations	of	Apple	
              Net	Certificate                 version.	The	Eclipse	development	environ-            iPhone/iPad	Programming
CCTB806	      Android	Developer	              ment	will	be	used;	a	license	will	be	made	         •	CCTB702	Apple	iPhone/iPad	
              Certificate                     available	so	this	program	can	be	installed	          Programming:	Exploration	of	Apple	
CCTB807	      Apple	iPhone/iPad	              onto	your	personal	computer.                         Object	Model
              Developer	Certificate           An	Android	Developer	Certificate	will	be	          •	CCTB703	Apple	iPhone/	iPad	
CCTB811	      Database	Reporting	             awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTB806,	                 Programming:	Working	with	
              Tools	Certificate               which	includes	the	following	courses:                Multiple	Views
CCTD825	      Digital	Imaging	Certificate                                                        •	CCTB704	Apple	iPhone/iPad	
                                               •	CCTB751	Programming:	Application	
CCTM805	      LINUX	(UNIX)	                                                                        Programming:	Accessing	Data
                                                 Development
              Core	Certificate                                                                   •	CCTB705	Apple	iPhone/iPad	
CCTM810	      System	Security	Certificate      •	CCTB761	Java/Android	
                                                                                                   Programming:	Using	Apple	Libraries
                                                 Programming:	Fundamentals
CCTM830	      PC	Service	and	                                                                    •	CCTB706	Apple	iPhone/iPad	
              Support	Certificate              •	CCTB753	Android	Programming:	
                                                                                                   Programming:	Network	Access
CCTM846	      Core	Networking	                   Applications	and	GUIs
              Certificate                      •	CCTB765	Java/Android	
CCTO800	      Office	Accounting	with	            Programming:	Storage
              Simply	Accounting	               •	CCTB767	Java/Android	
              Certificate                        Programming:	Web	Applications                           LEGEND
CCTO810	      Office	Applications	             •	CCTB755	Android	Programming:	                           learning options
              Specialist	Certificate             Hardware                                                Ft   Full-time
CCTW800	      CSS/HTMLCore	Certificate
                                               •	CCTB757	Android	Programming:	
                                                                                                         Pt   Part-time
                                                 Multimedia,	Graphics,	and	
                                                 Animations                                               D   Distance	and	Online	learning

                                               •	CCTB759	Android	Programming:	                           start date
                                                 Project                                                      Fall

                                              Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	                                 Winter
                                              Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	                           Spring
                                              courses,	or	practical	experience.
                                                                                                              Summer

                                                                                                         credential

                                                                                                          A   Applied	degree

                                                                                                          B   Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                          C   Certificate

                                                                                                         Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248             63
                                          •	CCTB707	Apple	iPhone/iPad	                   CSS/HTMLCore Certificate                        Digital Imaging Certificate
                                            Programming:	Publishing	and	                 [CCTW800]                                       [CCTD825]
                                            Performance	Optimization
                                                                                         Learn	the	core	skills	needed	to	build	in-       An	intensive	five-course	program	for	
                                          •	CCTB708	Apple	iPhone/iPad	                   teresting	well	designed	web	sites.	Learn	       those	who	want	to	learn	and	utilize	the	
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES




                                            Programming:	Project
                                                                                         basic	web	design	by	harnessing	the	power	       features	and	functionality	of	Adobe	Pho-
                                          Recommended:	CCTB751	Programming:	             of	Cascading	Style	Sheets,	HTML,	JavaS-         toshop	for	multiple	applications	-	digital	
                                          Application	Development	or	previous	           cript,	and	Dreamweaver.	These	courses	          photography,	print	and	web.
                                          computer	programming	experience.               use	the	philosophy	of	“Progressive	En-
                                                                                         hancement”	to	help	expand	your	web	de-          A	 Digital	 Imaging	 Certificate	will	 be	
                                                                                         sign	abilities	and	skills.	Great	looking	web	   awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTD825,	
                                          Application Development in                                                                     which	includes	the	following	courses:	
                                                                                         sites	can	be	developed	easily	with	the	help	
                                          C# and ASP.Net Certificate                     of	great	training.
                                          [CCTB805]                                                                                      •	CCTD190	Digital	Photo	Basic
                                                                                         A	CSS/HTML	Core	Certificate	will	be	            •	CCTD161	Digital	Photography	
                                          This	intensive	six-course	stream	is	for	
                                                                                         awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTW800	               Management
                                          students	intending	to	develop	Windows	         which	includes	the	following	courses:
                                          applications.                                                                                  •	CCTD110	Adobe	Photoshop	Level	I
                                                                                          •	CCTW100	CSS/HTML	I	-	                        •	CCTD210	Adobe	Photoshop	Level	II
                                          An	Application	Development	in	C#	and	             Fundamentals
                                          ASP.Net	 Certificate	 will	 be	 awarded	                                                       •	CCTD310	Adobe	Photoshop	Level	III
                                                                                          •	CCTW200	CSS/HTML	II	-	Using	
                                          upon	completion	of	CCTB805,	which	
                                                                                            Dreamweaver                                  Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	
                                          includes	the	following	courses:
                                                                                          •	CCTW300	CSS/HTML	III	-	Using	                Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	
                                          •	CCTB145	C#	Level	I                              Dreamweaver                                  courses,	or	practical	experience.
                                          •	CCTB245	C#	Level	II                           •	CCTW310	Web	Content,	Analytics	
                                          •	CCTB345	C#	Level	III                            and	Usability                                LINUX (UNIX) Core Certificate
                                                                                          •	CCTM150	Windows	Web	Server
                                                                                                                                         [CCTM805]
                                          •	CCTB445	C#	Level	IV
                                                                                                                                         Linux	has	become	one	of	the	hottest	Unix	
                                          •	CCTB192	ASP.Net	for	C#	Level	I               Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	                 Operating	Systems.	This	intensive	seven-
                                          •	CCTB292	ASP.Net	for	C#	Level	II              Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	           course	stream	is	intended	to	develop	core	
                                                                                         courses,	or	practical	experience.               competencies	for	technical	and	support	
                                          Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	
                                          Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	                                                          personnel	working	in	the	field.
                                                                                         Database Reporting Tools
                                          courses,	or	practical	experience.              Certificate [CCTB811]                           A	Linux	(UNIX)	Systems	Administrator	
                                                                                                                                         Certificate	will	be	awarded	upon	com-
                                                                                         This	intensive	8-days	four-course	pro-
                                          Core Networking Certificate                                                                    pletion	of	CCTM805,	which	includes	the	
                                                                                         gram	teaches	you	all	about	Data	Base	Re-
                                          [CCTM846]                                      porting	Tools.	This	course	is	intended	for	
                                                                                                                                         following	courses:
                                          This	intensive	six-course	stream	is	in-        those	who	would	like	to	learn	and	utilize	      •	CCTM520	Linux/UNIX	-	Command	
                                          tended	for	those	in	a	technical	role	who	      various	Reporting	Tools	such	as	Crystal	          Line
                                          are	looking	for	entry	level	networking	        Report	and	SQL	Reporting	Services	to	           •	CCTM530	Linux	System	
                                          skills,	upgrade	or	train	for	career	advance-   develop	Professional	reports	from	a	Re-           Automation	and	Shell	Scripting	for	
                                          ment.                                          lational	Database	such	as	Microsoft	SQL	          Administrators
                                                                                         Server.
                                          A	Core	Networking	Certificate	will	be	                                                         •	CCTM540	Linux	Administration,	
                                          awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTM846,	           A	Database	Reporting	Tools	Certificate	           Configuration	and	Installation
                                          which	includes	the	following	courses:          will	 be	 awarded	 upon	 completion	 of	        •	CCTM550	Networking	with	Linux	
                                                                                         CCTB811,	which	includes	the	following	            and	Windows	Level	I
                                          •	CCTM111	Windows	Command	Line                 Courses:	
                                                                                                                                         •	CCTM560	Networking	with	Linux	
                                          •	CCTM114	Data	Communication	&	                                                                  and	Windows	Level	II
                                                                                          •	CCTB111	SQL	Introduction
                                            VOIP
                                                                                          •	CCTB106	Crystal	Level	I                      Recommended:	None.
                                          •	CCTM170	Network	Fundamentals
                                                                                          •	CCTB206	Crystal	Level	II
                                          •	CCTM270	Network	Implementation
                                                                                          •	CCTB130	SQL	Server	Reporting	
                                          •	CCTM116	Network	Wiring	&	
                                                                                            Services
                                            Troubleshooting
                                          •	CCTM370	Network	Operating	                   Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	
                                            Systems                                      Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	
                                                                                         courses,	or	practical	experience.
                                          Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	
                                          Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	
                                          courses,	or	practical	experience.




                            64	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Application Development in                     CSS/HTMLCore Certificate                          Digital Imaging Certificate
C# and ASP.Net Certificate                     [CCTW800]                                         [CCTD825]
[CCTB805]                                      Learn	the	core	skills	needed	to	build	in-         An	intensive	five-course	program	for	
This	intensive	six-course	stream	is	for	       teresting	well	designed	web	sites.	Learn	         those	who	want	to	learn	and	utilize	the	




                                                                                                                                               COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES
students	intending	to	develop	Windows	         basic	web	design	by	harnessing	the	power	         features	and	functionality	of	Adobe	Pho-
applications.                                  of	Cascading	Style	Sheets,	HTML,	JavaS-           toshop	for	multiple	applications	-	digital	
                                               cript,	and	Dreamweaver.	These	courses	            photography,	print	and	web.
An	Application	Development	in	C#	and	          use	the	philosophy	of	“Progressive	En-
ASP.Net	 Certificate	 will	 be	 awarded	       hancement”	to	help	expand	your	web	de-            A	 Digital	Imaging	Certificate	will	 be	
upon	completion	of	CCTB805,	which	             sign	abilities	and	skills.	Great	looking	web	     awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTD825,	
includes	the	following	courses:                sites	can	be	developed	easily	with	the	help	      which	includes	the	following	courses:	
•	CCTB145	C#	Level	I                           of	great	training.                                •	CCTD190	Digital	Photo	Basic
•	CCTB245	C#	Level	II                          A	CSS/HTML	Core	Certificate	will	be	              •	CCTD161	Digital	Photography	
                                               awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTW800	                 Management
•	CCTB345	C#	Level	III
                                               which	includes	the	following	courses:             •	CCTD110	Adobe	Photoshop	Level	I
•	CCTB445	C#	Level	IV
                                                •	CCTW100	CSS/HTML	I	-	                          •	CCTD210	Adobe	Photoshop	Level	II
•	CCTB192	ASP.Net	for	C#	Level	I                  Fundamentals
•	CCTB292	ASP.Net	for	C#	Level	II                                                                •	CCTD310	Adobe	Photoshop	Level	III
                                                •	CCTW200	CSS/HTML	II	-	Using	
Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	                   Dreamweaver                                    Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	
Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	           •	CCTW300	CSS/HTML	III	-	Using	                  Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	
courses,	or	practical	experience.                 Dreamweaver                                    courses,	or	practical	experience.
                                                •	CCTW310	Web	Content,	Analytics	
Core Networking Certificate                       and	Usability                                  LINUX (UNIX) Core Certificate
[CCTM846]                                       •	CCTM150	Windows	Web	Server
                                                                                                 [CCTM805]
This	intensive	six-course	stream	is	in-                                                          Linux	has	become	one	of	the	hottest	Unix	
                                               Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	                   Operating	Systems.	This	intensive	seven-
tended	for	those	in	a	technical	role	who	      Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	
are	looking	for	entry	level	networking	                                                          course	stream	is	intended	to	develop	core	
                                               courses,	or	practical	experience.                 competencies	for	technical	and	support	
skills,	upgrade	or	train	for	career	advance-
ment.                                                                                            personnel	working	in	the	field.
                                               Database Reporting Tools
A	Core	Networking	Certificate	will	be	         Certificate [CCTB811]                             A	Linux	(UNIX)	Systems	Administrator	
awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTM846,	                                                             Certificate	will	be	awarded	upon	com-
                                               This	intensive	8-days	four-course	pro-
which	includes	the	following	courses:                                                            pletion	of	CCTM805,	which	includes	the	
                                               gram	teaches	you	all	about	Data	Base	Re-
                                                                                                 following	courses:
•	CCTM111	Windows	Command	Line                 porting	Tools.	This	course	is	intended	for	
                                               those	who	would	like	to	learn	and	utilize	        •	CCTM520	Linux/UNIX	-	Command	
•	CCTM114	Data	Communication	&	                various	Reporting	Tools	such	as	Crystal	            Line
  VOIP
                                               Report	and	SQL	Reporting	Services	to	
•	CCTM170	Network	Fundamentals                 develop	Professional	reports	from	a	Re-
•	CCTM270	Network	Implementation               lational	Database	such	as	Microsoft	SQL	
•	CCTM116	Network	Wiring	&	
                                               Server.                                                   LEGEND
  Troubleshooting                              A	Database	Reporting	Tools	Certificate	                   learning options

•	CCTM370	Network	Operating	                   will	 be	 awarded	 upon	 completion	 of	                  Ft   Full-time
  Systems                                      CCTB811,	which	includes	the	following	
                                                                                                         Pt   Part-time
                                               Courses:	
Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	                                                                          D    Distance	and	Online	learning
Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	           •	CCTB111	SQL	Introduction
                                                •	CCTB106	Crystal	Level	I                                start date
courses,	or	practical	experience.
                                                                                                              Fall
                                                •	CCTB206	Crystal	Level	II
                                                                                                              Winter
                                                •	CCTB130	SQL	Server	Reporting	
                                                  Services                                                    Spring

                                               Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	                                Summer

                                               Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	                     credential
                                               courses,	or	practical	experience.                          A   Applied	degree

                                                                                                          B   Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                          C   Certificate

                                                                                                         Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248            65
                                          •	CCTM530	Linux	System	                    Office Applications Specialist                    •	CCTM12	PC	Troubleshooting	and	
                                            Automation	and	Shell	Scripting	for	      Certificate [CCTO810]                               Preventative	Maintenance
                                            Administrators                                                                             •	CCTM14	Windows	OS	Support	and	
                                                                                     Understanding	the	Windows	operating	
                                          •	CCTM540	Linux	Administration,	                                                               Troubleshooting
                                                                                     system	and	Microsoft	Office	programs	
COMPUTER TRAINING CENTRE - CERTIFICATES




                                            Configuration	and	Installation                                                             •	CCTM170	Network	Fundamentals
                                                                                     not	only	improves	efficiency	and	pro-
                                          •	CCTM550	Networking	with	Linux	           ductivity	in	the	workplace,	but	it	also	          •	CCTM218	Windows	7	Configuration	
                                            and	Windows	Level	I                                                                          and	Implementation
                                                                                     promotes	career	success.	In	just	eleven	
                                          •	CCTM560	Networking	with	Linux	           courses	you	will	learn	the	most	commonly	         •	CCTM16	A+	Preparation
                                            and	Windows	Level	II                     used	operating	system	and	programs,	and	
                                                                                     be	proud	to	obtain	and	display	your	cer-         Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	
                                          Recommended:	None.
                                                                                     tificate.	This	certificate	is	intended	for	of-   Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	
                                                                                     fice	administrative	support	staff	and	small	     courses,	or	practical	experience.
                                          Office Accounting with
                                          Simply Accounting Certificate              business	operators.
                                                                                                                                      System Security Certificate
                                          [CCTO800]                                  An	Office	Applications	Specialist	Certif-
                                                                                                                                      [CCTM810]
                                          This	intensive	ten-course	stream	is	in-    icate	will	be	awarded	upon	completion	
                                                                                     of	CCTO810,	which	includes	the	follow-           This	 intensive	 six-course	 stream	 will	
                                          tended	for	accountants,	accounting	ad-
                                                                                     ing	courses:                                     be	of	interest	to	those	responsible	for	
                                          ministration	staff,	accounting	students	
                                                                                                                                      implementing	and	maintaining	system	
                                          and	small	business	operations.              •	CCTO101	Windows	Desktop	                      security.	The	courses	in	this	certificate	are	
                                          An	Office	Accounting	Systems	Certifi-         Operating	System
                                                                                                                                      designed	for	front-line	network	admin-
                                          cate	will	be	awarded	upon	completion	       •	CCTO130	Microsoft	Word	Level	I                istrators	who	are	currently	working	in	a	
                                          of	CCTO800,	which	includes	the	follow-      •	CCTO230	Microsoft	Word	Level	II               Windows	environment	or	who	are	man-
                                          ing	courses:                                •	CCTO330	Microsoft	Word	Level	III              aging	network	infrastructure.
                                          •	CCTO100	Bookkeeping	Level	I               •	CCTO150	Microsoft	PowerPoint                  A	System	Security	Certificate	will	be	
                                          •	CCTO200	Bookkeeping	Level	II              •	CCTO170	Microsoft	Access	Level	I              awarded	upon	completion	of	CCTM810,	
                                                                                                                                      which	includes	the	following	courses:
                                          •	CCTO300	Bookkeeping	Level	III             •	CCTO140	Microsoft	Excel	Level	I
                                          •	CCTO130	Microsoft	Word	Level	I                                                             •	CCTM190	Security	-	Fundamentals
                                                                                      •	CCTO240	Microsoft	Excel	Level	II
                                          •	CCTO230	Microsoft	Word	Level	II                                                            •	CCTM290	Security	-	Business	
                                                                                      •	CCTO160	Microsoft	Outlook
                                                                                                                                         Continuity	and	Planning
                                          •	CCTO140	Microsoft	Excel	Level	I           •	CCTD111	Adobe	Acrobat	Level	I
                                                                                                                                       •	CCTM390	Vulnerability	
                                          •	CCTO240	Microsoft	Excel	Level	II          •	CCTO501	Office	Applications	                     Assessment
                                          •	CCTO110	Simply	Accounting	Level	            Specialist	Mastery	Assessment
                                                                                                                                       •	CCTM490	Intrusion	Detection	and	
                                            I                                                                                            Prevention
                                                                                     Recommended:	None.
                                          •	CCTO210	Simply	Accounting	Level	                                                           •	CCTM590	Forensics
                                            II
                                                                                     PC Service and Support                            •	CCTM495	Windows	Firewalls	and	
                                          •	CCTO305	Simply	Accounting	Level	         Certificate [CCTM830]                               Security	Threat	Management
                                            III
                                                                                     This	hands-on	training	provides	you	the	         Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	
                                          Recommended:	 CCTO101	 Windows	            necessary	skills	to	perform	computer	            Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	
                                          Desktop	Operating	System,	equivalent	      diagnostics,	maintenance,	repairs,	and	          courses,	or	practical	experience.
                                          courses,	or	practical	experience.          installation	of	computers	and	peripheral	        	
                                                                                     devices.	With	the	completion	of	this	series	
                                                                                     of	courses	and	some	additional	self-study	
                                                                                     the	student	will	be	prepared	to	challenge	
                                                                                     the	CompTIA	A+	Certification	examina-
                                                                                     tion.
                                                                                     A	PC	Service	and	Support	Certificate	
                                                                                     will	 be	 awarded	 upon	 completion	 of	
                                                                                     CCTM830,	which	includes	the	following	
                                                                                     courses:
                                                                                      •	CCTM111	Windows	Command	Line
                                                                                      •	CCTM119	Windows	OS	Concepts,	
                                                                                        Installation	and	Configuration
                                                                                      •	CCTM11	Hardware	Concepts,	
                                                                                        Installation	and	Configuration




                            66	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
ENGINEERING + APPLIED SCIENCES
•	   BLUEPRINT READING COURSES
•	   CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES
•	   ELECTRICAL COURSES (DISTANCE)
•	   ELECTRICAL TRADES COURSES
•	   ENGINEERING DESIGN & DRAFTING TECHNOLOGY COURSES
•	   PLUMBING COURSES
•	   ROADBUILDERS CERTIFICATE
                                 Blueprint Reading Courses

                                                                                blueprints.	Blueprints	are	commonly	used	          COURSE OUTLINE
                                                            SCAN THIS TO        in	many	building	or	construction	fields,	
                                                                                such	as	architecture,	plumbing,	electrical	        CRP83	            Blueprint	Reading	
                                                            LEARN MORE                                                                               -	Introduction
                                                                                or	metal	work.
ENGINEERING + APPLIED SCIENCES




                                                                                                                                   CRP84	            Blueprint	Reading	-	
                                                                                CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                                 Commercial	Structural	
                                                                                                                                                     &	Architectural
                                                                                Individuals	with	training	or	course	work	in	
                                                                                blueprint	reading	will	find	that	employers	        COURSES
                                                                                in	many	fields	value	this	important	skill,	
                                 OVERVIEW                                       including	the	building	and	construction	           Pt 		   		   		   		   		 C
                                 Being	able	to	accurately	and	efficiently	      industry,	architecture,	plumbing,	electrical	
                                 read	blueprints	is	a	vital	skill	in	many	      or	metal	work.	Continuing	Education	stu-
                                 fields.	Take	one	or	more	blueprint	read-       dents	will	find	blueprint	reading	courses	
                                 ing	courses	and	learn	about	tolerances,	       are	an	excellent	means	of	adding	to	their	
                                 dimensions,	basic	design	concepts	and	         professional	development	and	overall	em-
                                 key	terminology	relevant	to	interpreting	      ployability.	




                                 civil engineering technology courses

                                                                                PROGRAM MODEL/                                                                         	
                                                                                                                                   ASET	 membership	 information	 link:	
                                                                                                                                   www.aset.ab.ca/pages/Membership/
                                                            SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION                                         MembershipLevels.aspx
                                                            LEARN MORE          REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                After	you	have	completed	your	first	year	          ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                of	study	on	a	part-time	basis,	the	second	         Grade	12	English	or	equivalent.	Speak-
                                                                                year	of	study	can	then	be	taken	full-time.	        ers	of	English	as	an	Additional	Language	
                                                                                Many	students	find	that	a	combination	of	          should	demonstrate	Canadian	Language	
                                                                                part-time	and	full-time	studies	is	a	prac-         Benchmark	(CLB)	8	or	NAIT	ELP	at	72%.
                                 OVERVIEW                                       tical	and	viable	method	of	earning	their	
                                 All	of	these	courses	are	first-year	courses	   Civil	Engineering	Technology	diploma.	             COURSE OUTLINE
                                 from	the	nationally	accredited,	two-year	      Continuing	Education	students	who	suc-             ASE116		          Effective	Communications	I
                                 Civil	Engineering	Technology	diploma	          cessfully	complete	all	Year	1	courses	and	         ASE223		          Effective	
                                 program.	For	each	course	you	successfully	     who	intend	to	enrol	in	Year	2	of	the	full-                           Communications	II
                                 complete,	you	will	be	given	credit	toward	     time	program	must	meet	all	program	                CIV110		          Mechanics	of	Materials
                                 the	full-time	program.	Or,	you	can	simply	     prerequisites	and	must	meet	with	the	              CIV120		          Surveying	Principles
                                 take	courses	for	personal	interest	or	pro-     Program	Chair	before	applying	for	Year	2.          CIV145		          Drafting	and	AutoCad	
                                 fessional	development.	                        Students	can	take	M40-Technical	Math/                                Fundamentals
                                 These	courses	are	ideal	for	people	who	        Calculus	to	meet	program	requirements	             CIV150		          Soil	Mechanics	I
                                 wish	to	complete	first-year	courses	on	a	      for	ASM127.                                        CIV160		          Computer	Applications
                                 part-time	basis	in	the	evening	and/or	on	      Note:	Students	who	complete	all	of	these	          CIV210		          Structural	Analysis
                                 weekends	while	continuing	with	their	cur-      Continuing	Education	(first-year)	courses	         CIV220		          Surveying	Applications
                                 rent	employment.	Although	it’s	possible	       may	be	eligible	for	certification	by	ASET	         CIV230		          Pavement	Materials	
                                 to	complete	the	first-year	courses	in	one	     as	a	Certified	Engineering	Technician	                               Testing
                                 year,	students	should	consider	distribut-      (C.Tech.).	Graduates	of	the	full	two-year	         CIV245		          AutoCAD
                                 ing	their	course	load	over	a	two-year	pe-      program	are	eligible	for	certification	by	         CIV250		          Soil	Mechanics	II
                                 riod.                                          ASET	as	a	Certified	Engineering	Technolo-          CIV270		          Estimating	I
                                                                                gist	(C.E.T.).	Both	certifications	will	require	   CIV290		          Fluid	Mechanics
                                                                                additional	requirements	as	outlined	in	the	
                                                                                ASET	certification	guidelines.	Additional	         COURSES
                                                                                requirements	include	a	required	number	
                                                                                of	years	of	approved	work	experience	as	           Pt 		   		   		   		
                                                                                well	as	successful	completion	of	ASET’s	
                                                                                Professional	Practice	Exam.


                      68	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Electrical Courses (Distance)

                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            CERTIFICATION
                           SCAN THIS TO        Some	examples	where	electrical	training	        Each	course	offers	a	Certificate	of	Com-
                           LEARN MORE
                                               would	be	beneficial	include	design	engi-        pletion	to	successful	students.	




                                                                                                                                                ENGINEERING + APPLIED SCIENCES
                                               neering,	building	construction,	heavy-duty	
                                               technicians,	wood	processing,	mechanical	       DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                               engineering	and	plastics	technician.            All	course	material	is	delivered	in	a	self-	
                                                                                               paced	online	format.	The	courses	are	
                                               PROGRAM MODEL/                                  continous	intake	so	that	students	can	get	
OVERVIEW                                       COMPLETION                                      started	at	anytime.
Looking	to	charge	up	your	career	pros-         REQUIREMENTS
pects,	marketable	skills	and	knowledge	
                                               The	first	four	courses	offer	an	in-depth	
                                                                                               COURSE OUTLINE
of	electrical	basics?	Or,	if	you	have	some	                                                    ELT110W	           Introduction	to	
                                               look	at	electrical	fundamentals,	including	
electrical	knowledge	already,	are	you	look-                                                                       Electrical	Concepts
                                               AC	theory,	DC	theory	and	three-phase	
ing	to	refresh	your	knowledge	and	tackle	                                                      ELT120W	           Alternating	Current	
                                               electricity	basics,	as	well	as	AC	and	DC	
new	challenges?                                                                                                   Fundamentals
                                               machine	theory.	The	fifth	course	offers	
Web-based	learning	for	these	courses	          practical	information	of	use	to	journey-        ELT130W	           Three	Phase	Fundamentals
includes	engaging	animations	and	up-to-        men	electricians	and	to	students	who	           ELT140W	           AC	&	DC	Machine	Theory
date	content.	The	courses	are	relevant	to	     have	taken	the	first	four	courses.	The	         ELT150W	           System	Analysis
anyone	with	an	interest	in	electrical	fun-     sixth	course	offers	practical	information	      ELT160W	           Switchgear	Inspection	
damentals,	theories	and	practical	applica-     of	use	to	journeymen	electricians	and	                             &	Maintenance
tions.	The	series	offers	a	range	of	topics,	   to	students	who	have	taken	the	first	five	
from	basic	electrical	knowledge	to	Jour-       courses.                                        COURSES
neyman	Upgrading.
                                               Students	have	9	months	to	complete	each	        Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		     		 C
                                               individual	course.	




                                                                                                          LEGEND
                                                                                                          learning options
                                                                                                           Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                          Pt     Part-time

                                                                                                           D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                          start date
                                                                                                                 Fall

                                                                                                                 Winter

                                                                                                                 Spring

                                                                                                                 Summer

                                                                                                          credential

                                                                                                           A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                           B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                           C     Certificate

                                                                                                           Dp Diploma




                                                                                             Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               69
                                 Electrical Trades Courses

                                                                                gram	will	help	prepare	you	for	your	Red	        COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                                Seal	Certification.	For	more	information	
                                                            SCAN THIS TO                                                        ELE11	              Electrical	Construction	
                                                            LEARN MORE          please	contact	the	Portfolio	Manager	at	
                                                                                                                                                    Updating
                                                                                780.378.5313.
ENGINEERING + APPLIED SCIENCES




                                                                                                                                ELE140	             Introduction	to	
                                                                                Look	for	new	courses	coming	for	Fall	2012.                          Electrical	Estimating
                                                                                                                                ELE15	              Electrical	Code	(Part	1)
                                                                                CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            ELE16	              Electrical	Code	(Part	II)
                                                                                Students	who	enrol	in	one	or	more	Con-          ELE234	             Luminaire	Service	Worker
                                 OVERVIEW                                       tinuing	Education	courses	related	to	the	       ELE30	              Electrical	-	Master	
                                                                                Electrical	Trades	often	find	that	their	                            Certification
                                 Check	 out	 our	 selection	 of	 Electrical	    career	and	employment	options	are	en-
                                 Trades	courses.	Whatever	your	electrical	                                                      ELE31	              Electrical	-	Master	
                                                                                hanced.	Students	may	also	wish	to	refer	to	                         Certification	-Homestudy
                                 interests,	there’s	likely	a	course	for	you.	   the	NAIT	website	for	career	information	
                                 For	example,	several	courses	address	the	                                                      ELE702	             Electrical	Trade	Basic	Skills
                                                                                related	to	the	full-time	Electrical	Engineer-
                                 basics	of	electrical	theory,	including	elec-                                                   ELE81	              Fire	Detection	&	
                                                                                ing	Technology	program	and	the	Electron-                            Alarm	Systems
                                 trical	codes.	Other	courses	will	help	gear	    ics	Engineering	Technology	program.	
                                 you	up	for	your	first	job	in	the	electrical	                                                   ELE82	              Fire	Detection	&	Alarm	
                                                                                Similarly,	students	may	wish	to	check	out	                          Systems	(Theory)
                                 trades.	For	those	with	more	experience,	       the	Apprenticeship	offerings	at	NAIT,	in-
                                 enrolling	in	ELE30	will	prepare	you	for	                                                       ELE83	              Fire	Detection	&	
                                                                                cluding	the	Electrician	program	and	the	                            Alarm	System	Lab
                                 your	Electrical	Master	Exam.                   Electronic	Technician	program.
                                 For	out-of-province	or	temporary	foreign	                                                      COURSES
                                 workers,	the	Electrician	Refresher	pro-
                                                                                                                                Pt 		 D   		 		     		   		   	




                                 Engineering Design & Drafting Technology Courses

                                                                                OVERVIEW                                        CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                                            SCAN THIS TO        Get	a	taste	of	engineering	design	by	taking	    Continuing	education	students	will	find	
                                                            LEARN MORE          these	continuing	education	courses.	For	        that	these	technical	drawing	courses	
                                                                                students	looking	to	enrol	in	the	full-time	     are	an	excellent	means	of	adding	to	their	
                                                                                Engineering	Design	and	Drafting	Technol-        professional	development	and	overall	em-
                                                                                ogy	program,	these	courses	will	give	you	       ployability.
                                                                                a	good	start.	For	those	already	working	in	
                                                                                the	field,	these	courses	can	enhance	your	      COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                                skill	set.	Courses	on	manual	drafting	pro-      EDD125	             Descriptive	Geometry
                                                                                vide	students	with	a	solid	foundation	of	       EDD141	             Technical	Drawings	I
                                                                                drafting	principles	which	facilitates	future	   EDD142	             Technical	Drawing	II
                                                                                learning	in	AutoCAD	courses.
                                                                                                                                COURSES
                                                                                                                                Pt 			    		   		




                      70	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Plumbing Courses

                                               COURSE OUTLINE                                   PIP81	                    Plumbing	Cross	
                                                                                                                          Connection	Control	Device	
                           SCAN THIS TO        PIP105A	      Basic	Household	                                             Testing	Procedures/
                           LEARN MORE                        Plumbing	Repair                                              Recertification




                                                                                                                                                       ENGINEERING + APPLIED SCIENCES
                                               PIP105B	      Advanced	Household	                PIP81C	                   Plumbing	Cross	
                                                             Plumbing	Repairs                                             Connection	
                                               PIP14	        Blueprint	Reading	                                           Challenge	Exam
                                                             -	Piping	Trades                    PIP91	                    Solar	Hot	Water	
                                               PIP44	        Combustion	Analysis                                          Installation
OVERVIEW                                       PIP47	        Plumbing	-	Cross	
                                                             Connection
Interested	in	improving	your	plumbing	                                                          COURSES
                                               PIP48	        National	Plumbing	
skills?	These	courses	address	a	range	of	
                                                             Code	of	Canada                     Pt 		    		    		         		   		
topics,	from	basic	plumbing	concepts	and	
                                               PIP49	        Medical	Gas	Installation
applied	water	systems	to	more	advanced	
or	specialized	plumbing	systems.	General	      PIP702	       Plumber	Job	Readiness
topics	addressed	in	the	courses	will	in-
clude	the	choice	of	piping	materials,	com-
mercial	and	residential	fixtures,	relevant	
regulations	and	codes,	as	well	as	water	
conservation.




Roadbuilders Certificate

                                               	A	Level	2	certificate	is	awarded	after	         ROAD203	 Roadway	Design	
                                               the	successful	completion	of	courses	                     for	Roadbuilders
                           SCAN THIS TO        ROAD201	-	204.                                   ROAD204	 Supervisory	Skills	
                           LEARN MORE                                                                    for	Roadbuilders
                                               After	you	complete	your	courses,	you	
                                               must	apply	for	your	certificate.	Courses	
                                               taken	will	not	be	listed	on	the	certificate.
                                                                                                COURSES
                                                                                                Pt 			   		        		 C
                                               PROGRAM OUTLINE
OVERVIEW                                       ROAD101	 Introduction	to	
                                                        Soils	Mechanics	for	
Two	levels	of	Roadbuilders	Certificate	                 Roadbuilders
courses	were	developed	in	conjunction	         ROAD102	 Introduction	to	Base	
with	the	Alberta	Roadbuilders	&	Heavy	                  Course	and	Aggregates	                                LEGEND
Construction	Association	(ARHCA)	to	                    for	Roadbuilders                                      learning options
address	the	professional	development	          ROAD103	 Introduction	to	Concrete	                             Ft     Full-time
requirements	of	those	in	the	Roadbuild-                 for	Roadbuilders
ers	industry	as	well	as	the	training	needs	    ROAD104	 Introduction	to	Hot	                                  Pt      Part-time
of	those	who	are	interested	in	pursing	this	            Mix	Asphalt	Concrete	                                 D       Distance	and	Online	learning
career	path.	With	over	750	companies	ei-                for	Roadbuilders
ther	working	or	servicing	the	roadbuilding	                                                                   start date
                                               ROAD105	 Introduction	to	Blueprint	
industry	in	Alberta	alone,	the	job	oppor-               Reading	for	Roadbuilders                                      Fall

tunities	and	room	for	advancement	are	         ROAD106	 Introduction	to	Estimating	                                   Winter
significant.                                            for	Roadbuilders                                              Spring
Roadbuilding	and	heavy	construction	is	        ROAD107	 Introduction	to	Surveying	
                                                                                                                      Summer
expected	to	remain	healthy	and	vibrant,	                for	Roadbuilders
                                               ROAD201	 Environmental	                                        credential
and	will	continue	to	grow	as	an	industry.
                                                        Construction	Operations	                               A     Applied	degree
CERTIFICATION                                           for	Roadbuilders
                                                                                                               B     Baccalaureate	degree
                                               ROAD202	 Roadway	Standards	
A	 Level	 1	 Roadbuilders	 Certificate	 is	             &	Specifications	for	                                  C     Certificate
awarded	after	successful	completion	of	                 Roadbuilders
                                                                                                              Dp Diploma
courses	ROAD101	-	107.	



                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                     71
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE
•	 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE
•	 EAL SHORT COURSES
English as a Second Language (ESL)

                                                               PROGRAM OUTLINE                     LEVEL 4
                                     SCAN THIS TO                                                  NESL411	                  Listening	&	Speaking
                                     LEARN MORE                LEVEL 1                             NESL421	                  Reading	&	Vocabulary
                                                               NESL111	   Listening	&	Speaking     NESL431	                  Grammar	&	Writing




                                                                                                                                                           ENGLISH AS AN ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE
                                                               NESL121	   Reading	&	Vocabulary
                                                               NESL131	   Grammar	&	Writing        LEVEL 5
                                                                                                   NESL511	                  Listening	&	Speaking
                                                               LEVEL 2                             NESL521	                  Reading	&	Vocabulary
                                                               NESL211	   Listening	&	Speaking     NESL531	                  Grammar	&	Writing
OVERVIEW                                                       NESL221	   Reading	&	Vocabulary
NAIT’s	English	as	a	Second	Language	                           NESL231	   Grammar	&	Writing        COURSES
(ESL)	program	prepares	students	for	entry	
into	programs	at	NAIT	and	other	institu-                       LEVEL 3                             Pt 				   		        		     		     	
tions.	Experienced	instructors	encourage	                      NESL311	   Listening	&	Speaking
students	and	help	them	develop	the	con-                        NESL321	   Reading	&	Vocabulary
fidence	and	skills	they	need	to	succeed	in	                    NESL331	   Grammar	&	Writing
future	endeavours.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Graduates	of	the	ESL	program	move	into	
the	workforce	or	on	to	postsecondary	
training.	Level	5	students	who	success-
fully	complete	the	NAIT	English	Assess-
ment	Test	have	fulfilled	the	language	
proficiency	requirements	of	most	NAIT	
programs.




short COURSES
OVERVIEW
BASED ON STUDENT NEEDS AND
INTERESTS
Every	month,	we	offer	short,	part-time	
courses,	workshops	and	seminars	that	                                                                         LEGEND
focus	on	developing	your	skills	in	specific	
                                                                                                              learning options
areas	of	reading,	writing,	speaking	and	lis-
tening	at	different	levels.                                                                                       Ft        Full-time

S e e 	 o u r 	 w e b s i t e 	 f o r 	 d e t a i l s 	 a t	                                                      Pt        Part-time

www.nait.ca/ESL.                                                                                                  D         Distance	and	Online	learning


CONTACT US TO REGISTER.                                                                                       start date

Tell	us	your	ideas,	and	we	can	customize	                                                                                   Fall

a	course.                                                                                                                   Winter

We	offer                                                                                                                    Spring

•	face-to-face	courses                                                                                                      Summer
 •	online	courses                                                                                             credential

                                                                                                                  A         Applied	degree

                                                                                                                  B         Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                  C         Certificate

                                                                                                                  Dp Diploma




                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                      73
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
•	 OIL AND GAS PRODUCTION OPERATOR
•	 PETROLEUM ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES (DISTANCE)
•	 WATER AND WASTEWATER TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE (DISTANCE)
Oil and Gas Production Operator

                                              As	students	progress	through	the	pro-              DELIVERY OPTIONS
                          SCAN THIS TO        gram’s	4	levels,	they	expand	their	knowl-
                                              edge	and	practical	skills,	developing	an	          This	course	is	delivered	in	a	self-paced	on-
                          LEARN MORE
                                              academic	background	relevant	to	their	             line	format.	Students	can	get	started	any-




                                                                                                                                                  ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
                                              future	employment.	                                time	with	our	continuous	intake	format	
                                                                                                 and	have	nine	months	to	complete	each	
                                              CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                               course.	An	extension	is	available	for	a	fee	
                                                                                                 if	required.
                                              Graduates	of	the	Oil	and	Gas	Production	
OVERVIEW                                      Operator	program	can	look	forward	to	a	            There	is	a	requirement	for	the	print-based	
                                              challenging	and	rewarding	career.	Career	          final	exams	to	be	closed-book	and	super-
Oil	and	Gas	Production	Operators	are	in	                                                         vised.
                                              opportunities	exist	in	production	and	op-
high	demand	in	the	oil	and	gas	industry.	
                                              erational	positions	within	the	wide-rang-
The	Oil	and	Gas	Production	Operator	
                                              ing	oil	and	gas	industry,	including	work	in:       PROGRAM OUTLINE
(OGPO)	program	is	designed	to	train	pro-
                                               •	battery	operations                              REQUIRED COURSES
fessional	and	technically	knowledgeable	
individuals	for	careers	in	production	and	     •	field	operations                                OGPO100	 Oil	and	Gas	Production	
operations.	                                   •	gas	plants                                               Operator	Level	I
The	program’s	personalized	learning	mod-       •	oil	refineries.                                 OGPO200	 Oil	and	Gas	Production	
                                                                                                          Operator	Level	II
ules	provide:	
                                              CERTIFICATION                                      OGPO300	 Oil	and	Gas	Production	
 •	a	solid	overview	of	the	workings	of	
                                                                                                          Operator	Level	III
   the	oil	and	gas	industry
                                              Students	who	successfully	complete	all	            OGPO400	 Oil	and	Gas	Production	
•	skills	and	knowledge	relating	              four	levels	of	the	Oil	and	Gas	Production	                  Operator	Level	IV
  to	practical	topics	such	as	gas	            Operator	program	receive	a	Continuing	
  processing                                  Education	Certificate.                             COURSES
•	instrumentation
•	measurement                                                                                    Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		     		 C
•	production	equipment
•	refining.




Petroleum Engineering Technology Courses (Distance)

                                              CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                          SCAN THIS TO        Further	studies	leading	to	certification	as	a	
                          LEARN MORE
                                              Petroleum	Engineering	Technologist	open	
                                              doors	to	careers	in	the	upstream	oil	and	                     LEGEND
                                              gas	industry.	Graduates	find	work	related	                    learning options
                                              to	the	production	of	oil	and	gas	from	con-                     Ft    Full-time
                                              ventional	reserves,	or	in	the	heavy	oil	and	
                                                                                                            Pt     Part-time
                                              oil	sands	industries.	Knowledge	and	train-
OVERVIEW                                      ing	is	relevant	to	employers	involved	in:                      D     Distance	and	Online	learning

NAIT’s	preparatory	courses	in	Petroleum	       •	completions                                                start date
Engineering	Technology	are	recognized	by	      •	drilling                                                          Fall
the	Association	of	Science	and	Engineer-       •	formation	evaluation                                              Winter
ing	Technology	Professionals	of	Alberta	
                                               •	geology                                                           Spring
(ASET).	Completion	of	each	course	gives	
students	credit	toward	the	academic	re-        •	operations                                                        Summer

quirements	for	ASET	certification	as	a	        •	production                                                 credential
Petroleum	Engineering	Technologist.	Even	      •	reservoir	engineering                                       A     Applied	degree
if	they	are	not	working	toward	their	certi-
                                               •	workovers.                                                  B     Baccalaureate	degree
fication,	students	can	take	individual	Pe-
troleum	Engineering	Technology	courses	                                                                      C     Certificate
relevant	to	their	current	employment.
                                                                                                             Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               75
                           PROGRAM MODEL/                                 ACCREDITATION                                REGISTRATION
                           COMPLETION                                     For	more	information	about	ASET	Certifi-     Students	must	register	two	weeks	prior	
                           REQUIREMENTS                                   cation,	contact	ASET	or	visit	http://www.    to	start	date	to	ensure	delivery	of	course	
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT




                                                                          aset.ab.ca/.	                                material.	Check	website	for	dates.
                           Students	may	take	any	number	of	courses	
                           concurrently;	however,	because	they	must	
                           complete	a	heavy	assignment	load	within	
                                                                          ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                        PROGRAM OUTLINE
                           a	specified	time	limit,	NAIT	recommends	       To	increase	your	success	rate,	it	is	sug-    DISTANCE OPTIONS
                           that	they	enroll	in	only	one	course	per	       gested	to	have	completed	English	30	or	      PNT12	            Petroleum	Geology
                           term.                                          33,	Pure	Math	30	or	Math	30	or	a	mini-
                                                                                                                       PNT15	            Fluid	Mechanics
                                                                          mum	of	60%	in	Math	33,	and	one	of:	Sci-
                           Course	materials	are	paper-based,	but	                                                      PNT22	            Formation	Evaluation
                                                                          ence	30,	Physics	30	or	Chemistry	30.	
                           students	should	nevertheless	commu-                                                         PNT23	            Drilling	&	Well	Planning
                                                                          Note:	these	are	the	prerequisites	for	the	
                           nicate	with	their	instructor	and	submit	                                                    PNT31	            Natural	Gas	Production	
                                                                          full-time	program,	should	your	goal	be	to	
                           assignments	via	email.	Students	have	16	                                                                      Operations
                                                                          apply	and	be	accepted	into	full-time	stud-
                           weeks	to	complete	each	course,	and	they	                                                    PNT33	            Completions	and	
                                                                          ies.
                           register	for	each	one	by	a	pre-determined	                                                                    Workovers
                           date.	                                         DELIVERY OPTIONS                             PNT34	            Reservoir	Engineering
                           Students	are	required	to	submit	assign-                                                     PNT35	            Thermodynamics
                                                                          Course	material	is	paper-based	corre-
                           ments	according	to	preset	due	dates;	                                                       PNT37	            Safety	Studies
                                                                          spondance.	You	may	communicate	with	
                           however,	a	4-week	extension	may	be	                                                         PNT49	            Environmental	
                                                                          your	instructor	via	email	to	submit	as-
                           granted	for	an	additional	fee.	Students	are	                                                                  Management
                                                                          signments.	You	will	have	a	midterm	and	
                           allowed	2	extensions	per	course.	For	infor-
                                                                          a	final	exam	for	most	courses,	which	are	
                           mation	on	extensions	and	fees,	contact	
                                                                          closed-book,	paper-based	and	must	be	        COURSES
                           the	Student	Success	Contact	Centre.
                                                                          supervised.                                  Pt 		 D   		 		   		   		   	




                           Water and Wastewater Technician Certificate (Distance)

                                                                          CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                         needing	some	additional	credits	for	pro-
                                                      SCAN THIS TO                                                     fessional	development	can	enrol	in	some	
                                                                          Water	and	Wastewater	Technicians	are	        or	all	of	the	courses,	depending	on	their	
                                                      LEARN MORE
                                                                          valuable	employees	in	a	wide	range	of	       needs.
                                                                          organizations.	Some	examples	of	typical	
                                                                                                                       As	in	the	full-time	program,	laboratory	
                                                                          employers	include:
                                                                                                                       work	in	the	distance	program	is	com-
                                                                           •	municipal	engineering	firms
                                                                                                                       pulsory.	Students	must	complete	the	lab	
                                                                          •	public	works	departments	in	cities,	       work	before	they	can	be	granted	credit	in	
                                                                            towns	and	villages	(working	in	the	        the	corresponding	theory	courses.
                           OVERVIEW                                         areas	of	water)
                                                                          •	companies	supplying	and/or	                In	addition	to	their	course	requirements,	
                           NAIT’s	Water	and	Wastewater	Techni-
                                                                            servicing	water	and	wastewater	            students	must	obtain	a	minimum	of	500	
                           cian	program,	the	only	one	of	its	kind	in	
                                                                            materials	and	equipment                    hours	of	approved	work	experience	and	
                           Alberta	and	western	Canada,	will	help	you	
                                                                                                                       receive	a	favourable	on-site	evaluation	
                           become	a	leader	in	all	aspects	of	water	       •	contractors	involved	in	the	
                                                                            installation	and	operation	of	water	       from	their	work	experience	employer	or	
                           and	wastewater	systems,	or	enhance	your	
                                                                            and	wastewater	systems.                    practicum	sponsor.	Those	with	ques-
                           knowledge	and	career	advancement	if	you	
                                                                                                                       tions	about	specific	work	experience	
                           already	work	in	a	related	position.
                                                                          PROGRAM MODEL/                               needs	should	contact	the	Program	Chair.	
                           Well-recognized	by	employers,	the	pro-                                                      Students	requesting	their	completion	
                           gram	provides	a	high	level	of	training	to	
                                                                          COMPLETION                                   certificate	must	submit	proof	of	their	ex-
                           individuals	looking	to	work	or	upgrade	in	     REQUIREMENTS                                 perience.
                           the	fields	of:                                 Offered	through	distance	delivery,	NAIT’s	
                            •	water	treatment                             Water	and	Wastewater	program	enables	
                            •	water	distribution                          students	to	become	certified	as	Water	
                            •	wastewater	collection                       and	Wastewater	Technicians.	Individuals	
                                                                          simply	looking	to	update	their	skills	and	
                            •	wastewater	treatment.

                 76	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
CERTIFICATION                                      REGISTRATION                                      WWW140	 Computer	Software	
                                                                                                              Applications
A	Water	and	Wastewater	Technician	                 Because	registration	occurs	on	a	continu-         WWW201	 Water	Distribution	II
Certificate	will	be	issued	upon	successful	        ous	intake	basis,	applicants	do	not	have	to	      WWW201L	 Water	Distribution	II	Lab




                                                                                                                                                      ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
completion	of	all	required	courses.                wait	to	get	started	and	can	register	online,	
                                                                                                     WWW202	 Water	Treatment	II
After	you	complete	your	courses,	you	              by	telephone	or	in	person.	Email	notifica-
                                                                                                     WWW203	 Support	Systems
must	apply	for	your	certificate.	Courses	          tion	from	the	instructor,	course	materials,	
                                                   and	textbook	purchase	list	are	sent	upon	         WWW203L	Support	Systems	Lab
taken	will	not	be	listed	on	the	certificate.                                                         WWW204	 Wastewater	Treatment	II
                                                   registration.	Please	allow	2	to	3	weeks	for	
ACCREDITATION                                      delivery	of	course	materials.                     WWW207A	 Introduction	to	
                                                                                                              Work	Experience
In	accordance	with	Alberta	Environment’s	          Students	may	take	any	number	or	courses	
                                                                                                     WWW207B	 Work	Experience	On	Site
Water	and	Wastewater	Operators’	Certi-             concurrently;	however,	because	they	must	
                                                                                                     WWW210	 Introduction	to	
fication	Guidelines,	graduates	with	suffi-         complete	a	heavy	assignment	load	within	
                                                                                                              Process	Control
cient	relevant	work	experience	will	be	able	       a	specified	time	limit,	NAIT	recommends	
to	challenge	the	provincial	examination	as	                                                          WWW213	 Wastewater	
                                                   that	they	enrol	in	only	one	course	per	
a	Level	I,	II,	III	or	IV	operator.	Following	is	                                                              Collection	Systems
                                                   term.
a	breakdown	of	the	experience	necessary	                                                             WWW215	 Water	Treatment	
at	each	level.	                                    DELIVERY OPTIONS                                           Laboratory	Analysis	II
 •	Level	I:	1	year                                                                                   WWW220	 Wastewater	Treatment	
                                                   Course	material	is	paper-based	corre-                      Laboratory	Analysis	II
 •	Level	II:	2	years
                                                   spondence.	You	may	communicate	with	
 •	Level	III:	4	years                              your	instructor	via	email	to	submit	as-           COURSES
 •	Level	IV:	6	years                               signments.	You	will	have	multiple	exams	
                                                   for	most	courses,	which	are	closed-book,	         Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		     		 C
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                              paper-based	and	must	be	supervised.
Individuals	with	no	previous	water	and	
wastewater	training	must	take	the	follow-
                                                   PROGRAM OUTLINE
ing	prerequisite	courses:                          DISTANCE COURSES
 •	WWW110	Science	&	Electricity                    WWW101	       Water	Distribution	I
  •	WWW112	Hydraulics	&	Blueprint	                 WWW101L	      Water	Distribution	I	Lab
     Reading                                       WWW102	       Water	Treatment	I
Note:	Minimum	requirements	for	certifi-            WWW103	       Wastewater	
cation	by	Alberta	Environment	as	a	Level	                        Collection	Systems
I,	II,	III	or	IV	Water	and	Wastewater	Op-          WWW104	       Wastewater	Treatment	I
erator	are	Grade	12	or	Alberta	GED.	Ap-            WWW110	       Science	and	Electricity
plicants	who	completed	their	education	            WWW112	       Hydraulics	and	
outside	of	Canada	must	have	their	foreign	                       Blueprint	Reading
education	credential	evaluated	for	pos-            WWW115	       Water	Treatment	
sible	equivalencies	and	relevance	to	the	                        Laboratory	Analysis	I
program.                                           WWW120	       Wastewater	Treatment	                          LEGEND
                                                                 Laboratory	Analysis	I
                                                                                                                learning options
                                                                                                                 Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                                Pt     Part-time

                                                                                                                 D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                                start date
                                                                                                                       Fall

                                                                                                                       Winter

                                                                                                                       Spring

                                                                                                                       Summer

                                                                                                                credential

                                                                                                                 A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                                 B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                 C     Certificate

                                                                                                                 Dp Diploma




                                                                                                   Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               77
HEALTH + SAFETY
•	 BREAST SONOGRAPHY COURSES              •	 MEDICAL LABORATORY ASSISTANT
   (DISTANCE)                                COURSES (DISTANCE)
•	 COMBINED LAB & X-RAY TECHNOLOGY        •	 MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY
   COURSES (DISTANCE)                        COURSES
•	 CONTINUING COMPETENCY & ADVANCED       •	 MEDICAL RADIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY
   CREDIT COURSES                            BRIDGING (DISTANCE)
•	 CPR TRAINING                           •	 MEDICAL RADIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY
•	 DENTAL ASSISTING INTRA-ORAL COURSES       REVIEW (DISTANCE)
   (DISTANCE)                             •	 NAIT SONOGRAPHY TESTING CENTRE
•	 DENTAL PROFESSIONAL GENERAL COURSES    •	 OPTICAL SCIENCES - ADVANCED PRACTICE
   (DISTANCE)                                CONTACT LENSES CERTIFICATE (DISTANCE)
•	 DENTAL TECHNOLOGY COURSES (DISTANCE)   •	 OPTICAL SCIENCES - ADVANCED PRACTICE
•	 DENTURIST COURSES (DISTANCE)              SIGHT TESTING COURSES (DISTANCE)
•	 DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SONOGRAPHY          •	 OPTICAL SCIENCES - AUTOMATED
   BRIDGING (DISTANCE)                       REFRACTING THEORY (DISTANCE)
•	 DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SONOGRAPHY          •	 OPTICAL SCIENCES - EYEGLASSES
   REFRESHER (DISTANCE)                      DIPLOMA (DISTANCE)
•	 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA           •	 OPTICAL SCIENCES - OPHTHALMIC
   (DISTANCE)                                ASSISTANT (DISTANCE)
•	 EMS TRAINING                           •	 OPTICAL SCIENCES - OPHTHALMIC REVIEW
•	 FOOD SAFETY (DISTANCE)                    COURSES (DISTANCE)
•	 HEALTH SCIENCES (GENERAL) COURSES      •	 PERSONAL FITNESS TRAINER
•	 INDUSTRIAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT        •	 PRECEPTOR TRAINING COURSES
   CERTIFICATE (DISTANCE)                    (DISTANCE)
•	 ITLS TRAINING                          •	 PUBLIC SECTOR EMERGENCY
•	 MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING (MRI) 2ND      MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE (DISTANCE)
   DISCIPLINE CERTIFICATE (DISTANCE)
Breast Sonography Courses (Distance)

                                              your	patients.	Continue	your	education	         COURSE OUTLINE
                          SCAN THIS TO        in	this	area	and	ensure	you	are	growing	
                                              along	with	the	field	and	performing	to	the	     DMS10		                 Sonography	Breast
                          LEARN MORE
                                              best	of	your	abilities.
                                                                                              COURSES




                                                                                                                                                    HEALTH + SAFETY
                                              CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                                                                              		 D 		 		        		     		     	
                                              As	a	medical	professional,	expanding	
                                              and	continuing	your	education	in	breast	
OVERVIEW                                      sonography	ensures	you	are	able	to	best	
                                              serve	patients	and	properly	use	the	tech-
In	a	career	that	tests	your	expertise	on	a	
                                              nology	you	are	equipped	with.
daily	basis,	it’s	of	extreme	importance	to	
keep	your	skills	current	and	fresh.	Breast	   ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
sonography	is	a	challenging	and	evolving	
field,	demanding	you	stay	on	top	of	new	      Student	must	be	a	sonographer,	mam-
and	advancing	technology	to	best	serve	       mographer	or	radiologist/physician	and	
                                              have	a	basic	understanding	of	ultrasound	
                                              physics.




Combined Lab & X-Ray Technology Courses (Distance)

                                              COURSE OUTLINE                                  ML853	                  Toxicology
                                                                                              SHL357	                 Digital	Imaging	and	PACS	
                          SCAN THIS TO        HSC103	      Anatomy	&	Physiology                                       in	Medical	Sciences
                          LEARN MORE          HSC104	      Medical	Terminology	
                                                           (TLM)                              COURSES
                                              HSC105	      Infection	Control	
                                                           and	Safety                         	 D 		 		        		      		     	
                                              ML205	       Urinalysis	(Homestudy)
                                              ML210	       Transfusion	Medicine	
OVERVIEW                                                   Homestudy
These	refresher	courses	are	best	suited	      ML601	       Specimen	Collection	&	
                                                           Handling	(Homestudy)
for	Combined	Laboratory	and	X-ray	Tech-
nologists/Technicians	already	working	in	     ML602	       Electrocardiography	
                                                           (Homestudy)
the	field	and	looking	to	update	skills	or	
gain	a	competitive	advantage	in	the	work-     ML830	       General	Laboratory	                            LEGEND
                                                           Practices	(Homestudy)                          learning options
place.
                                              ML833	       Clinical	Chemistry	                             Ft        Full-time
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                       I	(Homestudy)
                                                                                                           Pt        Part-time
                                              ML850	       Endocrinology
These	courses	are	designed	to	support	                                                                     D         Distance	and	Online	learning
                                              ML851	       Lipids
your	continued	development	in	any	CLXT	
                                              ML852	       Therapeutic	Drug	                              start date
related	career.
                                                           Monitoring
                                                                                                                     Fall

                                                                                                                     Winter

                                                                                                                     Spring

                                                                                                                     Summer

                                                                                                          credential

                                                                                                           A         Applied	degree

                                                                                                           B         Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                           C         Certificate

                                                                                                           Dp Diploma




                                                                                            Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                    79
                   Continuing Competency & Advanced Credit Courses

                                                                   tration	and	can,	should	you	be	planning	      COURSE OUTLINE
                                              SCAN THIS TO         full-time	study,	be	taken	in	advance	of	
                                                                   your	program	start	date.                      HRT10	             Medical	Terminology	
                                              LEARN MORE                                                                            -	Basic
                                                                   Please	note	that	completion	of	any	of	        HSC103	            Anatomy	&	Physiology
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                   these	courses	in	advance	of	your	full-time	
                                                                                                                 HSC104C	           Medical	Terminology	
                                                                   NAIT	program	will	not	reduce	the	tuition	                        Challenge	Exam
                                                                   of	the	program	and	does	not	preclude	the	
                                                                                                                 ML500	             Phlebotomy	
                                                                   required	prerequisites	for	entry	into	the	
                   OVERVIEW                                        full-time	program.
                                                                                                                                    (Venipuncture)	
                                                                                                                                    Workshop	for	Health	
                   Family	responsibilities,	time	constraints,	a	                                                                    Care	Professionals
                   current	health	care	career	-	whatever	your	     CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                          ML600	             Electrocardiography	(ECG)	
                   reason	for	wanting	to	lighten	the	course	       Deepen	your	knowledge	of	the	health	care	                        workshop	for	Health	
                   load	of	your	full-time	program,	Continu-        area	you	are	currently	employed	in,	or	use	                      Care	Professionals
                   ing	Competency	and	Advanced	Credit	is	          these	courses	to	widen	your	practice	or	
                   designed	with	your	life	in	mind.	You’ll	ap-     gain	a	competitive	advantage	in	the	job	      COURSES
                   preciate	the	course	format	and	the	variety	     market.                                       Pt 			   		   		   		   	
                   offered	no	matter	what	your	goal	is.	The	
                   courses	are	intended	for	individual	regis-




                   CPR Training

                                                                   PROGRAM OUTLINE                               CPR202	            ACLS	for	Experienced	
                                                                                                                                    Providers
                                              SCAN THIS TO         CPR100	      Basic	Life	Support	for	
                                              LEARN MORE                                                         CPR250	            ACLS	for	Healthcare	
                                                                                Healthcare	Providers	-	C                            Providers	-	Instructor
                                                                   CPR101	      Basic	Life	Support	for	          CPR300	            Pediatric	Advanced	Life	
                                                                                Healthcare	Provider	                                Support	(PALS)	Provider
                                                                                -	C	Renewal
                                                                                                                 CPR350	            PALS	for	Healthcare	
                                                                   CPR140	      Core	Instructor	Course                              Providers	-	Instructor
                                                                   CPR150	      Basic	Life	Support	
                   OVERVIEW                                                     Instructor                       COURSES
                                                                   CPR170	      Basic	Life	Support	
                   NAIT’s	Department	of	Continuing	Edu-                         Instructor	Trainer               Pt 			   		   		   		
                   cation	is	excited	to	announce	that	it	has	      CPR200	      Advanced	Cardiovascular	
                   partnered	with	the	Heart	and	Stroke	Foun-                    Life	Support	(ACLS)	
                   dation	of	Alberta,	NWT	&	Nunavut	to	of-                      Provider
                   fer	CPR	training	at	all	levels	–	from	basic	    CPR201	      Advanced	Cardiovascular	
                   training	that	anyone	can	take,	to	advanced	                  Life	Support	(ACLS)	
                   life	support	courses	for	health	care	profes-                 Provider	-	Renewal
                   sionals.




         80	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Dental Assisting Intra-Oral Courses (Distance)

                                                 ACCREDITATION                                     COURSE OUTLINE
                            SCAN THIS TO         Upon	completion	of	the	intra-oral	courses	        IDA50	             Application	and	Removal	
                            LEARN MORE                                                                                of	Dental	Dam
                                                 you	are	required	to	become	a	member	of	




                                                                                                                                                    HEALTH + SAFETY
                                                 the	national,	provincial	and	local	associa-       IDA52	             Preventive	Patient	
                                                 tions.	From	there,	you	are	eligible	to	write	                        Care	Procedures
                                                 the	National	Dental	Assisting	Examining	          IDA53	             Expanded	Skills
                                                 Board	(NDAEB)	exam.	You	are	required	             IDA55	             Taking	Preliminary	
                                                 to	register	with	the	licensing	body	in	your	                         Impressions	for	
OVERVIEW                                         province.	For	more	details	on	this,	contact	                         Diagnostic	Casts
You’re	ready	to	take	your	learning	to	the	       the	program	directly.                             IDA58	             Intra-Oral	Provisional	
                                                                                                                      Restorations	and	Gingival	
next	level.	After	successful	completion	
of	Term	I	and	Term	II	you	have	the	theory	
                                                 ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                                Retraction	Cord	Placement
                                                                                                   IDA60	             Application	of	Dental	
down	and	you’re	eager	to	learn	the	techni-       The	following	prerequisites	are	applicable	
                                                                                                                      Cavity	Varnishes	&	Liners
cal	skills	required	to	become	a	registered	      for	all	courses	in	this	program:
                                                                                                   IDA61	             Application	&	Removal	
dental	assistant.	You’re	looking	forward	         •	completion	of	Dental	Assisting	                                   of	Matrics	and	Wedges
to	becoming	a	registered	assistant	and	a	           Distance	Delivery	Program	or	other	
                                                    accredited	program                             IDA62	             Application	of	Pit	&	
vital	part	of	the	oral	health	team,	offering	
                                                                                                                      Fissure	Sealants
clinical	support	and	direct	patient	care,	        •	eligible	for	provincial	registration
                                                                                                   IDA63	             Removal	of	Surgical	
performing	laboratory	procedures,	provid-         •	current	First	Aid/CPR-Level	C	                                    Sutures
ing	dental	health	care	and	education,	and	          Certificate	is	strongly	recommended            IDA64	             Application	of	Topical	
performing	office	management	duties.
                                                  •	fluency	in	written	and	spoken	                                    Anesthetic
Designed	to	fit	your	life	and	suit	your	            English	is	essential	for	student	              IDA65	             Application	of	
learning	needs,	courses	are	generally	of-           success                                                           Desensitizing	Agents
fered	on	weekends	throughout	the	year,	           •	you	are	required	to	provide	listed	            IDA66	             Diagnostic	Testing	
as	well	as	in	late	spring	as	a	continuous	          supplies	and	act	as	patients	for	                                 for	Pulp	Vitality
block.	As	a	graduate	of	NAIT’s	dental	as-           fellow	students	where	applicable               IDA75	             Periodontal	Probing
sisting	program	you’ll	be	nationally	recog-                                                        IDA82	             Tooth	Whitening
                                                 Documentation	for	these	prerequisites	
nized	for	your	experience,	self-confidence,	                                                       IDX51	             Applied	Dental	
                                                 must	accompany	all	applications.
flexibility	and	commitment	to	life-long	                                                                              Radiography
learning.                                        REGISTRATION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             Registration	 for	 all	 dental	 assisting	
                                                                                                   COURSES
                                                 courses	is	managed	directly	through	the	          D   		 		    		    		      		 C
An	excellent	oral	health	employment	mar-
                                                 Dental	Assisting	Distance	Delivery	office.	
ket	results	in	job	opportunities	for	you	in	a	
                                                 Please	call	or	email	directly.
variety	of	settings,	including	general	den-
tistry	or	specialty	practices,	dental	sales,	    Application	and	fees	must	be	received	no	
dental	insurance,	dental	education	fa-           later	than	one	month	prior	to	start	dates.	
cilities,	hospitals,	community	health	care	      This	ensures	sufficient	time	for	mailing	
centers	or	dental	educational	institutes.	       and	pre-study	of	course	theory.                               LEGEND
Duties	can	range	from	chairside	assisting	                                                                     learning options
to	office	management.
                                                                                                               Ft    Full-time

CERTIFICATION                                                                                                  Pt    Part-time

You	will	be	awarded	with	a	NAIT	certifi-                                                                       D     Distance	and	Online	learning
cate	in	Dental	Assisting	upon	successful	
                                                                                                               start date
completion	of	all	required	courses	-	Term	
                                                                                                                     Fall
I,	Term	II,	Practical	Evaluation,	Applied	
Dental	Radiography,	Application	and	                                                                                 Winter

Removal	of	Dental	Dam,	Taking	Prelimi-                                                                               Spring
nary	Impressions	for	Diagnostic	Casts,	                                                                              Summer
Preventive	Patient	Care	Procedures	and	
                                                                                                               credential
Expanded	Skills.
                                                                                                                A    Applied	degree
Other	post-graduate	Intra-Oral	courses	
and	achieved	grade	will	be	listed	on	a	                                                                         B    Baccalaureate	degree

NAIT	transcript.                                                                                                C    Certificate

                                                                                                               Dp Diploma




                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               81
                   Dental Professional General Courses (Distance)

                                                                    in	any	of	the	courses	a	tutor	is	available	to	   Applications	for	single	subjects	are	ac-
                                               SCAN THIS TO         you	by	phone	or	email.                           cepted	at	any	time.
                                               LEARN MORE           As	with	all	NAIT	dental	programs,	the	
                                                                    courses	are	accredited	by	the	Commis-
                                                                                                                     COURSE OUTLINE
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                    sion	on	Dental	Accreditation	of	Canada.	         HC100	           Preceptor	Training	
                                                                    Contact	the	Dental	Assisting	Distance	                            (WebCT)
                                                                    Delivery	Program	for	further	information.        HC101	           Preceptor	Training	
                                                                                                                                      -	Practical
                   OVERVIEW                                         CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             IDA101	          Dental	Science
                                                                    These	courses	are	designed	for	dental	           IDA103	          Nutrition	in	Dentistry
                   Our	wide	range	of	dental	courses	helps	
                                                                    professionals	currently	working	in	the	          IDA104	          Emergencies	&	
                   you	move	your	career	in	the	direction	you	                                                                         Pharmacology	in	Dentistry
                   want	it	to	go.	As	a	dental	professional	         field.
                                                                                                                     IDA105	          Oral	Health	Education
                   you’ll	find	these	courses	perfect	for	re-
                   freshing	your	talent	or	increasing	your	
                                                                    ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                            IDA124	          Dental	Records
                   skill	in	a	particular	area.	Perhaps	your	goal	   You	must	be	a	licensed	dental	profes-            IDA130	          Dental	Communications
                   is	to	gain	a	competitive	advantage	in	the	       sional.	Fluency	in	written	and	spoken	Eng-       IDA200	          Dental	Reception	
                   job	market	or	enhance	your	current	career.	      lish	is	essential	for	student	success.	Other	                     Procedures
                   Adding	to,	and	upgrading,	your	education	        prerequisites	may	be	required	for	specific	      IDA82	           Tooth	Whitening
                   is	a	great	way	to	achieve	this.                  courses.	Please	contact	our	office	for	ad-       IDX100	          Fundamentals	of	
                                                                    ditional	information	780.471.8761.                                Dental	Radiology
                   Distance	Learning	allows	you	flexibility	
                   and	the	option	to	schedule	study	on	your	
                   own	time,	however	it	best	fits	into	your	
                                                                    REGISTRATION                                     COURSES
                   schedule.	We’re	committed	to	helping	            Registration	for	all	dental	courses	is	man-      D   		 		   		   		   	C
                   you	succeed,	and	providing	the	best	tools	       aged	directly	through	the	Dental	Assisting	
                   to	do	so,	therefore	during	your	enrolment	       Distance	Delivery	Program	office.




                   Dental Technology Courses (Distance)

                                                                    more	opportunities	or	strengthening	what	        gram	office.	A	copy	of	your	provincial	reg-
                                                                    you	offer	at	your	current	place	of	employ-       istration	is	required	for	registration.
                                               SCAN THIS TO
                                               LEARN MORE           ment.	Typical	employment	opportunities	          The	 required	 textbooks	 can	 be	 order	
                                                                    for	dental	technologists	are	in	commercial	      through	the	NAIT	Bookstore.
                                                                    dental	laboratories,	private	dental	offices,	
                                                                    and	dental	supply	companies	as	technical	        COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                    representatives,	sales	representatives	or	
                                                                                                                     DHS500	          Complete	Denture	
                                                                    researchers.
                                                                                                                                      Set-Up	Review
                   OVERVIEW                                         CERTIFICATION                                    IDA101	          Dental	Science
                   Strengthen	your	knowledge	and	skills	as	a	                                                        IDL95	           Client	Care	for	Dental	
                                                                    A	certificate	of	completion	will	be	issued	                       Technologists
                   dental	technologist	by	adding	the	follow-        for	certain	courses,	otherwise	a	statement	
                   ing	courses	to	your	continuing	education	                                                         IDL96	           Radiographic	
                                                                    of	marks	is	provided.                                             Interpretation	for	
                   plan	and	meeting	your	point	requirements	
                                                                                                                                      Dental	Technologists
                   for	maintaining	your	registration.	You’ll	       ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                            IDL97	           Preliminary	Impressions	
                   find	each	of	the	courses	offered	will	help	
                                                                    You	must	be	either	a	Registered	Tech-                             for	Dental	Technologists
                   you	to	expertly	complete	your	day-to-day	
                   responsibilities,	from	helping	to	restore	       nologist	or	Technician	or	recommended	
                   damaged	or	missing	teeth	to	simply	com-          by	the	College	of	Dental	Technologists	of	       COURSES
                   municating	issues	to	patients.                   Alberta.	Fluency	in	written	and	spoken	
                                                                    English	is	essential	for	student	success.
                                                                                                                     D   		 		   		   		   		 C 	
                   CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                                                    REGISTRATION
                   Completion	of	the	distance	learning	den-
                   tal	technology	courses	will	help	you	ele-        Registration	for	all	dental	technology	
                   vate	your	current	career,	possibly	opening	      courses	is	managed	directly	through	the	
                                                                    Dental	Assisting	Distance	Delivery	Pro-

         82	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Denturist Courses (Distance)

                                                CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             REGISTRATION
                           SCAN THIS TO         As	a	denturist,	you	work	as	part	of	the	
                           LEARN MORE                                                            Registration	for	all	denturist	courses	is	
                                                dental	health	team,	with	dentists,	dental	       managed	directly	through	the	Dental	




                                                                                                                                                  HEALTH + SAFETY
                                                hygienists,	dental	technicians	and	oral	         Continuing	Education	office.	Please	note	
                                                surgeons,	to	provide	the	best	denture	care	      that	a	copy	of	your	provincial	registration	
                                                and	service	to	patients.	Employment	can	         is	required.
                                                be	found	in	a	variety	of	settings	from	clin-
                                                ics,	to	hospitals	or	educational	facilities.     COURSE OUTLINE
OVERVIEW
As	a	currently	practicing	denturist	look-
                                                CERTIFICATION                                    DHS500	            Complete	Denture	
                                                                                                                    Set-Up	Review
ing	to	enhance	your	skills	with	further	        Certificates	of	completion	will	be	issued	       IDA82	             Tooth	Whitening
education,	you’ll	find	what	you’re	looking	     for	certain	courses,	otherwise	a	statement	      IDE301	            Patient	Clinical	Records
for	in	our	series	of	post-graduate	courses.	    of	marks	is	available.
                                                                                                 IDE302	            Treatment	Planning	for	
All	offered	courses	are	accredited	by	the	                                                                          Removable	Prosthodontics
Commission	on	Dental	Accreditation	of	          ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                 IDE303	            Surveying	for	Partial	
Canada.	Continuing	your	education	will	         For	these	courses,	you	must	be	a	regis-                             Denture	Design
ensure	your	skills	are	always	up-to-date	       tered	denturist	or	recommended	by	the	
and	you’ll	stay	competitive	in	the	job	mar-     College	of	Alberta	Denturists.                   COURSES
ket.
                                                Fluency	in	written	and	spoken	English	is	        D   		 		    		    		      		 C
                                                essential	for	student	success.




Diagnostic Medical Sonography Bridging (Distance)

                                                Applicants	must	qualify	for	the	program	         A	student	will	require	approximately	8	-	
                           SCAN THIS TO         through	a	structured	process	which	in-           12	months	to	complete	his	or	her	studies.	
                           LEARN MORE           cludes	the	assessment	and	verification	of	       Please	contact	the	Program	Coordinator	
                                                credentials,	work	experience,	and	clinical	      Evelyne	Chenard	at	evelynec@nait.ca	for	
                                                scanning	skills.                                 more	information.	

                                                PROGRAM MODEL/
                                                COMPLETION
OVERVIEW                                        REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                             LEGEND
Are	you	an	internationally	educated	Di-         Based	on	the	results	of	the	applicant’s	                     learning options
agnostic	Medical	Sonographer	(DMS)?	If	         initial	assessment,	an	individual	program	
                                                                                                             Ft    Full-time
so,	this	is	an	opportunity	to	upgrade	your	     of	studies	will	be	recommended.	It	may	
knowledge	and	skills	to	meet	the	stan-          include	DMS	Refresher	&	Upgrading	Pro-                       Pt    Part-time

dards	required	by	Canadian	employers.	          gram	courses	as	well	as	Bridging	Program	                    D     Distance	and	Online	learning

The	NAIT	Diagnostic	Medical	Sonogra-            courses	and/or	practicums.	Upon	suc-
                                                cessful	completion	of	all	courses	recom-                     start date
phy	Bridging	Program	offers	didactic	and	
laboratory-based	training,	and	a	clinical	      mended	by	the	selection	committee,	a	                              Fall

practicum	to	help	you	prepare	for	work	in	      Continuing	Education	Certificate	-	DMS	                            Winter

a	clinical	practice.                            Bridging	Program	will	be	granted.	                                 Spring

Three	computer-based	didactic	courses	          PROGRAM DETAILS                                                    Summer
are	delivered	online;	each	is	32	hours	long.	                                                                credential
                                                Designed	for	internationally	trained	ultra-
Within	a	generous,	but	specified	time	
                                                sound	professionals,	this	program	allows	                     A    Applied	degree
limit,	students	complete	those	courses	at	
                                                new	Canadians	to	transition	more	quickly	                     B
their	own	pace	and	location.	The	labora-                                                                           Baccalaureate	degree
                                                into	the	Canadian	labour	market.	It	pro-
tory-based	courses	are	held	at	the	NAIT	                                                                      C    Certificate
                                                vides	training	that	targets	individual	spe-
Main	Campus.
                                                cific	needs.	The	program	is	not	intended	                    Dp Diploma
                                                for	basic	entry-level	training	or	as	a	full	
                                                refresher	program.	

                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               83
                   MAJOR SKILLS ACQUIRED                           •	active	registration	in	an	accredited	        DIB201	           Diagnostic	Medical	
                                                                     program	such	as	CARDUP,	ARDMS,	                                Sonography	Occupational	
                    •	occupation-specific	terminology
                                                                     AART,	CCI	or	DMU                                               Terminology
                    •	orientation	to	Canadian	healthcare                                                          DIB202	           DMS	Bridging	Simulated	
                                                                   •	work	experience	as	a	sonographer/
HEALTH + SAFETY




                    •	patient	care	in	sonography                     ultrasound	professional                                        Case	Studies	-	Generalist
                    •	technical	skills,	based	on	the	              •	English	competency                           DIB203	           DMS	Bridging	Simulated	
                      Canadian	requirements,	acquired	                                                                              Case	Studies	-	Cardiac
                                                                   •	technical	skills
                      through	lab	simulations	and	clinical	                                                       DIB204	           DMS	Bridging	Simulated	
                      practicums	                                  •	motivation                                                     Case	Studies	-	Vascular
                                                                   •	interest	in	healthcare                       DIB207	           DMS	Clinical	
                   ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                                                                            Practicum	2	weeks
                   Candidates	 must	 apply	 for	 the	 DMS	         COURSE OUTLINE                                 DIB208	           Patient	Care	in	Sonography
                   Bridging	Program	and	successfully	com-          DIB101	       Orientation	to	Canadian	
                   plete	the	assessment	process.	Eligibility	is	                 Healthcare                       COURSES
                   based	on	the	following:                                                                        D   		 		    		   		 C




                   Diagnostic Medical Sonography Refresher (Distance)

                                                                   Contact	program	coordinator,	Evelyne	          •	48	Credits	for	Adult	
                                                                   Chenard	at	evelynec@nait.ca	for	more	            Echocardiography
                                              SCAN THIS TO
                                              LEARN MORE           information.                                   •	16	Credits	for	Physics	

                                                                   PROGRAM MODEL/                                 ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                   COMPLETION                                     Applicants	must	have	passed	an	ultra-
                                                                   REQUIREMENTS                                   sound	registry	examination	and	be	regis-
                                                                   Students	in	the	DMS	Refresher	&	Uprad-         tered	with	CARDUP,	ARDMS,	AART,	CCI,	
                   OVERVIEW                                        ing	Program	will	qualify	for	the	Continuing	   or	DMU.	Applicants	must	also	have	previ-
                   The	DMS	Refresher	&	Upgrading	Pro-              Education	-	DMS	Refresher	&	Upgrading	         ous	experience	as	an	ultrasound	profes-
                   gram	provides	a	review	of	principles	and	       Certificate	upon	sucessful	completion	of	      sional	in	Canada.
                   concepts	currently	in	practice	in	three	   	    DSR	103	-	Physics	&	Instrumentation,	plus	
                   specialty	areas	of	DMS	-	Generalist,	Echo-      two	other	courses	from	the	program.            PROGRAM OUTLINE
                   cardiography,	and	Vascular.	Candidates	          •	Sonography	Breast                           DIB207	           DMS	Clinical	
                   for	this	program	will	have	previous	expe-       •	Ankle	Brachial	Index                                           Practicum	2	weeks
                   rience	as	an	ultrasound	professional	and	                                                      DMS10	            Sonography	Breast
                                                                   •	Physics	&	Instrumentation
                   will	have	passed	an	ultrasound	registry	                                                       DMS55	            Vascular	Assessment	
                                                                   •	Abdomen	&	Superficial	Structures                               with	ABI’s
                   examination	(CARDUP,	ARDMS,	AART,	
                   CCI,	or	DMU).                                   •	Obstetrics	&	Gynecology                      DSR101	           DMS	Refresher	Abdominal	
                                                                   •	Adult	Echocardiography                                         and	Superficial	Structures
                   The	courses	qualify	for	Continuing	Medi-
                   cal	Education	(CME)	credits.                    •	Vascular	Technology                          DSR102	           DMS	Refresher	-	
                                                                                                                                    Obstetrics	and	Gynecology
                   For	students	returning	to	DMS	practice	af-      •	Experiential	Upgrading
                                                                                                                  DSR103	           DMS	Refresher	Physics	
                   ter	an	extended	absence,	NAIT	will	work	        Continuing	Medical	Education	(CME)	                              and	Instrumentation
                   with	them	to	organize	a	suitable	clinical	      credits	will	be	offered	for	each	course.       DSR104	           DMS	Refresher	Adult	
                   practicum	once	they	have	completed	the	          •	35	Credits	for	Sonography	Breast                              Echocardiography
                   related	courses.                                                                               DSR105	           DMS	Refresher	
                                                                   •	8	Credits	for	Ankle	Brachial	Index	
                   The	courses	are	delivered	online	or	in	lab-       (ABI)                                                          Vascular	Sonography
                   oratories.	Individuals	who	wish	to	expand	
                                                                   •	32	Credits	for	Abdomen	and	
                   their	scope	of	practice	into	the	areas	of	        Superficial	Structures
                                                                                                                  COURSES
                   Breast	Sonography	and/or	Ankle	Brachial	
                   Index	testing	will	appreciate	the	upgrad-
                                                                   •	32	Credits	for	Vascular                      Pt 		 D   		 		   		     		   		 C
                   ing	these	courses	provide.                      •	2	Credits	for	Obstetrics	and	
                                                                     Gynecology
                   The	DMS	Refresher	&	Upgrading	Program	
                   is	not	an	entry-level	program.


         84	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Emergency Management Diploma (Distance)

                                                CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             EMD200	            Environmental	Issues	
                                                                                                                    for	Emergency	Planning	
                           SCAN THIS TO         The	field	of	Emergency	Management	is	                               &	Response
                           LEARN MORE
                                                currently	one	of	the	fastest-growing	ca-         EMD201	            Physical	Security	Planning




                                                                                                                                                  HEALTH + SAFETY
                                                reers	in	North	America.	Graduates	can	           EMD202	            Organizational	Behaviour:	
                                                expect	to	find	employment	in	the	public	                            A	Disaster-Focus
                                                sector	and	in	many	industry	sectors,	such	       EMD203	            Emergency	Exercises:	
                                                as	oil	&	gas,	petrochemical,	energy	gen-                            Development,	Conduct	
                                                eration	and	transmission,	forestry,	trans-                          &	Evaluation
OVERVIEW                                        portation	and	agriculture.                       EMD204	            Environmental	Impact	
Emergencies	and	disasters	can	happen	                                                                               Assessment
anywhere,	anytime.	Are	you	up	for	the	          ACCREDITATION                                    EMD300	            Emergency	Management:	
challenge	of	dealing	head-on	with	an	           The	Ontario	Association	of	Emergency	                               A	First	Responder’s	
emergency?                                      Managers	(OAEM)	http://www.oaem.                                    Perspective
                                                ca/public/education.html	recognises	that	        EMD301	            Incident	and	Resource	
NAIT’s	Emergency	Management	pro-                                                                                    Management
gram	provides	you	with	a	fundamental	           the	NAIT	Emergency	Management	Cer-
                                                tificate	and	Diploma	programs	follow	the	        EMD302	            Practicum	Project
understanding	of	emergency	manage-
                                                Certificate	Program	Standard	prescribed	         EMD303	            Business	Continuity	
ment	across	a	broad	spectrum	of	working	
                                                by	the	Ontario	Ministry	of	Training,	Col-                           &	Disaster	Recovery	
environments.	You	will	graduate	with	the	                                                                           Planning	(BCLE	2000)
practical	skills	to	effectively	supervise	or	   leges	and	Universities.	The	curriculum	
                                                and	the	course	content	offered	by	the	           EMD304	            Managing	The	Emergency
manage	emergency	management	func-
                                                NAIT	Emergency	Management	Diploma	               EMD400	            Risk	Management:	
tions.
                                                and	Certificate	programs	demonstrates	                              Structure	&	Process
Course	work	focuses	on	four	key	areas:	         conformity	to	all	emergency	manage-              EMD401	            Emergency	Social	
mitigation,	planning,	response	and	recov-       ment	parameters	applicable	in	Ontario,	                             Services	(ESS)
ery.                                            including	 Ontario	 legislated	 require-         EMD402	            Mitigation:	The	First	
Responding	to	the	request	of	industry,	         ments,	Canadian	standards,	and	emer-                                Line	of	Defense
NAIT	has	implemented	an	Public	Sec-             gency	management	principles	recognized	          EMD403	            Community	Disaster	
tor	Emergency	Management	Certificate.	          by	the	Ontario	Association	of	Emergency	                            Recovery
Each	certificate	requires	the	completion	       Managers.	                                       EMD404	            Building	An	Emergency-
of	five	courses,	which	are	completely	                                                                              Resilient	Community
transferable	toward	the	NAIT	Emergency	         ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                            EMD405	            Emergency	Management	
Management	diploma.	The	new	certifi-                                                                                Perspective
                                                There	are	no	formal	prerequisites	to	begin	
cates	provide	credentials	for	emergency	        the	program;	however,	work	or	volunteer	
management	practitioners	who	need	pro-          experience	in	emergency	services	(e.g.,	
                                                                                                 COURSES
fessional	emergency	management	educa-           police,	fire,	EMS),	security,	public	works,	     D   		 		    		    		 Dp
tion,	but	perhaps	not	necessarily	up	to	a	      military,	industry,	health	care,	social	ser-
diploma	level.                                  vices,	business	continuity	management,	
The	ideal	candidate	for	the	Emergency	          government,	or	occupational	health	&	
Management	program	is	a	mature	stu-             safety	would	be	an	asset.	Please	note	that	
                                                some	Emergency	Management	courses	
                                                                                                             LEGEND
dent	with	several	years	of	work	experi-
                                                                                                             learning options
ence.	A	work	background	in	one	or	more	         must	be	taken	prior	to	others	as	you	work	
of	the	following	areas	would	be	an	asset:	      your	way	through	the	program.	Consult	                       Ft    Full-time

emergency	services	(e.g.,	police,	fire,	        website	course	descriptions	for	further	                     Pt    Part-time
EMS),	security,	military,	industry,	health	     details.
                                                                                                             D     Distance	and	Online	learning
care,	government,	or	workplace	health	&	
safety.	                                        PROGRAM OUTLINE                                              start date

The	Emergency	Management	program	               EMD100	       Overview	of	Emergency	                               Fall

includes	19	courses	and	one	practicum.	                       Management                                           Winter
Students	with	extensive	previous	experi-        EMD101	       People	&	Groups	in	
                                                                                                                   Spring
ence	may	be	eligible	for	advanced	credit.	                    Disasters:	A	Sociological	
                                                              Perspective                                          Summer
The	courses	are	delivered	online.
                                                EMD102	       Communications/                                credential
A	NAIT	Continuing	Education	Diploma	in	                       Presentation	Skills
Emergency	Management	will	be	awarded	                                                                         A    Applied	degree
                                                EMD103	       Emergency	Planning
upon	successful	completion	of	the	pro-          EMD104	       Emergency	Planning	&	                           B    Baccalaureate	degree
gram.                                                         Response	For	Dangerous	                         C    Certificate
                                                              Goods	Incidents
                                                                                                             Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               85
                   ems training

                                                                   PROGRAM MODEL/                                   scheduled	a	time	for	the	practical	testing	
                                                                                                                    and	interview.	Please	bring	the	following	
                                              SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION                                       items	to	your	interview:
                                              LEARN MORE
                                                                   REQUIREMENTS                                       •	current	resume
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                   Pre-hospital	care	training	in	Alberta	is	a	      •	photograph
                                                                   three-step	process.	Each	program	is	a	pre-       •	current	Heart	&	Stroke,	Basic	Life	
                                                                   requisite	to	the	next	level	of	training.	NAIT	     Support	for	Healthcare	Provider	
                                                                   offers	all	three	levels	of	training:               –	Level	C	CPR	(within	12	months)	
                   OVERVIEW                                         •	Emergency	Medical	Responder	                    (copy)
                                                                      (EMR)                                         •	EMR	certificate	(copy)
                   NAIT’s	EMR	and	EMT	programs	have	                •	Emergency	Medical	Technician	
                   been	designed	by	health	care	profession-                                                         •	driver’s	license	(copy)
                                                                      (EMT)
                   als	to	train	Emergency	Medical	Services	                                                         •	ACP	Registration	(copy)
                                                                    •	Emergency	Medical	Technology	-	
                   personnel	to	assess	and	treat	sick	and	            Paramedic	(EMT-	P)	(full-time)
                   injured	patients	in	a	fast-paced,	physically	                                                    EMT PROGRAM
                   demanding	atmosphere.
                                                                   PREREQUISITES                                    INFORMATION
                   Theoretical	components	are	comple-                                                               The	EMT	program	involves	300	hours	
                                                                   Prerequisites	for	all	Emergency	Medical	
                   mented	by	practical	hands-on	training,	                                                          of	theory	and	a	hospital	and	ambulance	
                                                                   Services	(EMS)	programs	can	be	found	in	
                   providing	students	with	skills	and	realistic	                                                    practicum.	
                                                                   the	online	course	descriptions.
                   experience	in	the	emergency	medical	care	
                   industry.                                       After	completing	their	EMR	training,	stu-        DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                                                   dents	must	complete	the	EMT	student	
                   NAIT’s	 EMT	 program	 is	 accredited	                                                            Part-time	
                                                                   assessment	before	being	admitted	to	the	
                   through	the	Canadian	Medical	Associa-
                                                                   EMT	program.
                   tion	at	the	PCP	level.                                                                           PROGRAM OUTLINE
                   Upon	successful	completion	of	the	EMR	          EMT STUDENT ASSESSMENT                           EMR100		            Emergency	Medical	
                   and	EMT	programs	students	will	receive	         INFORMATION                                                          Responder	
                   a	NAIT	certificate	and	be	eligible	to	write	    The	assessment	consists	of	the	following	        EMT100		            Emergency	Medical	
                   the	Alberta	College	of	Paramedics	(ACP)	        Emergency	Medical	Responder	multiple	                                Technician	
                   provincial	examination.		The	cost	of	the	       choice	exam                                      EMT150		            EMT	Student	Assessment	
                   provincial	exam	and	registration	is	the	         •	Scenarios	and	interview
                   responsibility	of	the	student	and	is	not	in-
                                                                   Upon	completion	of	the	EMR	written	
                                                                                                                    COURSES
                   cluded	in	NAIT	tuition.
                                                                   exam	all	registered	applicants	will	be	          Pt 			    		      	C 	




                   Food Safety (Distance)

                                                                   for	others.	Food	safety	courses	will	also	       certificate	in	food	sanitation	and	hygiene	
                                                                   prepare	you	for	government-regulated	            from	Alberta	Health	Services.
                                              SCAN THIS TO
                                              LEARN MORE           certification	and	will	often	satisfy	em-
                                                                   ployer	requirements.                             DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                                                   CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             This	course	is	delivered	online.	There	is		
                                                                                                                    a	paper-based,	closed-book,	supervised	
                                                                   Completing	food	safety	courses	will	com-         exam	that	is	required	at	the	end	of	the	
                                                                   pliment	any	training	that	involves	food	         course	to	receive	your	Alberta	Health	Ser-
                   OVERVIEW                                        preparation	or	production.	Many	estab-           vices	Certification.	
                                                                   lishments	require	this	course	prior	to	
                   Combine	the	skills	you	bring	to	the	table	      starting	employment	in	the	food	services	        PROGRAM OUTLINE
                   with	certification	in	product	and	work-         industry.	
                   place	 safety.	 Whether	 you	 work	 in	 a	                                                       FNM90	              Food	Safety
                   commercial	kitchen,	production	plant	or	        ACCREDITATION
                   restaurant,	you	will	benefit	from	learning	                                                      COURSES
                                                                   Students	who	achieve	70%	or	greater	on	
                   guidelines	and	procedures	for	keeping	                                                           Pt 		 D
                                                                   the	provincial	exam	receive	a	provincial	                  		 		     		   		   		
                   your	work	area	clean,	sanitized	and	safe	



         86	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Health Sciences (General) Courses

                                                COURSE OUTLINE                                    ML612	             Medical	Terminology	
                                                                                                                     Basic	(Homestudy)
                           SCAN THIS TO         HRT10	        Medical	Terminology	
                           LEARN MORE                                                             ML613	             Medical	Terminology	Body	
                                                              -	Basic                                                Systems	I	(Homestudy)




                                                                                                                                                   HEALTH + SAFETY
                                                HSC103	       Anatomy	&	Physiology                ML614	             Medical	Terminology	
                                                HSC104	       Medical	Terminology	                                   Body	Systems	II
                                                              (TLM)                               MRI500	            IV	Certification
                                                HSC104C	      Medical	Terminology	
                                                              Challenge	Exam                      COURSES
OVERVIEW                                        HSC105	       Infection	Control	
                                                              and	Safety                          Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		
The	health	portfolio	within	the	Depart-
ment	 of	 Continuing	 Education	 offers	        ML500	        Phlebotomy	
                                                              (Venipuncture)	
a	myriad	of	part-time,	flexible	courses	
                                                              Workshop	for	Health	
geared	toward	healthcare	profession-                          Care	Professionals
als	as	well	as	those	planning	to	enter	the	
                                                ML600	        Electrocardiography	(ECG)	
healthcare	profession.	Courses	from	the	                      workshop	for	Health	
beginner	to	advanced	levels	are	offered	in	                   Care	Professionals
a	variety	of	delivery	modes	and	at	afford-
able	prices.	Specialized	and	on-site	train-
ing	can	also	be	offered	to	suit	the	needs	of	
organizations.




Industrial Emergency Management Certificate (Distance)

                                                fessional	emergency	management	educa-             CERTIFICATION
                                                tion,	but	perhaps	not	necessarily	up	to	a	
                           SCAN THIS TO                                                                                            	
                                                                                                  Industrial	 Emergency	 Management	
                           LEARN MORE           diploma	level.	Each	certificate	requires	the	
                                                completion	of	five	courses.	                      Certificate
                                                The	required	courses	for	the	Industrial	          ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                Emergency	Management	Certificate	pro-
                                                gram	are	as	follows:                              Experience/employment	in	emergency	
                                                1.		 EMD103	Emergency	Planning                    management.
                                                2.		 EMD104	Emergency	Planning	and		
OVERVIEW                                        	 Response	for	Dangerous	Goods		
Emergency	Management	practitioners	             	 Incidents	
need	to	have	knowledge	and	skills	in	           	 or	                                                        LEGEND
several	key	areas	to	ensure	that	their	or-      	 EMD405	Emergency		              	                          learning options
ganization	is	prepared	and	can	respond	         	 Management	Perspective	-	Petroleum		
effectively	to	major	emergencies	and	di-                                                                      Ft    Full-time
                                                	 Industry
sasters.	The	Industrial	Emergency	Man-          3.		 EMD201	Physical	Security	Planning	                      Pt     Part-time
agement	Certificate	addresses	the	central	      		 or		    	                                                        Distance	and	Online	learning
                                                                                                              D
aspects	of	emergency	preparedness	and	          	 EMD303	Business	Continuity	and		
response:	risk	analysis,	physical	security,	    	 Disaster	Recovery	Planning                                 start date
planning,	emergency	exercises	and	man-          4.		 EMD304	Managing	the	Emergency                                  Fall
aging	the	emergency	response.                   5.		 EMD400	Risk	Management:		                                      Winter
                                                	 Structure	and	Process
PROGRAM MODEL/                                  The	courses	will	be	delivered	online.	The	
                                                                                                                    Spring

COMPLETION                                      certificate	program	utilizes	the	existing	
                                                                                                                    Summer

REQUIREMENTS                                    Emergency	Management	Diploma	pro-
                                                                                                             credential

NAIT’s	Emergency	Management	Certifi-            gram	courses,	therefore	all	courses	are	                      A     Applied	degree

cate	programs,	developed	at	the	request	        transferable	toward	the	NAIT	Emergency	                       B     Baccalaureate	degree
of	practitioners,	industry,	and	government,	    Management	Diploma.
                                                                                                              C     Certificate
provide	the	credentials	for	emergency	
management	practitioners	who	need	pro-                                                                        Dp Diploma




                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               87
                   Successful	completion	of	EMD100	Over-         PROGRAM OUTLINE                         EMD304	           Managing	The	Emergency
                   view	of	Emergency	Management	course	                                                  EMD400	           Risk	Management:	
                   from	the	NAIT	Emergency	Management	           EMD100	    Overview	of	Emergency	                         Structure	&	Process
                                                                            Management
                   Diploma	program	OR	successful	comple-                                                 EMD405	           Emergency	Management	
HEALTH + SAFETY




                   tion	of	the	EMD100	prior	learning	assess-     EMD103	    Emergency	Planning                             Perspective
                   ment	examination.	                            EMD104	    Emergency	Planning	&	
                                                                            Response	For	Dangerous	      COURSES
                   To	enrol	please	complete	and	submit	the	                 Goods	Incidents
                   Emergency	Management	Certificate	en-          EMD201	    Physical	Security	Planning   D   		 		    		   		 C
                   rolment	form.	
                                                                 EMD303	    Business	Continuity	
                                                                            &	Disaster	Recovery	
                                                                            Planning	(BCLE	2000)




                   ITLS Training

                                                                                                         ITLS300	          ITLS	Pediatric	
                                                                 PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                              SCAN THIS TO                                               ITLS400	          ITLS	Access	
                                                                 ITLS100	   ITLS	Basic	Provider
                                              LEARN MORE
                                                                 ITLS101	   ITLS	Basic	Provider	         COURSES
                                                                            Recertification
                                                                 ITLS150	   ITLS	Basic	Instructor        Pt 		   		   		   		
                                                                 ITLS200	   ITLS	Advanced	Provider
                                                                 ITLS201	   ITLS	Advanced	Provider	
                                                                            Recertification
                   OVERVIEW                                      ITLS250	   ITLS	Advanced	Instructor
                   NAIT’s	Department	of	Continuing	Educa-
                   tion	is	excited	to	announce	that	it	is	now	
                   offering	International	Trauma	Life	Support	
                   (ITLS)	training	at	a	variety	of	levels.




         88	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) 2nd Discipline
Certificate (Distance)
                                               REQUIRED COURSE ORDER                           CERTIFICATION
                           SCAN THIS TO        There	is	a	certain	order	in	which	the	
                                                                                               Students	successfully	completing	the	pro-
                           LEARN MORE          courses	must	be	taken.	You	can	take	one	
                                                                                               gram	will	receive	NAIT	certification,	and	
                                               per	cohort.	If	you	would	like	to	take	more	




                                                                                                                                              HEALTH + SAFETY
                                                                                               will	be	eligible	to	write	the	Canadian	As-
                                               than	one	course	per	cohort	there	is	a	cer-
                                                                                               sociation	of	Medical	Radiation	Technolo-
                                               tain	order/combination	that	must	be	fol-
                                                                                               gists	(CAMRT)	MRI	certification	exam.	
                                               lowed.	The	maximum	number	of	courses	
                                               allowed	per	cohort	is	two.                      ACCREDITATION
OVERVIEW                                       Both	the	Physics	and	Cross	Sectional	           The	MRI	2nd	Discipline	program	is	fully	
                                               Anatomy	classes	can	be	taken	by	them-           accredited	by	the	Canadian	Medical	As-
Fresh	skills	and	a	bright	future.	As	a	Cer-
                                               selves	or	paired	up.	Keep	in	mind	that	         sociation	(CMA).
tified	MRI	Technologist	you’ll	find	the	
                                               MRI101	Physics	I	must	be	taken	before	
program	focus	on	practical	experience	
and	training	complements	your	previ-
                                               MRI201	Physics	II;	MRI102	Cross	Sec-            ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                               tional	Anatomy	I	must	be	taken	before	
ous	study	in	medical	radiology,	nuclear	                                                       Prospective	students	require	a	diploma	
                                               MRI202	Cross	Sectional	Anatomy	II.	
medicine,	radiation	therapy	or	ultrasound.	                                                    from	an	accredited	institute	in	Medical	
Exactly	what	you	need	to	keep	your	skill	      In	order	to	take	the	MRI100	Patient	Care	       Radiology,	Ultrasound,	Nuclear	Medicine,	
up-to-date	and	remain	competitive	in	the	      and	Safety	course	you	must	have	com-            Radiation	Therapy,	or	Combined	Labora-
job	market.	                                   pleted	both	Physics	courses.	Therefore	         tory	&	X-Ray.	A	current	license	with	CAR-
                                               you	can	pair	up	MRI100	Patient	Care	and	        DUP,	CAMRT,	ARRT,	or	ACCLXT	license	
By	training	through	NAIT	you	also	have	
                                               Safety	with	one	Cross	Sectional	Anatomy	        or	a	diploma	from	an	accredited	institute	
exclusive	access	to	the	NAIT	DI	Viewer,	
                                               Course.                                         from	one	of	these	disciplines	is	required.	
a	system	for	viewing	images	online.	This	
award-winning	tool	was	developed	at	           The	MRI200	Techniques	and	Applica-              All	applicants	must	send	a	copy	of	their	
NAIT	for	the	use	of	the	MRI	program.           tions	course	is	the	final	course	in	the	di-     current	registration	or	license,	as	well	as	
                                               dactic	portion	of	the	program.	All	other	       a	completed	copy	of	the	MRI	Applicant	
Unlike	 any	 other	 MRI	 training	 found	
                                               didactic	courses	must	be	completed	be-          Screening	Form	and	fax	to	Melissa	Elliott	
across	Canada,	NAIT	can	offer	you	the	
                                               fore	one	is	allowed	to	take	this	course.	       at	780.471.8993	for	verification	before	
program	exclusively	online,	allowing	you	
to	work	your	continuing	education	goals	       The	final	course	is	the	practicum	portion	      entrance	into	the	program.	All	students	
into	your	schedule.	You	can	take	the	pro-      of	the	program	(MRI300).	All	didactic	          who	meet	the	entrance	requirements	will	
gram	from	anywhere	in	Canada,	com-             components	must	be	completed	before	            be	accepted	on	a	first	come	first	serve	
pleting	your	study	with	a	16-week	clinical	    one	is	able	to	begin	the	practicum.             basis.	The	maximum	enrollment	is	15	stu-
practicum.                                                                                     dents	per	cohort.	
                                               Sample	Course	Schedules	if	taking	more	
CURRICULUM REVISION                            than	one	course	per	Cohort:
                                               Semester	1	-	MRI101	&	MRI102	
The	Magnetic	Resonance	Imaging	2nd	
Discipline	Certificate	is	undergoing	a	cur-    Semester	2	-	MRI201	&	MRI202	
riculum	revision	as	part	of	NAIT’s	com-        Semester	3	-	MRI100	
mitment	to	program	excellence.	While	the	
                                               Semester	4	-	MRI200	
overall	intent	and	purpose	of	the	program	
remains	the	same,	beginning	in	the	fall	of	    Semester	5	-	MRI300                                     LEGEND
2012	a	few	course	changes	will	occur.	Re-      or                                                      learning options
vised	course	descriptions	will	be	posted	to	                                                           Ft   Full-time
                                               Semester	1	-	MRI101	
the	program	web	page	when	available.	
                                                                                                       Pt   Part-time
                                               Semester	2	-	MRI201	&	MRI102	
PROGRAM MODEL/                                 Semester	3	-	MRI202	&	MRI100	                            D   Distance	and	Online	learning

COMPLETION                                                                                             start date
                                               Semester	4	-	MRI200	
REQUIREMENTS                                                                                                Fall
                                               Semester	5	-	MRI300	
From	the	date	of	commencement,	the	stu-                                                                     Winter
dent	is	allowed	three	years	to	complete	       TEXTBOOKS                                                    Spring
the	seven	MRI	2nd	Discipline	courses,	
                                               Textbooks	can	be	purchased	from	NAIT’s	                      Summer
including	practicum.	A	program	exten-
                                               Bookstore,	by	calling	780.471.7717.	Text-               credential
sion	can	be	granted	up	to	a	maximum	of	
                                               book	and	mailing	costs	are	not	included	in	
one	year	with	approval	from	the	Program	                                                                A   Applied	degree
                                               the	course	fee.	
Coordinator.
                                                                                                        B   Baccalaureate	degree
All	courses	are	offered	three	times	a	year,	
                                                                                                        C   Certificate
at	the	beginning	of	January,	May,	and	Sep-
tember;	each	running	for	four	consecutive	                                                             Dp Diploma
months.	


                                                                                             Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248             89
                   PROGRAM OUTLINE                                 MRI200	        Magnetic	Resonance	                MRI300	          Magnetic	Resonance	
                                                                                  Imaging	Techniques	                                 Imaging	Practicum
                   MRI100	       Magnetic	Resonance	                              and	Application
                                 Imaging	Patient	                  MRI201	        Magnetic	Resonance	                COURSES
                                 Care	and	Safety
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                                  Imaging	Physics	II
                   MRI101	       Magnetic	Resonance	               MRI202	        Magnetic	Resonance	                D   		 		   		   		 C
                                 Imaging	Physics	I                                Imaging	Cross-
                   MRI102	       Magnetic	Resonance	                              Sectional	Anatomy	II
                                 Imaging	Cross	
                                 Sectional	Anatomy




                   Medical Laboratory Assistant Courses (Distance)

                                                                   specific	objectives,	comprehensive	notes,	        vigilator)	in	your	area	to	arrange	a	suitable	
                                              SCAN THIS TO         exercises,	and	references.	Throughout	the	        location	to	write	examination.	Invigilator	
                                              LEARN MORE           courses,	if	you’re	ever	feeling	as	though	        may	be	a	supervisor,	clinical	instructor,	or	
                                                                   you	could	use	extra	help	or	support,	we	          a	professional	educator	such	as	a	teacher,	
                                                                   also	have	phone-in	tutors	available	who	          lecturer,	instructor,	professor,	librarian	
                                                                   want	to	help	you	succeed.                         or	administrative	personnel	of	an	educa-
                                                                                                                     tional	institution.
                                                                   CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                                                   The	courses	are	best	suited	to	Medical	
                                                                                                                     ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                   OVERVIEW
                                                                   Laboratory	Assistants	already	working	in	         Must	currently	be	employed	as	a	Medical	
                   As	a	Medical	Laboratory	Assistant	al-           the	field,	such	as	hospitals,	medical	clin-       Lab	Assistant.
                   ready	working	in	the	field	you	know	how	        ics,	and	medical	research	laboratories,	
                   important	your	role	is	to	the	health	care	      looking	to	update	skills	or	gain	a	competi-       COURSE OUTLINE
                   team,	offering	support,	communication	to	       tive	advantage	in	the	workplace.
                   patients	and	delivering	accurate	reports	                                                         ML100		          Medical	Laboratory	
                                                                                                                                      Assistant	
                   and	results	to	other	heath	care	profession-     PROGRAM MODEL/
                                                                                                                     ML205		          Urinalysis	(Homestudy)	
                   als.	You	also	know	how	vital	it	is	to	ensure	   COMPLETION                                        ML210		          Transfusion	Medicine	
                   your	skills	are	current	and	your	knowledge	
                   of	the	fundaments	accurate.
                                                                   REQUIREMENTS                                                       Homestudy
                                                                                                                     ML601		          Specimen	Collection	&	
                   Fitting	education	into	your	schedule	can	       EXAMS                                                              Handling	(Homestudy)	
                   be	tough,	but	we	make	it	easer	by	offer-        The	final	course	exam	must	be	written	
                   ing	distance	learning	options.	Go	at	your	
                   own	pace,	but	feel	confident	that	the	
                                                                   in	a	health-care	facility	or	an	educational	      COURSES
                                                                   centre	-	school,	college,	technical	institute,	
                   courses	are	approved	by	the	ACMLT	(Al-          or	university.	Inside	each	course	manual	         D   		 		   		   		     	
                   berta	College	of	Medical	Laboratory	Tech-       there	is	a	Supervisor	Consent	form	for	
                   nologists).	The	courses	offered	cover	the	      the	exam.	You	must	find	a	supervisor	(in-
                   theoretical	information	only,	consisting	of	




         90	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Medical Laboratory Technology Courses

                                               PROGRAM MODEL/                                      ML601	             Specimen	Collection	&	
                                                                                                                      Handling	(Homestudy)
                           SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION                                          ML602	             Electrocardiography	
                           LEARN MORE
                                               REQUIREMENTS                                                           (Homestudy)




                                                                                                                                                    HEALTH + SAFETY
                                                                                                   ML612	             Medical	Terminology	
                                               EXAMS                                                                  Basic	(Homestudy)
                                               The	final	course	exam	must	be	written	              ML613	             Medical	Terminology	Body	
                                               in	a	health-care	facility	or	an	educational	                           Systems	I	(Homestudy)
                                               centre	-	school,	college,	technical	institute,	     ML614	             Medical	Terminology	
OVERVIEW                                       or	university.	Inside	each	course	manual	                              Body	Systems	II
The	Medical	Laboratory	Technology	se-          there	is	a	Supervisor	Consent	form	for	             ML830	             General	Laboratory	
ries	of	courses	offer	you	theoretical	infor-   the	exam.	You	must	find	a	supervisor	(in-                              Practices	(Homestudy)
mation	to	support	your	efforts	to	refresh,	    vigilator)	in	your	area	to	arrange	a	suitable	      ML833	             Clinical	Chemistry	
maintain	and	enrich	your	knowledge	base.	      location	to	write	examination.	Invigilator	                            I	(Homestudy)
Each	course	consists	of	specific	objec-        may	be	a	supervisor,	clinical	instructor,	or	       ML834	             Clinical	Chemistry	
tives,	comprehensive	notes,	exercises,	        a	professional	educator	such	as	a	teacher,	                            II	(Homestudy)
and	references.                                lecturer,	instructor,	professor,	librarian	         ML838	             Quality	Management	
                                               or	administrative	personnel	of	an	educa-                               (Homestudy)
Should	you	encounter	any	difficulties	with	
                                               tional	institution.                                 ML850	             Endocrinology
the	material,	a	tutor	is	available	by	email	
or	telephone.                                                                                      ML851	             Lipids
                                               CERTIFICATION                                       ML852	             Therapeutic	Drug	
Please	note:	Anatomy	&	Physiology	as	                                                                                 Monitoring
                                               To	obtain	a	Medical	Laboratory	Technol-
well	as	Medical	Terminology	courses	are	                                                           ML853	             Toxicology
                                               ogy	diploma	you	must	attend	the	full-
now	prerequisites	for	the	full-time	Medi-
                                               time	program.	The	diploma	is	not	offered	           MLT104	            Immunology
cal	Laboratory	Technology	program.	We	
                                               through	distance	learning.                          MLT800	            MLT	Self	Assessment
offer	the	following	courses	which	can	be	
used	as	these	prerequisites:                   ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                               COURSES
 •	HSC103	Anatomy	&	Physiology	-	
   offered	through	correspondence	or	          Please	refer	to	the	specific	online	course	
                                                                                                   Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		     	
   in-class                                    description	for	prerequisite	information.	
•	HRT10	Medical	Terminology	Basic	-	           You	will	find	these	courses	most	beneficial	
  offered	in-class                             if	you	already	have	MLT	training.
•	HSC104	Medical	Terminology	-	                COURSE OUTLINE
  offered	online
                                               HSC103	        Anatomy	&	Physiology
 •	ML612,	ML613,	and	ML614	Medical	
   Terminology	series	-	offered	through	       HSC104	        Medical	Terminology	
   correspondence.	                                           (TLM)
Please	note	that	all	three	courses	must	be	    HSC105	        Infection	Control	
                                                              and	Safety
taken	to	be	equivalent	to	the	other	Medi-
cal	Terminology	courses.	                      ML205	         Urinalysis	(Homestudy)
                                               ML501	         Transfusion	Medicine	                           LEGEND
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                          Basic	Theory	Part	I                             learning options
                                               ML502	         Transfusion	Medicine	                            Ft
This	program	is	designed	to	support	your	                     Basic	Theory	Part	II
                                                                                                                     Full-time

continued	development	in	any	MLT	re-                                                                          Pt     Part-time
                                               ML503	         Transfusion	Reactions	in	
lated	career.                                                 Blood	Bank	Case	Studies                                Distance	and	Online	learning
                                                                                                               D
                                               ML504	         Autoimmune	Reactions	in	
                                                                                                              start date
                                                              Blood	Bank	Case	Studies
                                                                                                                     Fall
                                               ML505	         Misleading	Reactions	in	
                                                              Blood	Bank	Case	Studies                                Winter

                                               ML506	         Hemolytic	Diseases	of	                                 Spring
                                                              the	Newborn	in	Blood	
                                                                                                                     Summer
                                                              Bank	Case	Studies
                                                                                                              credential

                                                                                                               A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                               B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                               C     Certificate

                                                                                                               Dp Diploma




                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               91
                   Medical Radiological Technology Bridging (Distance)

                                                                  The	time	required	for	a	student	to	com-        ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                              SCAN THIS TO        plete	 his/her	 studies	 will	 depend	 on	
                                                                  previous	education,	experience	and	com-        Alberta	candidates	must	apply	through	
                                              LEARN MORE
                                                                  petencies.	The	program	may	range	from	         the	Alberta	College	of	Medical	Diag-
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                  six	months	to	18	months.                       nostic	and	Therapeutic	Technologists	
                                                                                                                 (ACMDTT).	Eligible	candidates	recom-
                                                                  Canadian-educated	MRTs	seeking	review	
                                                                                                                 mended	by	the	College	will	work	with	a	
                                                                  training	can	find	information	on	the	MRT	
                                                                                                                 NAIT	Coordinator	to	register	for	the	ap-
                                                                  Review	Program	at	www.nait.ca/mrtrev-
                                                                                                                 propriate	courses	to	commence	training.
                   OVERVIEW                                       iew.
                                                                                                                 All	other	CAMRT	exam	eligible	candi-
                   Were	you	educated	abroad	in	Medical	
                   Radiological	Technology	(MRT)?	Estab-
                                                                  PROGRAM MODEL/                                 dates	should	contact	the	Program	Coordi-

                   lish	your	medical	radiological	career	in	      COMPLETION                                     nator	directly.

                   Canada	with	NAIT.                              REQUIREMENTS                                   For	more	information	please	contact	the	
                                                                                                                 Program	Coordinator,	Gail	Astle	at	gaila@
                   The	NAIT	MRT	Bridging	Program	offers	          Based	on	the	results	of	the	Alberta	appli-
                                                                                                                 nait.ca
                   a	course	of	studies	to	help	internationally	   cant’s	initial	assessment	from	the	ACD-
                   educated	technologists	gain	the	knowl-         MTT,	an	individual	program	of	studies	         PROGRAM OUTLINE
                   edge	and	skills	expected	of	radiographers	     will	be	recommended.	Individuals	who	
                                                                  have	been	deemed	eligible	to	write	the	        DIB101	          Orientation	to	Canadian	
                   in	Canada.	It	guides	you	through	the	pro-
                                                                                                                                  Healthcare
                   cess	of	becoming	eligible	to	practice	in	      CAMRT	will	work	with	the	Program	Co-
                                                                  ordinator	to	plan	an	individual	program	of	    DIB102	          Canadian	Radiation	Safety
                   Canada.	
                                                                  studies.	In	either	case,	it	may	include	MRT	   DIB103	          MRT	Occupational	
                   MRT	Bridging	Program	students	will	apply	                                                                      Terminology
                                                                  Review	Program	courses	if	remedial	work	
                   through	the	Alberta	College	of	Medical	                                                       DIB104	          Diagnostic	Imaging	
                                                                  is	deemed	necessary.	Upon	successful	
                   Diagnostic	and	Therapeutic	Technologists	                                                                      Computer	Skills
                                                                  completion	of	the	recommended	individ-
                   (ACMDTT)	to	determine	readiness	and	                                                          DIB108	          Strategies	for	Writing	the	
                                                                  ual	program	of	studies,	you	will	be	granted	
                   eligibility.	Applicants	must	present	docu-                                                                     CAMRT	MRT	Examination
                                                                  a	Continuing	Education	Certificate	-	MRT	
                   mentation	that	will	enable	the	ACMDTT’s	                                                      DIB109	          Radiological	Imaging	
                                                                  Bridging	Program.
                   Registration	Committee	to	assess	educa-                                                                        Procedures
                   tion,	language	proficiency,	work	history	      COURSES OFFERED TO ADDRESS                     DIB110	          Patient	Care
                   and	acquired	clinical	competencies.            REQUIRED SKILLS                                MXR111	          MRT	Review:	Clinical	
                   For	more	information,	visit	the	ACMDTT	        •	Patient	Care                                                  Practicum
                   website	at	www.acmdtt.com.	Following	          •	MRT	Occupational	Terminology
                   assessment,	the	Registration	Committee	
                                                                  •	Orientation	to	Canadian	Healthcare
                                                                                                                 COURSES
                   will	recommend	courses,	assessments	
                   and	training	to	be	completed	by	the	ap-        •	Canadian	Radiation	Safety                    D   		 		   		   		   	C
                   plicant.	These	are	offered	through	NAIT’s	     •	Diagnostic	Imaging	Computer	Skills
                   MRT	Bridging	Program.                          •	Radiological	Imaging	Procedures	
                   Alternatively,	if	you	are	eligible	to	write	   •	MRT	Review	Courses,	if	required
                   the	CAMRT	national	certification	exami-        •	practicum	placement	of	13	weeks	
                   nation,	then	you	may	be	admitted	to	the	         to	gain	Canadian	work	experience,	
                   MRT	Bridging	Program.	The	program	co-            if	required	(NAIT	will	work	with	the	
                   ordinator	will	recommend	courses	that	           student	to	find	a	suitable	clinical	
                   help	prepare	you	for	that	exam.                  placement.)
                   This	Bridging	Program	allows	new	Cana-         •	Strategies	for	Writing	the	CAMRT	
                   dians	to	transition	more	quickly	into	the	       MRT	Examination
                   Canadian	labour	market	by	targeting	the	
                   specific	needs	of	the	applicant.	The	pro-
                   gram	is	NOT	intended	for	basic	entry-level	
                   training	or	as	a	full	review	program.




         92	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Medical Radiological Technology Review (Distance)

                                               PROGRAM MODEL/                                 PROGRAM OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION                                     MXR101	            MRT	Review	-	
                           LEARN MORE
                                               REQUIREMENTS                                                      Radiographic	Anatomy




                                                                                                                                               HEALTH + SAFETY
                                                                                              MXR102	            MRT	Review	-	Cross	
                                               Successful	completion	of	four	of	the	MRT	
                                                                                                                 Sectional	Anatomy
                                               Review	Program	courses	is	required	to	
                                                                                              MXR103	            MRT	Review	-	Pathology
                                               qualify	for	a	Professional	&	Continuing	
                                               Education	Certificate	-	MRT	Review	Pro-        MXR104	            MRT	Review	-	
                                                                                                                 Radiographic	Technique
OVERVIEW                                       gram.	MRTs	seeking	continuing	medical	
                                               education	(CME)	hours	may	complete	            MXR105	            MRT	Review	-	Patient	
The	Medical	Radiological	Technology	                                                                             Care	in	Radiography
                                               any	 four	 courses	 from	 the	 MXR101	 -	
Review	Program	enables	MRTs	to	update	         MXR109	series.	MRTs	taking	the	pro-            MXR106	            MRT	Review	-	Radiation	
their	professional	skills	by	reviewing	the	                                                                      and	Science	Apparatus	I
                                               gram	to	re-acquire	a	permit-to-practice	
major	principles,	theory	and	procedures	       in	Alberta	must	take	two	courses	from	the	     MXR107	            MRT	Review	-	Radiation	
used	by	practitioners	today.	With	the	                                                                           Science	and	Apparatus	II
                                               MXR101	-	MXR109	series,	MXR111	Clini-
exception	of	the	clinical	practicum,	all	      cal	Practicum	and	pass	either	MXR110	or	       MXR108	            MRT	Review	-	
courses	are	computer	based	-	they	may	                                                                           Radiobiology	&	Protection
                                               MXR112	(the	Challenge	Exam	Courses).	
be	completed	from	home!	The	program	                                                          MXR109	            MRT	Review	-	Quality	
exam	courses	simulate	the	format,	con-         COURSES OFFERED                                                   Assurance
tent	coverage,	and	time	constraints	of	the	    •	Radiographic	Anatomy                         MXR110	            MRT	Review	-	Program	
CAMRT	national	competency	exam.                                                                                  Challenge	Examination
                                               •	Cross-Sectional	Anatomy
                                                                                              MXR111	            MRT	Review:	Clinical	
The	Program’s	theory	courses	qualify	for	      •	Pathology                                                       Practicum
the	Continuing	Competence	Program	
                                               •	Radiographic	Technique                       MXR112	            MRT	Review	-	
(CCP)	hours	required	of	current	MRTs	by	                                                                         Supplemental	Program	
the	Alberta	College	of	Medical	Diagnostic	     •	Patient	Care	in	Radiography
                                                                                                                 Challenge	Examination
Therapeutic	Technologists	(ACMDTT).	           •	Radiation	Science	and	Apparatus
The	computer-based	courses	range	from	         •	Radiobiology	and	Protection                  COURSES
12	to	51	hours	and	are	delivered	online.	
                                               •	Quality	Assurance
Within	a	generous,	but	specified	time	                                                        D   		 		    		    		      		
limit,	students	complete	a	course	of	stud-     •	MRT	Review	Challenge	Examination
ies	at	their	own	pace.                         •	Clinical	Practicum	(NAIT	will	work	
                                                 with	the	student	to	find	a	suitable	
The	program	also	serves	technologists	           clinical	placement.)
who	have	previous	training	and	experi-
ence,	but	who	have	not	practiced	in	the	       •	MRT	Review	Supplemental	Program	
                                                 Challenge	Examination	
past	five	years.	This	is	an	opportunity	for	
them	to	refresh	their	knowledge	and	skills	
prior	to	attempting	the	comprehensive	
                                               ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
exam	and	entering	the	mandatory	practi-        Candidates	must	be	graduates	of	a	recog-
cum.	Successful	completion	of	the	exam	        nized	Radiological	Technology	program.	
and	practicum	qualifies	MRT	Review	stu-        For	more	information,	please	contact	Gail	                 LEGEND
dents	to	re-acquire	their	Alberta	permit-      Astle	at	gaila@nait.ca.                                    learning options
to-practice.
NOTE:	This	program	is	not	an	entry-level	
                                               DELIVERY OPTIONS                                           Ft    Full-time

                                               The	MRT	Review	Program	is	delivered	                       Pt    Part-time
program.
                                               online	using	WebCT	as	the	learning	man-                    D     Distance	and	Online	learning
                                               agement	system.	However,	the	clinical	
                                                                                                          start date
                                               practicum	is	completed	at	a	clinical	site.
                                                                                                                Fall

                                                                                                                Winter

                                                                                                                Spring

                                                                                                                Summer

                                                                                                          credential

                                                                                                           A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                           B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                           C    Certificate

                                                                                                          Dp Diploma




                                                                                            Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               93
                   NAIT Sonography Testing Center

                                                                    PROGRAM MODEL/                                 rectly	to	complete	their	registration	with	
                                                                                                                   CARDUP.
                                               SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION
                                               LEARN MORE
                                                                    REQUIREMENTS                                   ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                    Successful	completion	of	Phase	II	makes	a	     CARDUP	determines	and	verifies	eligibil-
                                                                    student	eligible	for	CARDUP	registration.	     ity	to	challenge	its	Clinical	Skills	Assess-
                                                                    It	is	based	on	the	Clinical	Skills	Assess-     ment	Tool	(CSAT).	Contact	CARDUP	
                                                                    ment	Tool	(CSAT)	developed	by	CARDUP.	         directly	for	admission	to	this	program.	
                   OVERVIEW                                         PHASE 1 - CLINICAL SKILLS                      Canadian	Association	of	Diagnostic	Ultra-
                                                                    ASSESSMENT                                     sound	Professionals
                   The	NAIT	Sonography	Testing	Center	
                   provides	ultrasound	professionals	with	          This	phase	involves	an	initial	assessment	     1.877.488.0788	
                   an	avenue	to	challenge	the	Canadian	             of	an	applicant’s	preparedness	to	take	the	
                                                                                                                   info@cardup.org	
                   Association	of	Diagnostic	Ultrasound	            CSAT.	This	evaluation	takes	place	in	the	
                   Professionals	(CARDUP)	Clinical	Skills	          NAIT	Sonography	Lab	and	is	based	on	           PROGRAM OUTLINE
                   Assessment	Tool	(CSAT)	for	entry	into	           the	candidate’s	performance	on	a	series	
                                                                    of	simulated	case	studies.	It	can	be	taken	    CTC101	          NAIT	Sonography	Testing	
                   the	Canadian	Registry.	                                                                                          Centre	-	Generalist	Phase	I
                                                                    for	one,	two	or	three	of	the	Sonography	
                   NAIT	and	CARDUP	have	entered	a	collab-                                                          CTC102	          NAIT	Sonography	Testing	
                                                                    disciplines.
                   orative	arrangement	to	allow	individuals	                                                                        Centre	-	Cardiac	Phase	I
                   to	complete	the	CSAT.	Experienced	So-            PHASE II - CLINICAL SKILLS                     CTC103	          NAIT	Sonography	Testing	
                   nographers	who	are	not	currently	CAR-            ASSESSMENT                                                      Centre	-	Vascular	Phase	I
                   DUP	registered	may	access	this	program.	         Phase	II	testing	takes	place	in	a	clinical	    CTC201	          Sonography	Testing	
                   The	first	step	is	to	contact	CARDUP	for	an	      setting	and	consists	of	the	administration	                     Generalist	Phase	II
                   initial	assessment	of	your	qualifications	       of	the	CSAT	by	a	qualified	examiner	and	is	    CTC202	          Sonography	Testing	
                   and	professional	experience.	CARDUP	             available	for	each	of	the	three	disciplines.                    Cardiac	Phase	II
                   may	recommend	a	bridging	or	review	                                                             CTC203	          Sonography	Testing	
                   program	prior	to	challenging	the	CSAT	           ACCREDITATION                                                   Vascular	Phase	II
                   through	the	NAIT	Sonography	Testing	
                                                                    NAIT	sends	the	CSAT	summative	evalu-
                   Centre.	Your	initial	step	is	to	contact	CAR-
                                                                    ation	document	to	CARDUP.	Successful	
                                                                                                                   COURSES
                   DUP	directly.
                                                                    candidates	must	contact	CARDUP	di-             D   		 		   		   		   	




                   Optical Sciences - Advanced Practice Contact Lenses
                   Certificate (Distance)
                                                                    Completion	of	this	certificate	can	take	           ·	 Advanced	Practice	Year	Two	
                                                                    your	career	to	a	higher	level	and	offer	in-           -	Contact	Lenses	(ODP552)
                                               SCAN THIS TO
                                               LEARN MORE           creased	value	to	employers	and	clients.	       •	Four	practicum	courses,	each	
                                                                    Enhancing	your	skills	will	ensure	your	          graded	on	a	Pass/Fail	basis
                                                                    career	continues	to	challenge	and	reward	      •	Advanced	Practice	Practicum	Level	
                                                                    you.	A	licence	to	dispense	contact	lenses	       1	to	4	(ODP529,	ODP530,	ODP531,	
                                                                    will	increase	your	career	opportunities	in	      ODP532)
                                                                    the	optical	industry,	or	with	ophthalmolo-
                                                                    gists	or	optometrists.                         Each	level	documents	125	hours	for	a	total	
                   OVERVIEW                                                                                        of	500	practicum	hours.
                   The	two-year,	independent	study	Contact	         PROGRAM MODEL/
                   Lenses	Certificate	is	an	advanced	practice.	     COMPLETION                                     CERTIFICATION
                   As	such,	the	student	must	be	a	registered	       REQUIREMENTS                                   Students	 who	 successfully	 complete	
                   optician.	In	addition	to	the	two	years	of	                                                      all	program	requirements	will	receive	a	
                   theory,	students	complete	four	levels	of	        To	earn	a	NAIT	Optical	Sciences	Contact	
                                                                    Lenses	Certificate,	you	must	successfully	     certificate	in	Optical	Sciences	Contact	
                   practicum	and	500	hours	under	direct	su-                                                        Lenses.
                   pervision.	Similar	to	an	apprenticeship,	the	    complete:
                   practicum	consists	of	on-the-job	training.	       •	Two	theory	courses,	where	the	
                   It	is	required	as	part	of	the	program’s	clini-      overall	passing	grade	is	63%
                   cal	component.                                      ·	 Advanced	Practice	Year	
                                                                          One	(ODP550)	


         94	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
ACCREDITATION                                  REGISTRATION                                      PROGRAM OUTLINE
After	successfully	completing	the	pro-                                                           ODP529	              Advanced	Practice	
gram,	graduates	can	apply	to	write	the	        ALBERTA RESIDENTS                                                      Practicum	Level	1
                                               Alberta	opticians	contact	the	program	




                                                                                                                                                    HEALTH + SAFETY
National	Association	of	Canadian	Opti-                                                           ODP530	              Advanced	Practice	
cian	Regulators	(NACOR)	licensing	exam.        office	to	apply.	Phone	1.888.491.3130	or	                              Practicum	Level	2
                                               email	optical@nait.ca.                            ODP531	              Advanced	Practice	
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                          CANADIAN RESIDENTS OUTSIDE
                                                                                                                      Practicum	Level	3
Applicant	must	be	a	registered	optician,	                                                        ODP532	              Advanced	Practice	
                                               ALBERTA
                                                                                                                      Practicum	Level	4
able	to	dispense	eyeglasses.	Proof	of	li-      For	information	and	application	pack-
censure	required.	In	addition,	an	applicant	                                                     ODP550	              Advanced	Practice	Year	
                                               ages,	contact	the	Opticians	Associa-                                   One	(Academic)
must	be	employed	in	the	industry	under	        tion	of	Canada	www.opticians.ca	Phone	
the	supervision	of	practising	contact	lens	                                                      ODP552	              Advanced	Practice	
                                               1.800.847.3155	or	email	education@opti-                                Year	Two	-	Contact	
practitioner,	optometrist	or	ophthalmolo-      cians.ca                                                               Lenses	(Academic)
gist.
                                                                                                 COURSES
                                                                                                 Pt 		 D   		 	 C




Optical Sciences - Advanced Practice Sight Testing
Courses (Distance)
                                                  ·	 Advanced	Practice	Year	Two	                 COURSE OUTLINE
                                                     -	Sight	Testing	(ODP551)	
                           SCAN THIS TO                                                          ODP533		             Advanced	Practicum	
                           LEARN MORE           •	Four	practicum	courses,	each	
                                                                                                                      Level	5
                                                  graded	on	a	Pass/Fail	basis	
                                                                                                 ODP534		             Advanced	Practicum	
                                                •	Advanced	Practice	Practicum	Level	1	                                Level	6
                                                   &	2	(ODP529	and	ODP530)	Level	5	
                                                                                                 ODP551		             Advanced	Practice	
                                                   &	6	(ODP533	and	ODP534)	
                                                                                                                      Year	Two	-	Sight	
                                               or	                                                                    Testing	(Academic)	
OVERVIEW                                        •	you	must	have	been	granted	
Advanced	Practice	Sight	Testing	builds	on	
                                                   Advanced	Credit	for	ODP550,	                  COURSES
                                                   ODP529,	and	ODP530	as	a	
your	previous	education	and	provides	you	          practising	contact	lens	practitioner;	        Pt 		 D   		
with	enhanced	knowledge	for	refracting.            successfully	completed	ODP551,	
To	enroll,	you	must	already	be	a	registered	       ODP533,	and	ODP534
optician	working	in	the	field.	The	part-                                                                        LEGEND
time	study	option	allows	you	to	continue	      ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                            learning options
pursuing	your	career	while	furthering	your	    You	are	eligible	to	register	if	you	have	suc-                    Ft   Full-time
education	in	this	new	and	interesting	area.	   cessfully	completed	Advanced	Practice	                           Pt   Part-time
Advanced	Practice	Sight	Testing	can	be	        Year	One	(ODP550)	and	Advanced	Prac-
                                                                                                                D    Distance	and	Online	learning
completed	in	two	years	or	less.                tice	Practicum	Levels	1	and	2	(ODP529	
                                               and	ODP530)	or	are	a	practicing	contact	                         start date
PROGRAM MODEL/                                 lens	practitioner.                                                    Fall
COMPLETION                                     RegistrationAlberta	Residents	contact	the	                            Winter
REQUIREMENTS                                   program	office.	Phone	1.888.491-3130	or	                              Spring
To	earn	a	NAIT	Continuing	Education	           email	optical@nait.ca.
                                                                                                                     Summer
Refracting	Optician	Certificate,	you	must	     Canadian	Residents	Outside	Alberta		For	
                                                                                                                credential
successfully	complete:	                        information	and	application	packages,	
 •	Two	theory	courses,	where	the	              visit	the	Opticians	Association	of	Canada	                        A   Applied	degree
   overall	passing	grade	is	63%	               www.opticians.ca	Phone	1.800.847.3155	                            B   Baccalaureate	degree
   ·	 Advanced	Practice	Year	                  or	email	education@opticians.ca.
                                                                                                                 C   Certificate
      One	(ODP550)	
                                                                                                                Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                 95
                   Optical Sciences - Automated Refracting Theory
                   (Distance)
                                                                   PROGRAM MODEL/                                ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                              SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION                                    You	are	eligible	for	registration	in	the	Au-
                                              LEARN MORE
                                                                   REQUIREMENTS                                  tomated	Refracting	Theory	course	if	you	
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                   All	assignments	are	delivered	online,	but	    are	a	registered	optician.
                                                                   the	scheduled	final	exam	is	written	in	pa-    If	you	live	in	Alberta,	you	may	register	with	
                                                                   per	format.	Arrangements	will	be	made	        the	Optical	Sciences	program	office	(not	
                                                                   to	write	the	final	exam	in	a	location	that	   the	NAIT	Registrar’s	Office).	If	you	live	
                                                                   is	convenient.                                outside	Alberta,	please	register	with	the	
                   OVERVIEW                                                                                      Opticians	Association	of	Canada.	Phone	
                   The	12-week	online	Automated	Refract-           CERTIFICATION                                 1.800.847.3155	or	email	eduation@opti-
                   ing	Theory	course	is	designed	for	trained	      Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 this	       cians.ca.
                   and	licensed	opticians.	Students	learn	the	     course,	you	will	receive	a	Continuing	Edu-
                   theory	of	remote	refraction	procedures	         cation	Certificate	in	Optical	Sciences	Au-
                                                                                                                 PROGRAM OUTLINE
                   conducted	with	automated	refracting	            tomated	Refracting	Theory.                    ODP700	           Automated	
                   equipment.	                                                                                                     Refracting	Theory

                   CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                                                          COURSES
                   British	Columbia	recognizes	Automated	
                                                                                                                 Pt 		 D   		 		   	
                   Refracting	as	an	important	skill	for	opti-
                   cians,	making	this	training	an	ideal	career	
                   enhancement	for	those	working	in	B.C.




                   Optical Sciences - Eyeglasses Diploma (Distance)

                                                                   PROGRAM MODEL/                                ACCREDITATION
                                              SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION                                    After	successfully	completing	the	pro-
                                              LEARN MORE           REQUIREMENTS                                  gram,	graduates	can	apply	to	write	the	
                                                                                                                 National	Association	of	Canadian	Opti-
                                                                   To	earn	a	NAIT	Optical	Sciences	Eye-
                                                                                                                 cian	Regulators	(NACOR)	exam.
                                                                   glasses	Diploma,	students	must	success-
                                                                   fully	complete:	                              ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                   Two	theory	courses,	where	the	overall	
                                                                                                                 Canadian	High	School	Diploma	or	as-
                                                                   passing	grade	is	63%
                   OVERVIEW                                         •	Eyeglasses	Year	One	(ODP1)
                                                                                                                 sessed	 equivalent,	 plus	 employment	
                                                                                                                 within	the	optical	industry,	with	a	qualified	
                   You	already	work	in	the	optical	industry	       •	Eyeglasses	Year	Two	(ODP2)                  preceptor	to	supervise	the	practicum.
                   and	you	know	how	important	the	role	of	
                   the	registered	optician	is	in	helping	pa-       Four	practicum	courses,	graded	on	a	
                                                                   Pass/Fail	basis
                                                                                                                 REGISTRATION
                   tients	to	see	properly.	The	ability	to	dis-
                   pense	eyeglasses	is	a	specialized	skill,	one	    •	Eyeglasses	Practicum	Levels	1	to	          Alberta	Residents	-	Contact	the	program	
                   recognized	by	employers	as	a	great	asset.	         4	(ODP525,	ODP526,	ODP527,	&	              office	to	apply.	Phone	1.888.491.3130	or	
                                                                      ODP528)                                    email	optical@nait.ca	
                   The	two-year	Eyeglasses	Diploma	builds	
                   on	your	previous	optical	training	and	          •	Each	level	documents	500	hours,	            Canadian	Residents	Outside	Alberta	-	For	
                                                                     for	a	total	of	2000	practicum	hours         information	and	application	packages,	
                   helps	you	towards	your	goal	of	becoming	
                   a	licensed	optician.	A	qualified	preceptor	                                                   contact	the	Opticians	Association	of	Can-
                   in	your	workplace	will	guide	and	directly	
                                                                   CERTIFICATION                                 ada	www.opticians.ca	
                   supervise	your	practical	training,	which	       Upon	successfully	completing	all	courses,	    Phone	1.800.847.3155	or	email	educa-
                   consists	of	2,000	hours	over	four	levels.       students	receive	a	Optical	Sciences	Eye-      tion@opticians.ca.
                   After	successfully	completing	the	pro-          glasses	Diploma.
                   gram	and	passing	the	licensing	exam	you	
                   can	continue	your	studies	to	earn	a	post-
                   Certificate	in	Optical	Sciences	Contact	
                   Lenses.



         96	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
PROGRAM OUTLINE                             ODP526	      Eyeglasses	Practicum	              COURSES
                                                         Level	2
ODP1	        Eyeglasses	Year	               ODP527	      Eyeglasses	Practicum	              Pt 		 D   		 		    	 Dp
             One	(Academic)                              Level	3




                                                                                                                                             HEALTH + SAFETY
ODP2	        Eyeglasses	Year	               ODP528	      Eyeglasses	Practicum	
             Two	(Academic)                              Level	4
ODP525	      Eyeglasses	
             Practicum	Level	1




Optical Sciences - Ophthalmic Assistant (Distance)

                                            Students	must	complete	eight	Learn-             ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                         SCAN THIS TO       ing	Outcome	Guides	(LOGs).	At	the	end	
                         LEARN MORE         of	each	LOG	there	is	a	post-assessment,	        REGISTRATION
                                            which	students	submit	online.	These	post-
                                                                                            Apply	directly	to	the	program	office,	not	
                                            assessments	measure	students’	under-
                                                                                            to	the	NAIT	Registrar’s	Office.
                                            standing	of	key	terms,	topics	and	learning	
                                            objectives.                                     Canadian	residents	contact	the	optical	
                                                                                            sciences	program	office	to	register	at	
                                            Student	learning	is	also	measured	through	
                                                                                            1.888.491.3130	or	optical@nait.ca.	
                                            scheduled,	printed	mid-term	and	final	ex-
OVERVIEW                                    ams	administered	to	students	living	within	
                                            175	kilometres	of	NAIT’s	main	campus	in	
                                                                                            PROGRAM OUTLINE
The	non-credit,	introductory	Ophthalmic	
Assistant	course	is	intended	for	those	     Edmonton,	Alberta.	Students	living	further	     ODP75	             Ophthalmic	Assistant
who	want	to	work	as	ophthalmic	assis-       away	write	their	examinations	in	a	super-
tants	in	a	private	ophthalmologist	or	op-   vised	setting	closer	to	home.                   COURSES
tometrist’s	office,	clinic	or	hospital.                                                     Pt 		 D   		 		    		     		
In	this	computer-based	course,	students	
access	course	material	using	the	e-learn-
ing	system	Moodle.	




                                                                                                       LEGEND
                                                                                                       learning options
                                                                                                        Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                       Pt     Part-time

                                                                                                        D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                       start date
                                                                                                              Fall

                                                                                                              Winter

                                                                                                              Spring

                                                                                                              Summer

                                                                                                       credential

                                                                                                        A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                        B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                        C     Certificate

                                                                                                        Dp Diploma




                                                                                          Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               97
                   Optical Sciences - Ophthalmic Review Courses (Distance)

                                                                 Ophthalmic	Review	practicum	courses	        ODP606	           Anatomy,Physiology	
                                                                 ODP613	and	ODP614	are	done	at	a	stu-                          and	Ocular	Pathology
                                              SCAN THIS TO
                                              LEARN MORE         dent’s	work	site	under	supervision.	Stu-    ODP607	           Biomicroscopy,	
                                                                 dents	receive	a	practicum	manual	to	fill	                     Keratometry	and	
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                 out	which	must	be	received	by	the	opti-                       Verification	Equipment
                                                                 cal	sciences	program	office	within	six	     ODP608	           Preliminary	Examination	
                                                                 months.                                                       and	Pharmacology
                                                                                                             ODP609	           Soft	Contact	Lens	
                                                                 ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                         Fitting	and	Optics
                   OVERVIEW                                                                                  ODP610	           Gas	Permeable	Lens	
                                                                 Applicants	must	be	licensed	opticians,	
                   Ophthalmic	Review	courses	serve	as	                                                                         Optics,	Design	and	Fitting
                                                                 graduates	of	an	opticianry	program	or	ap-
                   a	refresher	for	opticians	with	previous	      proved	by	the	program	coordinator.	These	   ODP611	           Introduction	to	Business	
                   working	knowledge	who	are	returning	to	                                                                     Management	I
                                                                 are	not	introductory	level	courses.	
                   the	profession	or	candidates	who	want	to	                                                 ODP612	           Introduction	to	Business	
                   update	their	skills	with	a	review	of	major	   REGISTRATION                                                  Management	II
                   principles	and	theory	in	eyeglasses	or	                                                   ODP613	           Ophthalmic	Review	
                                                                 Applicants	must	apply	directly	to	the	                        Eyeglass	Practicum
                   contact	lenses.	These	are	not	introductory	
                                                                 program	office,	not	the	NAIT	Registrar’s	   ODP614	           Ophthalmic	Review	
                   level	courses.
                                                                 Office.	                                                      Contact	Lens	-	Practicum
                   PROGRAM MODEL/                                COURSE OUTLINE
                   COMPLETION                                                                                COURSES
                                                                 ODP601	      Anatomy	and	Pathology
                   REQUIREMENTS                                  ODP602	      Frames	and	Frame	
                                                                                                             Pt 		 D   		 		   		   		
                   Ophthalmic	 Review	 theory	 courses	                       Measurement
                   ODP601	to	ODP612	are	accessed	on-line	        ODP603	      Lenses,	Instruments	
                   in	an	e-learning	system	called	Moodle.	                    and	Tools
                   These	courses	begin	on	the	first	of	each	     ODP604	      Optics	and	Advanced	
                   month	and	must	be	completed	within	                        Optics
                   eight	weeks.                                  ODP605	      Analysis	and	Interpretation




         98	 									 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Personal Fitness Trainer

                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            PFT1220		          Functional	Training	
                                                                                                                  and	Assessment
                           SCAN THIS TO        Graduates	begin	or	advance	careers	in	pri-
                           LEARN MORE                                                          PFT1221		          Leadership	Studies
                                               vate	fitness	centres	and	public	recreation	     PFT1222		          Resistance	Training	




                                                                                                                                                HEALTH + SAFETY
                                               facilities,	or	as	entrepreneurs	with	their	                        and	Assessment
                                               own	personal	training	business.                 PF1223		           Endurance	Training	
                                                                                                                  and	Assessment
                                               PROGRAM MODEL/                                  PFT1224		          Fitness	Appraisal	and	
                                               COMPLETION                                                         Lifestyle	Counseling
OVERVIEW                                       REQUIREMENTS                                    PFT225		           Field	Lab	1
Recognized	by	the	Canadian	Society	for	        DISTANCE PROGRAM                                PFT320		           Injury	Management
Exercise	Physiology	(CSEP),	the	National	                                                      PFT324		           Program	Design	Special	
                                               Professional	Experience	-	PFT425
Strength	and	Conditioning	Association	                                                                            Considerations
                                               Length:	135	hours	
(NSCA),	and	the	National	Academy	of	                                                           PFT326		           Marketing	and	Promotions
Sports	Medicine	(NASM)	this	program	           PROGRAM OUTLINE                                 PFT420		           Applied	Business	Concepts
provides	theoretical	knowledge	and	prac-                                                       PFT423		           Sport	Performance	and	
tical	skills	in	anatomy,	physiology,	nutri-    PFT1120		        Human	Anatomy
                                                                                                                  Assessment	Techniques
tion,	movement	mechanics	and	injury	           PFT1121		        Foundations	for	
                                                                Personal	Trainers              PFT424		           Program	Design	-	
prevention,	principles	and	methods	of	                                                                            Customizing	Program
physical	training	and	safe	exercise,	health	   PFT1122		        Applied	Movement	
                                                                Mechanics                      PFT425		           Professional	Experience
promotion	and	lifestyle	counselling,	com-                                                      PFT428		           Advanced	Assessment	
munication	and	leadership,	business	man-       PFT1123		        Applied	Physiology	
                                                                of	Exercise                                       &	Counseling	Skills
agement	and	marketing	practices.
                                               PFT1124		        Nutrition	for	Exercise	
                                                                and	Performance                COURSES
                                                                                               D   		 		    		    	 Dp




Preceptor Training Courses (Distance)

                                               Ready	yourself	to	aide	students	by	com-
                        SCAN THIS TO           pleting	specific	preceptor	courses	de-
                        LEARN MORE             signed	to	equip	you	to	teach,	examine	
                                               technique,	supervise	and	mentor.
                                               Study	online	on	your	own	schedule	and	
                                               participate	in	group	workshops	to	com-
                                                                                                           LEGEND
                                                                                                           learning options
                                               plete	the	courses	needed	to	become	a	
                                               preceptor	for	students	entering	your	field.                 Ft    Full-time

OVERVIEW                                       ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                           Pt    Part-time

                                                                                                           D     Distance	and	Online	learning
Remember	the	trainer	and	mentor	who	           Must	already	be	a	clinical	professional	
assisted	you	in	becoming	proficient	and	       employed	in	the	field	to	enrol.                             start date
comfortable,	ready	for	your	first	experi-                                                                        Fall
ence	on	the	job?	That	person	likely	had	       COURSE OUTLINE                                                    Winter
a	major	impact	on	your	confidence	and	
                                               HC100	           Preceptor	Training	                              Spring
added	to	your	excitement	while	you	pre-
                                                                (WebCT)
pared	to	enter	the	field.	Now	it’s	your	                                                                         Summer
chance	to	do	the	same	for	an	eager	stu-
dent.	Your	role	as	a	preceptor	is	vital	to	
                                               COURSES                                                     credential

                                                                                                            A    Applied	degree
student	growth	and	ensuring	that	your	         D   		 		   		   		   	
field	is	provided	with	well-trained	new	                                                                    B    Baccalaureate	degree

graduates.                                                                                                  C    Certificate

                                                                                                           Dp Diploma




                                                                                             Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               99
                   Public Sector Emergency Management Certificate
                   (Distance)
                                                                   management	practitioners	who	need	pro-          ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                              SCAN THIS TO         fessional	emergency	management	educa-
                                                                   tion,	but	perhaps	not	necessarily	up	to	a	      •	Experience/employment	in	
                                              LEARN MORE
                                                                   diploma	level.	Each	certificate	requires	the	     emergency	management
HEALTH + SAFETY




                                                                   completion	of	five	courses.                     •	Successful	completion	of	
                                                                   The	required	courses	for	the	Public	Sector	       EMD100	Overview	of	Emergency	
                                                                   Emergency	Management	Certificate	Pro-             Management	course	from	the	NAIT	
                                                                   gram	are	as	follows:                              Emergency	Management	Diploma	
                                                                                                                     Program	OR	successful	completion	
                                                                   1.		 EMD103	Emergency	Planning
                   OVERVIEW                                                                                          of	the	EMD100	prior	learning	
                                                                   2.		 EMD303	Business	Continuity	and		             assessment	examination
                   Public	sector	Emergency	Managers	pro-           	 Disaster	Recovery	Planning	
                   vide	leadership	to	communities	and	orga-        							or	                                      To	enrol	please	complete	and	submit	the	
                   nizations	at	all	phases	of	the	Emergency	       	 EMD402	Mitigation:	The	First	Line		           Emergency	Management	Certificate	En-
                   Management	cycle.	The	Public	Sector	            	 of	Defence                                    rolment	Form.	
                   Emergency	 Management	 Certificate	             3.		 EMD304	Managing	the	Emergency
                   builds	skills	in	the	areas	of	mitigation,	      4.		 EMD403	Community	Disaster		                PROGRAM OUTLINE
                   development	and	maintenance	of	emer-            	 Recovery                                      EMD100	          Overview	of	Emergency	
                   gency	plans,	managing	the	emergency	            5.		 EMD404	Building	an	Emergency-	                              Management
                   response,	community	disaster	recovery	          	 Resilient	Community                           EMD103	          Emergency	Planning
                   and	building	emergency-resilient	commu-         The	courses	will	be	delivered	online.	The	      EMD303	          Business	Continuity	
                   nities.	This	certificate	program	is	intended	   certificate	program	utilizes	the	existing	                       &	Disaster	Recovery	
                   for	an	individual	with	emergency	manage-        Emergency	Management	Diploma	pro-                                Planning	(BCLE	2000)
                   ment	responsibilities	within	local,	provin-     gram	courses,	therefore	all	courses	are	        EMD304	          Managing	The	Emergency
                   cial,	territorial	or	federal	government.        transferable	toward	the	NAIT	Emergency	         EMD402	          Mitigation:	The	First	
                                                                   Management	Diploma.                                              Line	of	Defense
                   PROGRAM MODEL/                                                                                  EMD403	          Community	Disaster	
                   COMPLETION                                      CERTIFICATION                                                    Recovery
                   REQUIREMENTS                                                                                    EMD404	          Building	An	Emergency-
                                                                   Public	Sector	Emergency	Management	
                                                                                                                                    Resilient	Community
                   NAIT’s	Emergency	Management	Certifi-            Certificate
                   cate	programs,	developed	at	the	request	                                                        COURSES
                   of	practitioners,	industry,	and	government,	
                   provide	the	credentials	for	emergency	                                                          D   		 		   		   		 C




         100										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS
•	   BAKING & PASTRY COURSES
•	   CERTIFIED CHEF DE CUISINE
•	   CULINARY ARTS YEAR 1 PART-TIME
•	   CULINARY AND PASTRY BOOT CAMPS
•	   CULINARY SKILLS COURSES
•	   CULINARY GENERAL INTEREST
•	   HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT PART-TIME
•	   HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT WITH ENGLISH LANGUAGE TRAINING
•	   HOTEL AND RESTAURANT SUPERVISION CERTIFICATION
•	   INTERNATIONAL COOKING COURSES
•	   INTERNATIONAL COOKING COURSES - AUTHENTIC ITALIAN KITCHEN SERIES
•	   INTERNATIONAL SOMMELIER GUILD
•	   MEAT CUTTING COURSES
                              Baking & Pastry Courses

                                                                               and	techniques	from	professional	bak-           BAK31	            Cakes,	Pastries	&	
                                                                               ers	and	pastry	chefs.	They	will	have	you	                         Plated	Desserts
                                                          SCAN THIS TO
                                                          LEARN MORE           making	items	that	taste	as	heavenly	as	the	     BAK32	            Artisan	Bread	Baking
                                                                               way	you	masterfully	present	them.               BAK42	            Artisan	Bread	
HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS




                                                                               You	 have	 the	 choice	 to	 learn	 artisan	                       Baking	Level	II
                                                                               breads,	cakes,	chocolate	work,	pastry	          BAK50	            Advanced	Cakes,	
                                                                               items	or	display	pieces.	It’s	up	to	you,	but	                     Pastries	&	Chocolates
                                                                               your	friends	and	family	may	beg	you	to	         BAK300	           Vegan	Desserts
                                                                                                                               BAK310	           Cupcake	Making	
                              OVERVIEW                                         take	them	all.
                                                                                                                                                 Fundamentals
                              Experience	the	labour	of	love	that	goes	         ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                           BAK400	           Cake	Decorating	Principles
                              into	handmade	breads,	the	patience	and	                                                          BAK405	           Modern	Wedding	Cakes
                                                                               You	are	asked	to	bring	an	apron,	food	con-
                              precise	detail	for	making	fondant,	or	the	                                                       BAK414	           Baking	By	Hand	Made	Easy
                                                                               tainers,	and	grocery	bags	to	take	home	
                              artist’s	eye	for	desserts.
                                                                               your	tasty	creations.
                              If	creating	divine	bakery	items	is	as	re-                                                        COURSES
                              warding	for	you	as	indulging	in	them,	           COURSE OUTLINE                                  Pt 		 D
                              you’ve	come	to	the	right	place.	The	Baking	                                                                		 		   		   		   	
                                                                               BAK17	        Decadent	Chocolates	
                              and	Pastry	series	of	courses	is	designed	to	                   &	Truffles
                              fulfill	your	passion.	Select	the	courses	that	   BAK28	        The	Art	of	Sugar	
                              most	intrigue	you	and	learn	the	theory	                        Decoration




                              Certified Chef de Cuisine

                                                                               PROGRAM MODEL/                                  ACCREDITATION
                                                          SCAN THIS TO         COMPLETION                                      To	achieve	your	CCC	designation	there	are	
                                                          LEARN MORE           REQUIREMENTS                                    specific	steps	to	follow.
                                                                                                                                •	apply	to	local	CCFCC	branch
                                                                               THEORY COURSES                                  •	fulfill	entrance	requirements
                                                                               Courses	aren’t	mandatory	but	are	strongly	      •	complete	all	four	theory	courses
                                                                               recommended	by	the	CCFCC.	The	mini-
                                                                                                                               •	fulfill	the	application	requirements	
                                                                               mum	grade	for	completion	is	70%.	There	
                              OVERVIEW                                         is	an	exam	at	the	end	of	each	course	to	
                                                                                                                                 to	take	the	CCFCC	exam
                                                                               ensure	students	have	an	understanding	of	       •	complete	the	theoretical	and	
                              The	Certified	Chef	de	Cuisine	(CCC)	pro-
                                                                                                                                 practical	parts	of	the	CCFCC	exam
                              gram	is	being	administered	at	NAIT	by	           the	key	learnings.
                              the	Canadian	Culinary	Institute,	the	edu-
                              cational	branch	of	the	Canadian	Culinary	
                                                                               CCFCC EXAM                                      ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                              Federation	(CCFCC).	The	program	is	de-           You	must	successfully	complete	the	theo-        Before	being	able	to	take	the	CCC	pro-
                              signed	for	chefs	currently	working	in	the	       retical	exam	and	the	Black	Box	practical	       gram	and	CCFCC	exam,	you	will	be	re-
                              industry	at	Executive,	Executive	Sous	and	       exam	to	achieve	the	Certified	Chef	de	          quired	to	submit	proof	of	the	following:
                              Sous	Chef	levels	and	will	assess	and	fur-        Cuisine	designation.	The	black	box	practi-       •	your	Red	Seal	Certification,	plus	five	
                              ther	develop	your	techniques	for	human	          cal	exam	is	completed	over	two-days	and	           years	work	experience	post	Red	Seal	
                              resources,	operations,	menu	planning	and	        includes	execution	of	a	six-course	menu	           Certification
                              nutrition	considerations.                        for	four	covers	to	display	your	working	        •	a	minimum	of	two	years	as	an	
                                                                               knowledge	of	the	mandatory	skills.	You	           employee	supervisor,	working	on	
                              In	each	of	the	four	courses,	you	will	cover	     must	pass	the	theory	portion	of	the	course	       the	management	team	in	kitchen
                              material	critical	to	completing	the	accredi-     to	move	on	to	the	practical	portion.	These	
                              tation	exam.	NAIT	delivers	the	courses,	                                                         •	a	Food	Handlers	Certificate	(ie.	
                                                                               exams	are	both	taken	at	NAIT.	The	mini-           Advanced	Food	Safe,	Section	43	
                              while	the	exam	is	implemented	by	the	            mum	grade	for	completion	is	70%.	For	             Certificate,	Serve	Safe)
                              CCFCC.	Successfully	completing	all	these	        more	information	visit	www.ccfcc.ca.
                              steps	will	grant	you	a	CCC	designation;	                                                         •	current	membership	in	the	
                                                                                                                                 Canadian	Culinary	Federation.	If	you	
                              the	highest	level	of	accreditation	for	cooks	    CERTIFICATION                                     are	not	a	member	you	are	required	
                              in	Canada.
                                                                               Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	            to	pay	an	additional	registration	
                                                                               CCFCC	exam	you	will	receive	a	Certified	          fee	to	the	CCFCC.	Membership	
                                                                               Chef	de	Cuisine	Certificate.                      is	not	required	if	you	wish	to	take	


                    102										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
  individual	NAIT	CCC	modules	/	              PROGRAM OUTLINE                                   HOS454	            CCI	Written	Exam
  courses                                                                                       HOS455		           CCI	Practical	Exam
                                              HOS450	           Nutrition	CCC
•	your	current	resume
                                              HOS451	           Human	Resource	                 COURSES




                                                                                                                                                 HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS
Note:	Should	you	possess	International	                         Planning	CCC
Certification	Papers	equivalent	to	the	Red	   HOS452	           Menu	Planning	CCC               Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		     	
Seal	Certification	you	will	be	processed	     HOS453	           Cost	Controls	CCC
and	adjudicated	on	a	case-by-case	basis.




Culinary Arts Year 1 Part-time

                          SCAN THIS TO
                                              APPLICATION PROCESS                               Culinary Arts Year 1 Part B
                                                                                                [CUL101]
                          LEARN MORE          Please	visit	the	NAIT	Culinary	Arts	Year	1	
                                              webpage	for	updated	information	on	the	           HOS105	            The	Culinary	Professional
                                              Application	Process.                              HOS107	            Baking	&	Pastry
                                                                                                COC104	            Introduction	to	
                                              CERTIFICATION                                                        Cold	Kitchen
                                              Upon	completion	of	Culinary	Arts	Year	1	          CON108	            Line	Cooking	
                                                                                                                   Fundamentals
                                              Part	A	and	Part	B	you	will	receive	a	Culi-
OVERVIEW                                      nary	Arts	Certificate	and	qualify	to	enter	       COC106	            Purchasing	and	
This	one-year	certificate	program	is	de-                                                                           Financial	Controls
                                              Year	2.	Program	availability	for	Year	2	may	
signed	for	individuals	who	wish	to	study	     be	limited.	
Culinary	Arts	Year	1	in	an	evening	and	
weekend	format.                               COMPLETION
Features	of	the	part-time	program:            REQUIREMENTS
 •	small	classes	(15:1	student/
   instructor	ratio)                          To	complete	the	Year	1	program,	stu-
                                              dents	must	register	in	two	separate	mas-
•	some	online	learning                        ter	courses;	Culinary	Arts	Year	1	Part	A	
•	emphasis	on	team-based	learning	            [CUL100]	and	Culinary	Arts	Year	1	Part	B	
  experiences                                 [CUL101].
•	affiliation	with	professional	              Note:	In	addition	to	CUL100	&	CUL101,	
  associations
                                              students	must	also	complete	FNM90	-	
•	diverse	career	opportunities                Food	Safety	through	eCampus	Alberta.
Graduates	of	the	Cooking	Certificate	or	
                                                                                                           LEGEND
the	Culinary	Arts	Diploma	may	become	         COURSES                                                      learning options

members	of	the	Canadian	Culinary	Fed-                                                                       Ft    Full-time
eration	of	Chefs	and	Cooks	(CFCC).	
                                              Pt 		   		   		   		   		 C
                                                                                                           Pt     Part-time

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                         Culinary Arts Year 1 Part A                                   D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                              [CUL100]                                                     start date
Please	visit	NAIT’s	Culinary	Arts	Year	1	
for	updated	information	on	the	entrance	      COC101		          Health,	Safety	&	Sanitation                       Fall
requirements.                                 COC102		          Soup,	Vegetables	                                 Winter
                                                                &	Starches
                                                                                                                  Spring
                                              COC103		          Meat,	Poultry	&	Seafood
                                                                                                                  Summer

                                                                                                           credential

                                                                                                            A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                            B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                            C     Certificate

                                                                                                            Dp Diploma




                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               103
                              Culinary and Pastry Boot Camps

                                                                            OVERVIEW                                         PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                         SCAN THIS TO       Here’s	your	chance	to	learn	from	the	pros	       BAK305	           Pastry	Boot	Camp
                                                         LEARN MORE
                                                                            -	the	celebrated	chefs	of	NAIT	-	in	an	in-       HOS305	           Culinary	Boot	Camp
HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS




                                                                            tensive,	fun-filled	culinary	adventure.          HOS355	           Culinary	Boot	
                                                                            Enlist	in	NAIT’s	initiation-level	Culinary	                        Camp	Level	II
                                                                            Boot	Camp	courses	and	participate	in	
                                                                            culinary	lectures,	demonstrations,	and	          COURSES
                                                                            hands-on	production	in	our	world	re-             Pt 		    	
                                                                            nowned	professional	facilities	at	the	Ho-
                                                                            kanson	Centre	for	Culinary	Arts.
                                                                            Get	ready	for	this	one-of-a-kind	learning	
                                                                            experience.




                              Culinary Skills Courses

                                                                            From	the	professional	who	wishes	to	             COURSE OUTLINE
                                                         SCAN THIS TO       sharpen	his	or	her	skills,	to	the	individual	
                                                                            desiring	to	explore	a	culinary	career,	or	the	   HOS94	            Kitchen	Skills	I	-	The	
                                                         LEARN MORE                                                                            Art	of	Garde	Manger	
                                                                            serious	home	or	hobby	chef,	you	will	learn	
                                                                                                                                               &	Knife	Skills
                                                                            valuable	knowledge.	For	maximum	reten-
                                                                                                                             HOS31	            Kitchen	Skills	II	-	
                                                                            tion	of	the	knowledge	and	skills	presented,	
                                                                                                                                               Flavour	Recognition,	
                                                                            the	classes	are	formatted	to	include	lec-                          Stocks	&	Soups
                                                                            ture,	demonstration	and	hands-on	appli-
                                                                                                                             HOS32	            Kitchen	Skills	III	-	Sauces
                                                                            cation	of	each	skill	set.
                              OVERVIEW                                      Put	on	your	apron,	it’s	time	to	get	in	the	
                                                                                                                             HOS33	            Kitchen	Skills	IV	-	
                                                                                                                                               Vegetable	Preparation	
                              The	world’s	most	accomplished	chefs	all	      kitchen!	Knives,	equipment	and	food	are	                           &	Cooking
                              have	one	thing	in	common	-	they	have	         provided	for	classroom	use.                      HOS34	            Kitchen	Skills	V	-	
                              mastered	the	basics.	They	know	how	to	                                                                           Preparing	&	Cooking	
                              care	for	their	knives,	identify	flavours,	    ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                              Meat,	Poultry,	&	Fish
                              expose	the	qualities	of	vegetables,	select	   Please	note	that	HOS94	Kitchen	Skills	I	
                              cuts	of	meat,	prepare	the	essential	sauces	   and	HOS31	Kitchen	Skills	II	are	prerequi-        COURSES
                              and	plate	everything	with	exquisite	atten-    sites	for	the	other	Kitchen	Skills	courses,	     Pt 		   		   		   		   	
                              tion	to	detail.                               although	not	prerequisites	for	the	other	
                              The	Kitchen	Skill	series	was	created	to	      courses	in	the	series.
                              help	you	develop	your	fundamental	tech-       You	are	asked	to	bring	an	apron,	food	con-
                              niques	and	skills.	From	the	NAIT	profes-      tainers,	and	grocery	bags	to	take	home	
                              sional	kitchen	facility	you	will	gain	the	    your	tasty	creations.
                              basic	knowledge	and	know-how	to	cook	
                              with	confidence.




                    104										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Culinary General Interest

                                                OVERVIEW                                          COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO         From	 our	 diverse	 range	 of	 culinary	          HOS30	                   BBQ	Basics
                           LEARN MORE
                                                courses,	you’re	sure	to	find	something	           HOS29	                   Advanced	BBQ	Techniques




                                                                                                                                                         HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS
                                                here	to	interest	you.                             HOS301	                  Gourmet	Burgers
                                                Please	note:	We	encourage	all	students	to	        HOS410	                  Vegan-Vegetarian	
                                                register	early	in	order	to	avoid	the	risk	of	                              Cuisine:	Doing	it	Right!
                                                being	placed	on	a	wait	list	due	to	high	en-       HOS97	                   Holiday	Entertaining
                                                rollment.	You	are	asked	to	bring	an	apron,	
                                                food	containers,	and	grocery	bags	to	take	        COURSES
                                                home	your	tasty	creations.
                                                                                                  Pt 			   		        		     		     	




Hospitality Management part-time

                                                ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS                             COURSES
                           SCAN THIS TO         Grade	11	-	including	English	and	Math	20-
                           LEARN MORE                                                             Pt 		    		    		        		      		 C 	
                                                1,	20-2,	or	20-3

                                                PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                HOS114		      Food	and	Beverage	
                                                              Service		
                                                HOS115		      Rooms	Division	
OVERVIEW                                                      Theory		
                                                HOS116		      Rooms	Division	
The	Hospitality	Management	program	is	
                                                              Application		
a	two-year	course	of	study	which	provides	
                                                HOS121		      Hospitality	Law		
students	with	the	skill	sets	and	abilities	
required	to	work	in	the	hospitality	indus-      HOS123		      Introduction	
                                                              to	Tourism		
try.	The	program	focuses	on	service	skills	
for	food	and	beverage,	catering	and	front-      HOS128		      Food	and	Beverage	Product	
                                                              Knowledge		
desk	operations	with	specific	courses	in	
hospitality	law.	The	second	year	examines	      JRSB101		     Communications	I		
                                                JRSB110		     Microeconomics		                                  LEGEND
marketing,	financial	management,	su-
                                                                                                                learning options
pervisory	skills	and	advanced	courses	in	       JRSB115		     Introductory	Financial	
hotel,	restaurant	and	catering	operations.	                   Accounting		                                      Ft        Full-time

A	400-hour	work	experience	term	is	also	        JRSB135		     Organizational	                                   Pt        Part-time
included.                                                     Behaviour		
                                                                                                                D         Distance	and	Online	learning
The	first	year	of	this	program	can	be	taken	
                                                                                                                start date
on	evenings	and	weekends	through	NAIT	
Continuing	Education.	After	complet-                                                                                      Fall

ing	the	first	year	of	study	on	a	part-time	                                                                               Winter
basis,	students	will	earn	a	certificate,	and	                                                                             Spring
can	then	apply	to	the	full-time	diploma	
                                                                                                                          Summer
program	to	complete	the	second	year	of	
study.                                                                                                          credential

                                                                                                                 A        Applied	degree

                                                                                                                 B        Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                 C        Certificate

                                                                                                                Dp Diploma




                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                     105
                              Hospitality Management with English Language Training

                                                                               •	Three	13-week	terms,	each	                   Please	note:	This	program	is	a	block	regis-
                                                                                 consisting	of	three	to	four	                 tration.	There	will	be	no	refunds	or	course	
                                                         SCAN THIS TO            Hospitality	Management	Year	1	
                                                         LEARN MORE                                                           transfers	for	individual	courses	within	the	
                                                                                 courses	will	be	offered	Monday	to	           program.
                                                                                 Thursday;	4:15	pm	-	10:15	pm
HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS




                                                                              To	complete	the	Year	1	program,	students	       CERTIFICATION
                                                                              must	complete:	                                 Upon	successful	completion	of	the	pro-
                                                                               •	ENG103	Introduction	to	Business	             gram,	students	will	receive	a	Hospitality	
                              OVERVIEW                                           English	(4	weeks,	full-time)	                Management	Certificate,	and	are	qualified	 	
                                                                               •	EN104	Business	English	Language	             to	enter	Year	2	of	the	Hospitality	Manage-
                              This	is	a	program	designed	for	students	
                                                                                 Training	                                    ment	Diploma	program.
                              with	English	as	their	second	language	who	
                                                                               •	EN105	Business	English	Language	
                              wish	to	study	in	the	Hospitality	Manage-
                                                                                 Training	                                    ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                              ment	program.	
                                                                               •	HOS115	Accommodation	Theory	                 •	An	equivalency	to	high	school	
                              This	one-year	certificate	program	is	de-                                                          mathematics	20-1	or	20-2	with	a	
                              signed	for	individuals	who	wish	to	study	        •	HOS116	Front	Desk	Applications	
                                                                                                                                minimum	of	65%
                              Hospitality	Management	Year	1	along	             •	HOS123	Introduction	to	Tourism	
                                                                                                                              •	Completion	of	NAIT	ESL	Level	3	
                              with	extensive	English	language	training.	       •	HOS186	Economics	                              in	English	competency	prior	to	
                              The	program	provides	students	with	the	                                                           admission.	Equivalencies	will	be	
                                                                               •	HOS122	Business	Communications	
                              skill	sets	and	abilities	required	to	work	in	                                                     considered.	
                              the	hospitality	industry.                        •	HOS120	Fundamental	Accounting	
                                                                                 Principles	                                      ·	 TOEFL,	iBT:	71-80
                              The	Hospitality	Management	curriculum	                                                              ·	 IELTS,	Academic:	530-550
                                                                               •	HOS125	Organizational	Behaviour	
                              has	been	designed	following	National	
                              Tourism	Learning	System	guidelines.              •	HOS121	Hospitality	Law	
                                                                                                                              PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                               •	HOS128	Culinary	Operations	
                              PROGRAM MODEL/                                   •	HOS114	Food	and	Beverage	Service	
                                                                                                                              HOSM101	          Hospitality	Management	
                                                                                                                                                Year	1	+	ESL
                              COMPLETION
                                                                              Important:	The	prerequisite	to	get	into	
                              REQUIREMENTS                                    the	second	year	of	Hospitality	Manage-          COURSES
                               •	Four	weeks	of	intensive	English	             ment	will	be	a	400	hour	practicum	in	the	
                                 language	training	-	Monday	to	               hospitality	industry.	It	will	be	the	respon-
                                                                                                                              Pt 		   		   		   		   		 C 	
                                 Friday;	9:00	am	-	4:00	pm                    sibility	of	the	student	to	make	sure	this	is	
                                                                              complete.




                              Hotel and Restaurant Supervision Certification

                                                                              courses	from	the	JR	Shaw	School	of	Busi-           in	Food	and	Beverage	or	Rooms	
                                                                              ness	and	up	to	nine	hotel	or	restaurant	           Division	
                                                         SCAN THIS TO
                                                                              specific	courses.                               •	Complete	all	fourteen	courses	
                                                         LEARN MORE
                                                                                                                                and	qualify	for	a	NAIT	Hotel	and	
                                                                              PROGRAM MODEL/                                    Restaurant	Supervision	Certificate	
                                                                              COMPLETION                                        with	the	option	to	transfer	to	
                                                                                                                                Year	2	of	the	NAIT	Hospitality	
                                                                              REQUIREMENTS                                      Management	Diploma	program
                                                                              Students	have	the	following	options:            To	participate	in	CourseLine	(learning	
                              OVERVIEW                                         •	Complete	individual	courses	for	             software	for	AHLA	courses),	the	following	
                                                                                 transfer	credit	or	personal	interest	        is	recommended:
                              Whether	you	are	looking	to	update	your	
                              skills	and	knowledge	or	just	beginning	to	       •	Complete	ten	courses	consisting	of	
                                                                                 five	online	or	face-to-face	business	        HARDWARE
                              explore	a	career	in	the	Hospitality	indus-
                              try,	these	courses	may	work	for	you.               courses	plus	five	online	American	           A	PC	with	a	Pentium	III,	600mhz	(or	com-
                                                                                 Hotel	and	Lodging	Association	               parable)	processor	with	the	following	
                              Continuing	Education	and	the	School	of	            (AH&LA)	Educational	Institute	               specifications:	
                              Hospitality	and	Culinary	Arts	is	introduc-         specialization	courses	(independent	          •	128	megabytes	of	RAM	or	better	
                              ing	the	new	online	Hotel	and	Restaurant	           study)	and	qualify	for	a	NAIT	
                                                                                 Hotel	and	Restaurant	Supervision	            •	Access	to	the	Internet	
                              Supervision	Certificate	program.	The	
                              program	consists	of	five	core	business	            Certificate	with	a	specialization	


                    106										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
•	A	printer	is	not	required	but	is	            ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                              PROGRAM OUTLINE
  highly	recommended	
                                               No	previous	training	or	experience	is	nec-         HRSC150	           Supervision	in	the	
•	High	speed	Internet	(Broadband	or	
                                               essary.	Anyone	who	wants	to	learn	more	                               Hospitality	Industry
  Wi-Fi)




                                                                                                                                                   HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS
                                               about	the	hospitality	industry	is	eligible	to	     HRSC155	           Managing	Service	in	Food	
While	these	hardware	recommendations	          take	these	courses.	                                                  and	Beverage	Operations
should	provide	trouble-free	access	to	the	                                                        HRSC160	           Managing	Housekeeping	
website,	it	is	suggested	that	students	have	   DELIVERY OPTIONS                                                      Operations
their	computer	checked	by	a	qualified	                                                            HRSC165	           Managing	Beverage	
                                               The	American	Hotel	and	Lodging	Asso-
technician	and,	if	needed,	upgraded	be-                                                                              Service
                                               ciation	(AH&LA)	courses	are	available	
fore	beginning	the	course.                                                                        HRSC170	           Managing	Front	
                                               through	computer-based	learning	(on-
                                                                                                                     Office	Operations
SOFTWARE                                       line).
                                                                                                  HRSC175	           Planning	and	Control	
•	Windows	98,	Windows	NT,	                     The	following	courses	are	available	online	                           for	Food	and	Beverage	
  Windows	2000,	or	Windows	XP	                 or	in	a	classroom	setting	through	the	JR	                             Operations
•	Internet	Explorer	6.0+	                      Shaw	School	of	Business	or	NAIT	Con-               HRSC180	           Security	and	Loss	
                                               tinuing	Education:                                                    Prevention	Management
•	Macromedia	Flash	
                                                •	JRSB101	Communications	1	                       HRSC185	           Food	Safety	:	Managing	
                                                                                                                     the	HACCP	Process
CERTIFICATION                                   •	JRSB115	Introductory	Financial	
                                                  Accounting	                                     HRSC190	           Managing	Technology	in	
Upon	successful	completion	of	the	cer-                                                                               the	Hospitality	Industry
                                                •	JRSB135	Organizational	Behaviour	
tificate	program,	students	will	receive	a	                                                        JRSB101	           Communications	I
NAIT	Hotel	and	Restaurant	Supervision	          •	JRSB205	Business	Law	
                                                                                                  JRSB110	           Microeconomics
Certificate	with	a	Food	and	Beverage	Spe-       •	JRSB110	Microeconomics	
                                                                                                  JRSB115	           Introductory	Financial	
cialization	or	a	NAIT	Hotel	and	Restaurant	                                                                          Accounting
Supervision	Certificate	with	a	Rooms	Divi-
                                                                                                  JRSB135	           Organizational	Behaviour
sion	Specialization.
                                                                                                  JRSB205	           Business	Law
Note:	Limited	hours	of	tutoring	services	
will	be	provided.	Information	will	be	pro-                                                        COURSES
vided	at	the	time	of	registration.	
                                                                                                  Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		     		 C Dp




International Cooking Courses

                                               Each	course	is	taught	by	a	professional	
                                               chef	who	will	be	there	for	support	as	you	
                           SCAN THIS TO                                                                      LEGEND
                                               experiment	with	the	various	international	
                           LEARN MORE
                                               techniques.	Be	adventurous	-	try	a	new	                       learning options
                                               cuisine,	or	aim	to	recreate	the	tastes	you	                    Ft    Full-time
                                               experienced	on	your	last	vacation.
                                                                                                             Pt     Part-time
                                               ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                          D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                               You	are	asked	to	bring	an	apron,	food	con-
OVERVIEW                                       tainers,	and	grocery	bags	to	take	home	
                                                                                                             start date
                                                                                                                    Fall
Take	your	palate	on	a	culinary	tour	around	    your	tasty	creations.
                                                                                                                    Winter
the	world	and	learn	to	prepare	the	world’s	
favourite	 regional	 and	 ethnic	 dishes.	     COURSE OUTLINE                                                       Spring
Explore	the	flavours,	seasonings,	tech-        HOS129	       Beginner	Sushi                                         Summer
niques	and	traditions	from	all	corners	of	
                                               HOS133	       Thai	Cooking                                    credential
the	globe	-	from	Europe	to	New	Orleans	
                                               HOS135	       Cooking	New	Orleans	Style                        A     Applied	degree
to	the	Mediterranean	and	various	regions	
of	Asia.	Discover	how	every	culture	has	a	     HOS139	       Fusion	Cooking
                                                                                                              B     Baccalaureate	degree
new	taste	experience	to	offer,	something	      HOS143	       Advanced	Thai	Cooking
                                               HOS310	       Pasta	Making	                                    C     Certificate
to	teach	through	the	combination	of	their	
indigenous	flavours,	or	the	fusion	of	cul-                   Fundamentals                                     Dp Diploma
tural	culinary	delights.                       HOS311	       Pasta	Making	Advanced


                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               107
                              HOS313	       Tour	of	Asia:	                   HOS315	       Tour	of	the	Mediterranean:	      COURSES
                                            Chinese,	Japanese	&	                           Greece	and	Turkey
                                            Malaysian	Cooking                HOS316	       Tour	of	India:	                  Pt 		   		   		   		   	
                              HOS314	       Tour	of	France,	                               Basics,	Essentials	&	
HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS




                                            Spain	&	Portugal                               Regional	Cuisine
                                                                             HOS317	       Tour	of	Italy




                              International Sommelier Guild

                                                                             •	Wine	Fundamentals	Certificate	               duced	to	basic	wine	terminology,	service	
                                                                               Level	2	allows	students	to	build	            and	storage	techniques,	how	to	read	la-
                                                         SCAN THIS TO
                                                                               on	the	knowledge	gained	in	Level	            bels,	and	the	fundamentals	of	pairing	food	
                                                         LEARN MORE
                                                                               1	through	an	introduction	to	the	            and	wine.
                                                                               regional	study	of	wine
                                                                                                                            The	Fundamentals	Certificate	Level	1	
                                                                             •	The	Sommelier	diploma	program	
                                                                               offers	students	the	opportunity	to	          meets	once	each	week	for	a	total	class	
                                                                               receive	certification	as	a	Sommelier	        time	of	24	hours.	The	class	provides	an	
                                                                               through	direct	instruction	from	             essential	foundation	for	hospitality	pro-
                                                                               some	of	the	world’s	top	Sommeliers           fessionals	intent	on	pursuing	Sommelier	
                              OVERVIEW                                                                                      certification	and	offers	non-professionals	
                              The	International	Sommelier	Guild	(ISG)	       Upon	successful	completion	of	the	pro-         a	pleasurable,	non-threatening	introduc-
                              brings	together	the	resources	of	the	top	      gram,	you	will	become	a	member	of	the	         tion	to	wine.	
                              educators,	industry	leaders,	premier	res-      International	Sommelier	Guild.
                              taurateurs,	wine	merchants,	wineries,	                                                        WINE FUNDAMENTALS CERTIFICATE
                              and	writers.	We	are	a	community	that	
                                                                             PROGRAM MODEL/                                 LEVEL 2
                              learns	from	each	other	and	strives	to	pool	    COMPLETION                                     This	course	allows	students	to	build	on	
                              our		knowledge	to	keep	you	on	top	of	new	      REQUIREMENTS                                   the	knowledge	gained	in	Level	1	through	
                              trends,	research,	developments	and	stan-                                                      an	introduction	to	the	regional	study	of	
                              dards.                                         NAIT	provides	ISG	courses	on	behalf	of	        wine.	The	course	involves	extensive	tast-
                                                                             the	International	Sommelier	Guild.	Inter-      ing	of	representative	regional	wines,	spir-
                              We	work	closely	with	the	hospitality	and	      ested	students	must	register	for	these	
                              culinary	industries	to	train	professionals	                                                   its	and	beer	from	all	of	the	world’s	major	
                                                                             courses	through	the	ISG	website.	The	ISG	      production	areas.
                              in	wine	and	spirits.	Educating	today’s	wine	   offers	the	following	courses	at	NAIT:	
                              professional	for	an	increasingly	sophis-                                                      In	Wine	Fundamentals	Certificate	Level	2,	
                              ticated	consumer	has	been	the	focus	of	        WINE FUNDAMENTALS CERTIFICATE                  students	begin	to	develop	an	understand-
                              the	International	Sommelier	Guild’s	pro-       LEVEL 1                                        ing	of	the	ways	in	which	local	landscapes	
                              grams.	However,	the	ISG	also	offers	an	                                                       and	cultures	affect	wine	flavors.	By	study-
                                                                             This	is	an	introductory	course	designed	
                              array	of	wine	courses	suited	for	all	know-                                                    ing	variables	such	as	climate,	soil,	grape	
                                                                             to	help	wine	enthusiasts	feel	comfortable	
                              ledge	levels.	Whether	you	are	looking	to	                                                     variety,	topography,	regional	law	and	local	
                                                                             and	confident	in	the	sometimes	confus-
                              develop	a	basic	understanding	of	food	and	                                                    approaches	to	grape	growing	and	wine	
                                                                             ing	world	of	wine.	The	course	focuses	on	
                              wine	pairing	or	to	become	an	accredited	                                                      making,	students	will	understand	some	
                                                                             major	international	grape	varieties	as	well	
                              Sommelier,	the	ISG	can	help	you	reach	                                                        of	the	reasons	for	the	extraordinary	di-
                                                                             as	on	some	of	the	primary	themes	related	
                              your	goals.	                                                                                  versity	of	the	world	of	wine.	Students	will	
                                                                             to	wine	in	the	context	of	the	hospitality	
                              To	subscribe	to	the	ISG’s	electronic	news-     industry.	The	course	involves	extensive	       also	continue	to	develop	knowledge	in	
                              letter,	send	an	email	to:	info@internation-    tasting	of	representative	varietal	wines	      major	themes	of	the	hospitality	industry,	
                              alsommelier.com                                from	around	the	world.                         including	regional	food	and	wine	pairing	
                                                                                                                            theories,	service	techniques	and	wine	
                              INTERNATIONAL SOMMELIER GUILD                  In	Wine	Fundamentals	Certificate	Level	1	      management	practices.
                              COURSES                                        students	develop	an	understanding	of	the	
                                                                             unique	characteristics	of	the	major	grapes	    Wine	Fundamentals	Certificate	Level	2	
                              The	ISG	offers	the	following	courses	at	
                                                                             used	for	making	wine.	Students	will	also	      meets	once	each	week	for	a	total	of	48	
                              NAIT:
                                                                             learn	about	how	grapes	are	grown,	how	         hours.
                               •	Wine	Fundamentals	Certificate	
                                 Level	1	is	an	introductory	course	          red,	white,	sparkling	and	fortified	wines	
                                 designed	to	help	wine	enthusiasts	          are	made,	and	how	different	approaches	
                                 feel	comfortable	and	confident	in	          to	growing	grapes	and	making	wine	affect	
                                 the	sometimes	confusing	world	of	           taste.	In	addition,	students	will	be	intro-
                                 wine


                    108										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
SOMMELIER DIPLOMA PROGRAM                     spirits	and	cuisine,	students	will	receive	      ates	of	this	program	are	entitled	to	the	
                                              instruction	 in	 the	 administrative	 and	       title	of	Certified	Sommelier.
This	program	offers	students	the	oppor-       managerial	elements	of	the	profession	
tunity	to	receive	certification	as	a	Som-                                                      The	ISG’s	Sommelier	diploma	has	been	
                                              including	wine	service,	cellaring	wines,	in-     designed	to	provide	the	benchmark	for	




                                                                                                                                                HOSPITALITY + CULINARY ARTS
melier	through	direct	instruction	by	some	    vestment	strategies,	menu	design,	inven-
of	the	world’s	top	Sommeliers.	The	course	                                                     wine	knowledge	within	the	hospitality	
                                              tory	procedures,	and	staff	training.             industry.	After	meeting	the	ISG’s	rigor-
involves	extensive	tasting	of	a	wide	vari-
ety	of	alcoholic	beverages	from	around	       To	ensure	that	the	learning	experience	is	       ous	standards,	graduates	of	this	program	
the	world.	By	the	end	of	the	program,	stu-    exceptional,	the	International	Sommelier	        enter	the	workforce	very	much	in	demand.
dents	will	be	skilled	tasters	of	alcoholic	   Guild	ensures	that	all	Sommelier	diploma	
beverages	and	should	be	able	to	identify	     instructors	attend	an	annual	conference	         CERTIFICATION
specific	products	in	blind	situations.        designed	to	keep	them	up	to	date	on	the	         Graduates	of	the	Wine	Fundamentals	
                                              latest	information,	research	and	devel-          Level	2	course	receive	the	title	of	Certified	
Delivered	by	industry	experts,	the	Som-       opment,	new	theories	of	food	and	wine	
melier	Diploma	Program	is	designed	to	                                                         Wine	Steward,	a	prerequiste	designation	
                                              pairing,	teaching	strategies,	and	current	       for	pursuing	the	title	of	Certified	Somme-
provide	students	with	the	skills	they	will	   trends	in	the	marketplace.
need	to	be	successful	Sommeliers	in	the	                                                       lier.
hospitality	industry.	The	curriculum	is	      The	Sommelier	diploma	program	is	an	             Graduates	of	the	Sommelier	diploma	
both	broad	and	challenging.	In	addition	      intensive	24-session	course	which	meets	         program	receive	the	title	of	Certified	Som-
to	continued	regional	study	of	wine,	beer,	   once	each	week	for	eight	hours.	Gradu-           melier.
                                                                                               	




Meat Cutting Courses

                                              ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                          SCAN THIS TO        Knives	and	equipment	are	provided	for	
                          LEARN MORE          classroom	use.	You	are	asked	to	bring	an	
                                              apron,	food	containers,	and	grocery	bags.

                                              COURSE OUTLINE
                                              RMC501	          Meat	Cutting	Basics
OVERVIEW                                      RMC511	          Sausage	Making:	Fresh/
                                                               Cured/Smoked
Sharpen-up	your	meat	cutting	and	sau-
sage	making	skills	by	learning	from	pro-      COURSES
fessional	instructors	equipped	to	guide	                                                               LEGEND
you	though	the	process.	You	will	receive	     Pt 		   		   	                                           learning options
hands-on	experience	cutting	different	
                                                                                                        Ft   Full-time
meats	into	primal,	sub-primal	and	subse-
quent	retail	products.	Also,	try	your	hand	                                                             Pt   Part-time
at	learning	new	skills	like	smoking	and	                                                                D    Distance	and	Online	learning
sausage	making.	You’ll	gain	the	most	from	
these	courses	if	you	are	a	professional	or	                                                            start date
at-home	butcher,	a	hunter,	or	considering	                                                                   Fall
a	new	career	path.	In	all	cases,	you’ll	im-                                                                  Winter
prove	your	meat	cutting	techniques.
                                                                                                             Spring

                                                                                                             Summer

                                                                                                       credential

                                                                                                        A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                        B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                        C    Certificate

                                                                                                        Dp Diploma




                                                                                             Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               109
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY + ELECTRONICS
•	   BACHELOR OF APPLIED INFORMATION SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
•	   COMPUTER/NETWORK ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES
•	   DIGITAL MEDIA AND IT
•	   ELECTRONICS COURSES
•	   ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES
•	   FIBER OPTICS CERTIFICATION
•	   FIRE ALARM QUALIFICATION PROGRAM
•	   INSTRUMENTATION TECHNOLOGY COURSES
Bachelor of Applied Information Systems Technology

                                               a	wide	range	of	industries.	A	paid	eight-         Contact	the	Bachelor	of	Applied	Informa-
                           SCAN THIS TO        month	work	experience	term	is	an	impor-           tion	Systems	Technology	Credit	Work	Ex-
                           LEARN MORE          tant	component	of	both	majors.                    perience	Co-ordinator	to	have	the	planned	
                                                                                                 work	experience	evaluated.
                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES




                                                                                                                                                   INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY + ELECTRONICS
                                                                                                 Length:	 2	 four-month	 semesters	 (8	
                                               Graduates	will	find	career	opportunities	         months	total)
                                               geared	to	their	major	area	of	study	in	
                                                                                                 Type	of	Experience:	directly	related	to	the	
                                               positions	such	as	programmer,	systems	
                                                                                                 major	area	selected.
OVERVIEW                                       analyst,	website	developer,	security,	and	
                                                                                                 Salary:	Varies	by	employer,	usually	based	
                                               computer	engineer.
Students	who	have	already	earned	an	                                                             on	student’s	prior	education	and	experi-
IT-related	diploma	gain	advanced	knowl-        PROGRAM MODEL/                                    ence.
edge	 of	 emerging	 technologies,	 plus	
sound	leadership,	project	management	
                                               COMPLETION                                        Relocation:	Students	can	complete	their	
and	strategic	planning	skills	with	this	ap-    REQUIREMENTS                                      work	experience	anywhere.
plied	degree.	Choose	one	of	two	majors:	                                                         Please check the website for current and
                                               Students	must	complete	1	academic	year	
Information	Systems	or	Network	Man-                                                              updated information in regards to the
                                               (2	four-month	semesters)	of	mandatory	
agement.	Information	Systems	focuses	                                                            Bachelor of Applied Information Sys-
                                               work	experience	in	their	related	major.	
on	leading-edge	technologies	used	in	                                                            tems Technology.
                                               Students	must	have	completed	Semester	
the	analysis,	design	and	implementation	       5	(the	first	semester	of	this	program)	prior	
of	sophisticated	e-commerce	and	other	                                                           COURSES
                                               to	registering	for	their	first	work	experi-
IT	systems.	Network	Management	in-             ence	term.                                        Pt 		   		    		    			 A 	
volves	planning,	installing	and	managing	
computer	networks	and	internetworks	in	




Computer/Network Engineering Technology Courses

                                               Computer	Engineering	Technology	(CNT)	
                                               is	a	program	providing	training	in	com-
                                                                                                 COURSES
                           SCAN THIS TO
                           LEARN MORE          puter	design	and	construction.	It	features	       Pt 		    	 Dp
                                               extensive	training	in	the	software	required	
                                               for	a	small	embedded	computer	system.	
                                               Consult	the	website	for	more	details	
                                               about	the	program.
                                               Network	Engineering	Technology	(NET)	                          LEGEND
OVERVIEW                                       is	a	program	providing	training	in	the	de-                     learning options
                                               sign,	implementation,	maintenance	and	                         Ft
Check	 out	 our	 Continuing	 Education	                                                                             Full-time
                                               security	of	local	and	wide	area	computer	
course	offerings	related	to	the	full-time	                                                                    Pt
                                               data	networks	(LAN	and	WAN).	Consult	                                Part-time
Computer	Engineering	Technology	and	
                                               the	website	for	more	details	about	the	                        D     Distance	and	Online	learning
Network	Engineering	Technology	pro-
                                               program.
grams.	If	you	are	already	in	one	of	these	                                                                    start date
two	full-time	programs	or	plan	to	enter	       COURSE OUTLINE                                                       Fall
one	of	them,	you	may	receive	credit	for	                                                                            Winter
the	Continuing	Education	courses	that	         CNT157	       Programming	with	C#
you	take.	The	courses	listed	here	are	first-   CNT258	       C#	Windows	Programming                                 Spring

year	courses	offered	in	one	or	both	pro-       CSC101	       Cisco	Academy	IT	                                      Summer
grams.                                                       Essentials	-	for	Teachers                        credential
Note:	Students	entering	one	of	the	full-                                                                       A    Applied	degree
time	programs	must	meet	all	program	
                                                                                                               B    Baccalaureate	degree
requisites.	Each	program	also	requires	
completion	of	several	other	first-year	                                                                        C    Certificate

courses	that	are	not	offered	as	Continuing	                                                                   Dp Diploma
Education	courses.


                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                111
digital media and information technology
Core subjeCts (required for all disCiPliNes)
Year 1:       DMIT101 | DMIT102 | DMIT105 | DMIT108 | DMIT109                         Year 2:     DMIT254 | DMIT259


9 disCiPliNes (PiCK at least oNe)
      SyStemS                BuSineSS    ApplicAtionS     WeB And rich         GAme               GAme          video      AnimAtion           viSuAl
    AdminiStrAtion           AnAlySiS    development         mediA          proGrAmminG          deSiGn      production                    communicAtionS

      * DMIT103              * DMIT103    * DMIT103        † DMIT103         † DMIT100          † DMIT100    † DMIT100     † DMIT100          † DMIT100
      † DMIT104             * DMIT104     * DMIT104        † DMIT104         † DMIT103          † DMIT106    † DMIT106     † DMIT106          † DMIT106
    ¥ SAL1 DMIT152          * DMIT152     * DMIT152        † DMIT107         † DMIT104          † DMIT107    † DMIT107     † DMIT107          † DMIT107
       § DMIT154            § DMIT154     § DMIT154        † DMIT108         § DMIT152          § DMIT154    § DMIT154     § DMIT154          § DMIT154
    ¥ SAL1 DMIT158          * DMIT158     * DMIT158        § DMIT152         § DMIT154          † DMIT156    † DMIT156     † DMIT156          § DMIT166
    ¥ SAL1 DMIT166          † DMIT170     § DMIT166        § DMIT154         § DMIT158          † DMIT161    § DMIT176     † DMIT176          † DMIT176
       * DMIT170            * DMIT172     † DMIT170        † DMIT166         † DMIT161          § DMIT176    § DMIT183     § DMIT183          § DMIT183
    ¥ SAL1 DMIT172          * DMIT178     * DMIT172        † DMIT170         † DMIT162          § DMIT183
       § DMIT183            * DMIT183     * DMIT183        * DMIT172         † DMIT163                       § DMIT203     § DMIT203          * DMIT203
                                                           § DMIT166         § DMIT183          § DMIT203    § DMIT219     § DMIT219          § DMIT219
      * DMIT220             † DMIT204      * DMIT204       § DMIT176                            § DMIT219    § DMIT256     § DMIT 256        § DMIT256
      † DMIT256             § DMIT219      § DMIT219       § DMIT183         † DMIT207          † DMIT203    * DMIT225
                            † DMIT221    ⸰ AL1 DMIT221     § DMIT203         † DMIT215          § DMIT223
                            * DMIT223      § DMIT223       § DMIT219         † DMIT219          § DMIT256
                            * DMIT225      * DMIT225                         † DMIT223
                            * DMIT238      * DMIT229       * DMIT256         † DMIT256
                                         ⸰ AL1 DMIT231


*   Required for Designation
†   Strongly Recommended                          All required courses for DMIT Diploma
                                                  are not yet offered through Continuing                                       For more information
§   Suggested
                                                  Education.                                                                       ph: 780.471.6248
⸰   Must have at least one
                                                                                                                          toll-free: 1.877.333.6248
¥   Suggest you have a least one




An inStitute oF technoloGy committed to Student SucceSS
            An inStitute oF technoloGy committed to Student SucceSS
Digital Media and IT

                                                DMIT105	           Introduction	to	Flash          DMIT183	           Organizational	Behavior
                           SCAN THIS TO         DMIT108	           Web	Design	1
                           LEARN MORE           DMIT109	           Essential	Technical	Skills     200 LEVEL CORE COURSES
                                                                                                  DMIT254	           Capstone	Project




                                                                                                                                                   INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY + ELECTRONICS
                                                100 LEVEL ELECTIVE COURSES                        DMIT259	           Project	Management
                                                DMIT100	           3D	Modeling	and	
                                                                   Animation	1                    200 LEVEL ELECTIVE COURSES
                                                DMIT103	           Applied	Problem	Solving        DMIT203	           Visual	Concept	Design
                                                DMIT104	           Programming	                   DMIT204	           Application	Programming	2
OVERVIEW                                                           Fundamentals                   DMIT207	           Artificial	Intelligence	
Based	on	the	strong	interrelationship	          DMIT106	           Video	Suite	Technologies                          for	Games
between	IT	and	new	media	design,	the	           DMIT107	           Visual	Design	Foundation       DMIT215	           Game	Programming	2
DMIT	program	explores	a	dynamic	range	                                                            DMIT219	           Career	Portfolio	
                                                DMIT152	           Application	Programming
of	current	and	emerging	fields.                                                                                      Development
                                                DMIT154	           Applied	Communications
                                                                                                  DMIT220	           Networking	2
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            DMIT156		          Cinematography
                                                                                                  DMIT221	           Open	Source	Programming
                                                DMIT158	           Database	1
Graduates	may	find	employment	in	ap-                                                              DMIT223	           Software	Testing	and	
                                                DMIT161	           Game	Development	
plications	development,	game	design	and	                                                                             Quality	Assurance
                                                                   Essentials
programming,	visual	communication,	web	                                                           DMIT225	           Systems	Analysis	
                                                DMIT162	           Game	Engine	Scripting
design	and	development,	video	produc-                                                                                and	Design	2
tion,	business	analysis,	systems	adminis-       DMIT163	           Game	Programming	1
                                                                                                  DMIT229	           Oracle
tration	and	other	related	fields.               DMIT166	           Intermediate	Web	Design	
                                                                   and	Development                DMIT231	           iPhone/iTouch/iPad	
                                                                                                                     Software	Development
PROGRAM OUTLINE                                 DMIT170	           Networking	1
                                                                                                  DMIT238	           Business	Analysis	2
                                                DMIT172	           Systems	Analysis	
100 LEVEL CORE COURSES                                             and	Design	1                   DMIT256	           Leadership
DMIT101	      Communication	in	IT	              DMIT176	           Visual	Design	
              and	New	Media                                        Development                    COURSES
DMIT102	      Digital	Graphic	                  DMIT178	           Business	Analysis	1
              Design	Tools
                                                                                                  Pt 		 D   		 		    		    		 Dp




Electronics Courses

                                                program	will	find	that	these	electronics	
                           SCAN THIS TO         courses	are	an	excellent	means	of	add-
                           LEARN MORE           ing	to	their	professional	development	and	
                                                overall	employability.                                       LEGEND
                                                                                                             learning options
                                                ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                         Ft    Full-time

                                                Breadboard	and	component	kits	(as	re-                        Pt     Part-time
                                                quired)	are	available	for	purchase	at	the	                          Distance	and	Online	learning
                                                                                                              D
                                                NAIT	Bookstore,	780.471.7717.	Most	
OVERVIEW                                        courses	also	require	a	scientific	calculator.                start date
Ready	to	learn	more	about	electronics?	                                                                             Fall
Consider	taking	one	or	more	of	these	           COURSE OUTLINE                                                      Winter
courses	to	add	to	your	knowledge,	ad-           ETC131A	           Basic	Electricity	I                              Spring
vance	 your	 career	 and	 employment	
                                                ETC131B	           Basic	Electricity	II
options,	or	earn	credit	towards	a	NAIT	                                                                             Summer
                                                ETC141	            Digital	Fundamentals
diploma.	The	courses	are	also	recognized	                                                                    credential
towards	certification	by	the	Alberta	Soci-      ETC151	            C++	Programming	1
                                                                                                              A     Applied	degree
ety	of	Engineering	Technologists.
                                                COURSES                                                       B     Baccalaureate	degree

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            Pt 			   		   		   	   Dp                                     C     Certificate

Continuing	Education	students	who	are	                                                                        Dp Diploma
not	planning	to	enrol	in	a	full-time	diploma	


                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               113
                                       Electrical Engineering Technology Courses

                                                                                        CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                           ELT70		           Programmable	Logic	
                                                                                                                                                         Controllers	Using	Allen-
                                                                   SCAN THIS TO         These	general	electrical	courses	are	an	                         Bradley	ControlLogix	Equip	
                                                                   LEARN MORE
                                                                                        excellent	means	of	adding	to	your	profes-                        -	Level	I				
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY + ELECTRONICS




                                                                                        sional	development	and	overall	employ-         ELT71		           Programmable	Logic	
                                                                                        ability.                                                         Controllers	Using	Allen-
                                                                                                                                                         Bradley	ControlLogix	
                                                                                        COURSE OUTLINE                                                   Equip	Level	II		
                                                                                        ELT40		       Electricity	I
                                       OVERVIEW                                         ELT41		       Electricity	II	
                                                                                                                                       COURSES
                                       Ready	to	increase	or	refresh	your	knowl-         ELT42		       Electricity	III			               Pt 		   		   		   	
                                       edge	about	a	wide	variety	of	electrical	         ELT43		       Electronics	-	
                                       principles	and	practices?	Consider	taking	                     Semiconductor	
                                       one	or	more	of	these	courses	to	add	to	
                                       your	knowledge,	advance	your	career	and	
                                       increase	your	employment	options.




                                       Fiber Optics Certification

                                                                                        With	your	CFOT	designation,	you	will	          PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                        have	the	knowledge	and	skills	to	work	
                                                                   SCAN THIS TO                                                        SEE270		          Fiber	Optics	
                                                                                        with	state-of-the-art	cabling	for	tele-
                                                                   LEARN MORE                                                                            Certification		
                                                                                        phones,	security	systems	and	LANs.	You	
                                                                                        will	be	able	to	terminate	and	splice	fiber	    SEE272		          Fiber	Optic	Network	
                                                                                                                                                         Design		
                                                                                        optic	cables,	as	well	as	troubleshoot	and	
                                                                                        document	fiber	systems	within	industry	        SEE274		          Advanced		
                                                                                                                                                         Fiber	Splicing		
                                                                                        specifications.
                                       OVERVIEW                                         Individuals	who	complete	the	Fibre	Optics	     COURSES
                                                                                        Design	course	will	find	that	their	improved	
                                       Ready	to	earn	your	designation	as	a	Cer-
                                                                                        skill	set	is	valued	by	employers	in	many	in-   Pt 		   		   		   		 C
                                       tified	Fiber	Optics	Technician	(CFOT)?	
                                                                                        dustries.
                                       NAIT	is	approved	by	the	Fiber	Optic	Asso-
                                       ciation	Inc.	(FOA)	as	a	recognized	training	     PROGRAM MODEL/
                                       centre.	Upon	completion	of	SEE270	you	
                                       will	be	eligible	to	write	the	FOA’s	certifica-
                                                                                        COMPLETION
                                       tion	exam.	If	you	succeed	on	the	exam	you	       REQUIREMENTS
                                       will	receive	your	CFOT	designation.	The	         Although	no	previous	experience	is	nec-
                                       exam	is	administered	on	the	last	day	of	         essary,	SEE270	is	mainly	directed	at	those	
                                       the	course	and	a	mark	of	70%	is	required	        who	have	some	technical	background	in	
                                       to	pass.	Course	fees	include	the	first	year	     the	areas	of	electrical,	electronics,	tele-
                                       of	membership	in	the	FOA.                        com	or	instrumentation,	as	well	as	others	
                                                                                        who	have	been	involved	in	the	telecom	or	
                                       CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             CATV	industries.
                                       Certified	 Fiber	 Optics	 Technicians	           SEE272	Fiber	Optic	Network	Design	is	
                                       (CFOTs)	are	in	high	demand	in	many	in-           intended	for	contractors,	installers,	archi-
                                       dustries,	such	as	electrical,	electronics,	      tects,	engineers,	project	managers	and	
                                       telecom,	cable	television	and	instrumen-         others	who	are	involved	with	projects	that	
                                       tation.	For	those	already	working	in	such	       include	fiber	optics.
                                       industries,	the	CFOT	designation	may	
                                       enhance	your	career	and	employment	op-
                                       tions.	




                          114										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Fire Alarm Qualification Program
ConduCt InspeCtIons, testIng and maIntenanCe                                         InspeCtIons, testIng and maIntenanCe
• Journeyman Electrician (prior to September 1, 1991; need only to complete          Journeyman Electrician (post September 1, 1991 are deemed qualified)
  ELE81 or below) ,                                                                  (to update see below or Option 1), an Alarm Technician, or an Electrical
• Electrical Engineering Technologist, Electronic Engineering Technologist (pro-     Technician (see below)
  vide certificate of credentials, completed additional post-secondary training
  and ELE81 or below),
                                                                                                      ELE81 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems
• Fire Alarm Technician wanting to obtain qualification in accordance with the
  Alberta Fire Code (see below).                                                                             (In Class Theory and Lab)
                                                                                                               Lab is shared with ELE83

           AlbertA Fire                           CAnAdiAn Fire AlArm                 ELE82 Computer Based Learning –             ELE83 Fire Detection and
                                                                                      Fire Detection and Alarm Systems              Alarm Systems (Lab)
  Option 1 Requirements                Option 2 Requirements
                                                                                                   (Theory)                        Lab is shared with ELE81
  • ASE195 (or ASE239 on-line)         5 Courses
                                                                                                                                      Prerequisite: ELE82
    Technical Writing Style            • An Introduction to the Fire Detection and
  • ELE81 Fire Detection &               Alarm Industry (offered from CSA)
    Alarm Systems
                                       • Verbal and Written Communications
  • ELT40 Electricity I or               ASE195 (or ASE239 on-line)
    ETC131A Basic Electricity
                                       • Basic Electricity (ELT40 or ETC131A)
  • ELT43 Electronics -
    Semiconductor                      • Basic Electronics (ELT43)
                                       • Fire Alarm Systems (offered from CSA)




Only Certified Electricians can install electrical systems and this applies to
extensions, additions, and renovations to the fire alarm systems.
                                                                                                                        For more information
                                                                                                                            ph: 780.471.6248
                                                                                                                   toll-free: 1.877.333.6248
                                       Fire Alarm Qualification Program

                                                                                      PROGRAM MODEL/                                  ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC
                                                                                                                                      ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGISTS
                                                                  SCAN THIS TO        COMPLETION
                                                                  LEARN MORE                                                          Provide	certificate	of	credentials	and	com-
                                                                                      REQUIREMENTS                                    pleted	additional	post-secondary	training	
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY + ELECTRONICS




                                                                                      Upon	successful	completion	of	the	core	         (NAIT	course	ELE81).
                                                                                      modules	in	either	Option	1	or	2,	it	is	up	
                                                                                      to	the	individual	to	secure	the	necessary	      PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                      documentation	showing	how	they	are	             ASE195	            Technical	Writing	-	Style
                                       OVERVIEW                                       qualified.	The	Alberta	Fire	Safety	Associa-     ASE239	            Effective	Communications
                                                                                      tion	and	the	Alberta	Electrical	Contractors	
                                                                                                                                      ELE81	             Fire	Detection	&	
                                       In	accordance	with	Alberta	Fire	Code	only	     Association	offer	an	optional	identifica-                          Alarm	Systems
                                       a	qualified	person	is	allowed	to	conduct	      tion	card	for	persons	who	have	completed	
                                                                                                                                      ELE83	             Fire	Detection	&	
                                       inspection,	testing	and	maintenance	on	        the	necessary	training	in	order	to	qualify	                        Alarm	System	Lab
                                       fire	alarm	systems.	Only	certified	electri-    under	the	Alberta	Fire	Code.
                                                                                                                                      ELT41	             Electricity	II
                                       cians	can	install	electrical	systems	and	
                                       this	applies	to	extensions,	additions,	and	    ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                           ELT43	             Electronics	-	
                                                                                                                                                         Semiconductor
                                       renovations	to	fire	alarm	systems.
                                                                                      ELECTRICIANS
                                       This	program	is	intended	for	Electricians,	                                                    COURSES
                                       Electrical	 Engineering	 Technologists,	       In	accordance	with	the	Alberta	Fire	Code,	
                                       Electronic	Engineering	Technologists	and	      electricians	who	received	their	Alberta	        Pt 		 D    		 		   		   			
                                       Fire	Alarm	Technicians	wanting	to	obtain	      journeyman	electrician	certification	on	
                                       qualification	in	accordance	with	the	Al-       or	after	September	1,	1991	are	deemed	
                                       berta	Fire	Code.                               qualified.	Electricians	who	received	their	
                                                                                      journeyman	electrician	certification	be-
                                                                                      fore	September	1,	1991	are	required	to	take	
                                                                                      additional	training	(NAIT	course	ELE81).




                                       Instrumentation Technology Courses

                                                                                      work	in	the	instrumentation	or	electrical	      anyone	wishing	to	get	into	the	full-time	
                                                                  SCAN THIS TO        fields	and	who	wish	to	formalize	some	of	       program	at	NAIT.	Students	must	success-
                                                                  LEARN MORE          their	training.	If	you	simply	have	a	general	   fuly	complete	five	required	courses	and	
                                                                                      interest	or	want	to	explore	the	field,	the	     can	then	apply	for	their	Continuing	Educa-
                                                                                      courses	offer	a	solid	introduction	to	in-       tion	certificate.
                                                                                      strumentation.
                                                                                                                                      REQUIRED COURSES:
                                                                                      CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            •	IET110	Basic	Instrumentation
                                       OVERVIEW                                       Instrumentation	technologists	gener-            •	IET210	Process	Instruments	I
                                                                                      ally	work	on	the	practical	application	of	      •	IET220	Instrument	Workshop
                                       Explore	the	challenging	field	of	indus-        pneumatic,	electronic	and	microcom-
                                       trial	instrumentation!	The	International	                                                      •	IET260	Applied	Science
                                                                                      puter	measurement	and	control	systems.	
                                       Society	of	Automation	(ISA)	defines	in-                                                        •	ETC131A	Basic	Electricity	I	or	ELT40	
                                                                                      Examples	of	employers	who	consistently	
                                       strumentation	as	“the	art	and	science	of	                                                        Electricity	I
                                                                                      employ	 well-trained	 instrumentation	
                                       measurement	and	control.”	Instrumenta-         personnel	include	oil	and	gas	producers,	
                                       tion	engineering	generally	involves	the	       chemical	companies,	electronics	firms,	
                                                                                                                                      COURSE OUTLINE
                                       practical	application	of	pneumatic,	elec-      food	and	beverage	firms,	and	utilities	         IET110	            Basic	Instrumentation
                                       tronic	and	microcomputer	measurement	          (power/water/wastewater).                       IET210	            Process	Instruments	I
                                       and	control	systems.	Students	will	learn	to	
                                                                                                                                      IET220	            Instrument	Workshop
                                       work	with	various	instruments,	from	me-        CERTIFICATION                                   IET240	            Computer	Fundamentals
                                       chanical	float-level	controls	to	complex	
                                       computer-based	modelling	systems.                                                              IET260	            Applied	Science
                                                                                      PROCESS MEASUREMENT
                                       Students	who	take	one	or	more	of	these	        CERTIFICATE
                                                                                                                                      COURSES
                                       courses	can	earn	credits	towards	the	          The	Process	Measurement	Certificate	will	
                                       full-time	Instrumentation	Engineering	         be	of	interest	to	people	within	the	Process	    Pt 		     		   		 C 	 Dp
                                       Technologist	diploma.	The	courses	are	         Industry,	those	using	steam	generation	or	
                                       also	appropriate	for	people	who	already	

                          116										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL
•	   AIR BRAKE CERTIFICATION - INSTRUCTOR   •	 MACHINE SHOP CERTIFICATE
•	   AUTOBODY COURSES                       •	 MASTERCAM COURSES
•	   AUTOMOTIVE COURSES                     •	 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
•	   BLACKSMITHING COURSES                     COURSES
•	   BUILDING ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS         •	 MILLWRIGHT COURSES
     TECHNOLOGY COURSE OFFERINGS            •	 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING COURSES
•	   COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL (CNC)       •	 POWER ENGINEERING CML (DISTANCE)
     CERTIFICATE                            •	 POWER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
•	   HEAVY EQUIPMENT COURSES                   COURSES
•	   HYDRONIC DESIGNER & INSTALLER          •	 RECREATIONAL POWERSPORTS
     CERTIFICATION COURSES                     MECHANICS (RPM) COURSES
•	   HYDRONIC DESIGNER AND INSTALLER        •	 STEAMFITTER/PIPEFITTER COURSES
     CERTIFICATION COURSES (DISTANCE)       •	 WELDING COURSES
•	   JOB READINESS COURSES                  •	 WELDING COURSES - CANADIAN WELDING
                                               BUREAU (CWB)
                           Air brake Certification - Instructor

                                                                          CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                          PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                      SCAN THIS TO        Air	brake	instructors	are	employed	by	        HE5A	              Air	Brake	Refresher
                                                      LEARN MORE
                                                                          driving	schools,	trucking	and	transport	      HE5B	              Air	Brake	Certification	
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL




                                                                          firms,	oilfield	companies	and	a	wide	range	                      -	Instructor
                                                                          of	other	businesses.	Adding	air	brake	in-
                                                                          structor	certification	to	your	resume	will	   COURSES
                                                                          add	to	your	overall	employability,	whether	
                                                                          your	main	career	relates	to	driver	instruc-
                                                                                                                        Pt 		    		   		   		   		 C
                           OVERVIEW                                       tion	or	not.
                           Refresh	your	air	brake	knowledge	and	
                           develop	your	instructor	skills.	This	two-
                           part	course	will	prepare	you	to	deliver	the	
                           Alberta	Air	Brake	Certification	course	to	
                           drivers	of	air	brake	vehicles.	Course	HE5A	
                           must	be	completed	before	taking	HE5B.




                           Autobody Courses

                                                                          as	a	career,	taking	one	or	more	courses	      MM551	             Introduction	to	
                                                                          will	help	you	develop	your	knowledge	and	                        Autobody	Repair
                                                      SCAN THIS TO
                                                      LEARN MORE          give	you	some	practical	exposure	to	the	      MM552	             Autobody	MIG	Welding
                                                                          trade.	All	courses	have	a	large	hands-on	
                                                                          component.                                    COURSES
                                                                          COURSE OUTLINE                                Pt 			   		   		   		   	
                                                                          MM501	       Custom	Airbrushing
                           OVERVIEW                                       MM502	       Advanced	Airbrushing	
                                                                                       and	Detailing
                           This	series	of	courses	is	primarily	de-
                                                                          MM503	       Pinstriping
                           signed	for	the	hobbyist	who	is	interested	
                                                                          MM505	       Airbrushing	for	Teens	
                           in	vehicle	restoration	or	enhancements.	
                                                                                       and	Parents
                           For	people	considering	the	autobody	trade	




                           Automotive Courses

                                                                          OVERVIEW                                      COURSE OUTLINE
                                                      SCAN THIS TO        NAIT	Continuing	Education	offers	auto-        HE49	              BioDiesel	Fuel
                                                      LEARN MORE
                                                                          motive	courses	that	cover	a	broad	range	      MM9	               Basic	Automobile	
                                                                          of	expertise.	If	you	have	limited	knowl-                         Terminology	and	Parts
                                                                          edge	of	your	automobile,	we	can	help	you	     MM10	              Understanding	Your	
                                                                          improve	your	skills	and	understanding	as	                        Automobile
                                                                          well	as	teach	you	to	perform	some	basic	      MM16	              Automotive	Air	
                                                                          maintenance	and	repairs.	If	you’re	work-                         Conditioning
                                                                          ing	in	the	automotive	field	and	looking	
                                                                          to	update	skills	in	the	latest	new	vehicle	   COURSES
                                                                          technology,	we	also	offer	a	number	of	
                                                                                                                        Pt 			   		   		   		   	
                                                                          courses	that	will	be	ideal	for	you.




                 118										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Blacksmithing Courses

                                               with	hand	tools,	such	as	a	hammer	and	          COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        chisel.	In	NAIT’s	blacksmithing	courses,	
                                               students	learn	the	history	of	smithing	and	     BLS101	                  Blacksmithing
                           LEARN MORE
                                               basic	blacksmith	techniques.	They	also	         BLS201	                  Intermediate	




                                                                                                                                                      MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL
                                               have	the	opportunity	to	produce	their	own	                               Blacksmithing
                                               works,	including	tools	and	creative	metal	      BLS202	                  Damascus	Research
                                               items.	                                         BLS301	                  Blacksmithing	Bootcamp
                                               For	new	students,	the	BLS101	Blacksmith-
OVERVIEW                                       ing	course	will	introduce	them	to	the	ba-
                                                                                               COURSES
                                               sics.	Intermediate	Blacksmithing	(BLS201)	      Pt 			   		        		     		     	
Blacksmithing	has	stepped	into	the	21st	
                                               follows	with	more	advanced	skills.	Ready	
century	as	a	creative	art	form,	and	many	
                                               to	dive-in	with	both	feet?	Try	the	week-
people	are	newly	discovering	the	enjoy-
                                               long	summer	session	Blacksmithing	Boot-
ment	of	working	in	this	ancient	trade.	
                                               camp	(BLS301).
Blacksmiths	work	by	heating	pieces	of	
wrought	iron	or	steel	in	a	forge	until	the	
metal	becomes	soft	enough	to	be	shaped	




Building Environmental Systems Technology Courses

                                               COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        AR10	             Refrigeration	-	Basic
                           LEARN MORE
                                               AR11	             Refrigerant	Handling	&	
                                                                 Certification	Course

                                               COURSES
                                               Pt 		   		   		   		   		 C
OVERVIEW
NAIT’s	Building	Environmental	Systems	
Technology	(BEST)	program	provides	
training	in	the	heating,	ventilation,	air	
conditioning	and	refrigeration	Industries	
(HVAC&R).	
                                                                                                             LEGEND
                                                                                                             learning options
The	programming	is	intended	to	provide	
greater	educational	access	and	flexibility,	                                                                 Ft        Full-time
as	well	as	enable	candidates	to	focus	their	                                                                 Pt        Part-time
training	on	many	facets	within	the	broad	
                                                                                                             D         Distance	and	Online	learning
HVAC&R	job	market	place.	Courses	tend	
to	be	of	interest	to	those	in	the	sales	and	                                                                 start date
peripheral	businesses,	building	operators	                                                                             Fall
or	managers,	maintenance	personnel	                                                                                    Winter
or	tradespeople	looking	to	update	their	
                                                                                                                       Spring
knowledge	or	expand	it	in	this	area.
                                                                                                                       Summer

                                                                                                             credential

                                                                                                              A        Applied	degree

                                                                                                              B        Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                              C        Certificate

                                                                                                             Dp Diploma




                                                                                             Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                     119
                           Computer Numerical Control (CNC) Certificate

                                                                            CERTIFICATION                                  CNC TURNING CENTRE OPERATOR
                                                       SCAN THIS TO                                                        CERTIFICATE I
                                                                            A	certificate	will	be	issued	to	students	      MAC301	           Basic	Turning	Centre	
                                                       LEARN MORE
                                                                            who	successfully	complete	the	three	lev-                         Operation
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL




                                                                            els	of	Operations	and/or	the	three	levels	     MAC302	           Intermediate	Turning	
                                                                            of	Programming	within	each	certificate.                          Centre	Operation
                                                                            There	are	two	streams	based	on	the	ma-         MAC303	           Advanced	Turning	
                                                                            chines	(Machining	Centre	and	Turning	                            Centre	Operations
                                                                            Centre)	available	for	the	CNC	Certificate:
                           OVERVIEW                                          •	Machining	Centre	Operator	                  CNC TURNING CENTRE
                                                                               Certificate	I                               PROGRAMMING CERTIFICATE II
                           Interested	in	earning	your	Machining	
                                                                                                                           MAC304	           Basic	Turning	Centre	
                           Centre	Certificate	I	and	II	or	your	Turn-        •	Machining	Centre	Programming	                                  Programming
                           ing	Centre	Certificate	I	and	II,	or	all	four?	     Certificate	II
                                                                                                                           MAC305	           Intermediate	Turning	
                           NAIT’s	CNC	Certificate	programs	are	             •	Turning	Centre	Operator	Certificate	                           Centre	Programming
                           well-recognized	by	industry.	Our	leading-          I
                                                                                                                           MAC306	           Advanced	Turning	
                           edge	equipment	provides	an	excellent	op-         •	Turning	Centre	Programming	                                    Centre	Programming
                           portunity	to	get	hands-on	training	as	an	          Certificate	II
                           operator	and	programmer.
                                                                            You	may	choose	to	earn	all	four	certifi-       COURSES
                           CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             cates.                                         Pt 		   		   		   		   		 C
                           Students	may	find	work	opportunities	as	a	       You	will	be	required	to	complete	and	sub-
                           CNC	operator,	set-up	person	or	program-          mit	a	Request	for	Certification	form,	avail-
                           mer.	Students	may	also	advance	to	super-         able	at	the	Registrar’s	Office	or	online	at	
                           visory	positions,	start	their	own	business,	     www.nait.ca/calendars	to	receive	your	
                           or	branch	out	to	work	in	positions	such	as	      certificate(s).
                           quality	assurance	inspector,	machinist,	
                           millwright,	or	tool	and	die	maker.	There	        ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                           are	ample	opportunities	in	oilfield	manu-        Students	with	no	previous	mechanical	ex-
                           facturing,	general	manufacturing,	produc-        perience	must	take	MAC50	Introduction	
                           tion	and	industrial	repair	shops.	               to	Basic	Machining	Industrial	Skills.

                           PROGRAM MODEL/                                   PROGRAM OUTLINE
                           COMPLETION
                                                                            ENTRY-LEVEL COURSE
                           REQUIREMENTS                                     MAC50	        Introduction	to	Basic	
                           In	your	chosen	machine	type,	it	is	sug-                        Machining	Industrial	Skills
                           gested	that	you	register	for	all	three	core	
                           courses	at	the	same	time.	Students	com-          CNC MACHINING CENTRE OPERATOR
                           pleting	one	level	will	not	be	guaranteed	        CERTIFICATE I
                           placement	at	the	next	level.                     MAC201	       Basic	Machining	
                                                                                          Centre	Operation
                           Students	with	previous	experience	who	
                                                                            MAC202	       Intermediate	Machining	
                           wish	to	enter	a	higher-level	CNC	course,	                      Centre	Operations
                           without	completing	previous	levels,	will	
                                                                            MAC203	       Advanced	Machining	
                           be	required	to	demonstrate	CNC	skills	                         Centre	Operations
                           and	competencies	prior	to	registration.	
                           Contact	Associate	Chair	Dave	Grabski	            CNC MACHINING CENTRE
                           at	780.471.8547.	Students	registering	           PROGRAMMING CERTIFICATE II
                           in	CNC	courses	are	accepted	on	a	“first	         MAC204	       Basic	Machine	Centre	
                           come	-	first	served”	basis.                                    Programming
                           Notes:	Students	must	take	courses	in	the	        MAC205	       Intermediate	Machine	
                           prerequisite	sequence	and	may	have	to	                         Centre	Program
                           provide	proof	to	the	course	instructor.          MAC206	       Advanced	Machining	
                                                                                          Centre	Programming




                 120										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Heavy Equipment Courses

                                               For	students	already	working	in	the	field,	        COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        this	course	will	help	you	update	your	train-
                                               ing	and	skills,	keeping	you	in	touch	with	         HE65	                    Heavy	Equipment	Mobile	
                           LEARN MORE                                                                                      Air	Conditioning
                                               the	latest	trends	and	technology.




                                                                                                                                                         MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL
                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                               COURSES
                                               People	with	formal	training	in	Heavy	              Pt 			   		        		     		     		 C
                                               Equipment	Mobile	Air	Conditioning	are	
OVERVIEW                                       valued	by	employers	who	are	seeking	
                                               qualified	persons	to	repair	off-road	equip-
Whether	you	are	looking	to	update	your	        ment	air	conditioning	systems
skills	and	knowledge	or	just	beginning	to	
explore	a	career	in	the	Heavy	Equipment	
industry,	this	course	will	work	for	you.




Hydronic Designer & Installer Certification Courses

                                               Your	Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	             COURSE OUTLINE
                                               certification	will	not	only	add	to	your	
                           SCAN THIS TO                                                           PIP510	                  Hydronic	Designer/
                           LEARN MORE          theoretical	and	practical	knowledge,	but	                                   Installer	Core	I
                                               it	will	also	help	you	succeed	in	your	cur-
                                                                                                  PIP511	                  Hydronic	Designer	
                                               rent	employment	and	advance	along	your	                                     Installer	Core	II
                                               career	path.
                                                                                                  PIP520	                  Hydronic	Designer	III
                                               Hydronic	designers	design	heating	and	             PIP530	                  Hydronic	Installer	III
                                               cooling	systems,	and	typically	work	for	
OVERVIEW                                       large	mechanical	contractors	or	whole-             COURSES
                                               salers.	Hydronic	installers	do	installation	
Hydronics	refers	to	a	system	of	heating	       work	according	to	design	and	are	typically	        Pt 		    		    		        		      		 C
or	cooling	that	uses	a	fluid	(usually	wa-      employed	by	mechanical	contractors.
ter)	or	vapour	to	transfer	heat	in	a	closed	
                                               Plumbers	and	pipefitters	commonly	work	
system	of	pipes.	The	Hydronics	program,	
                                               towards	their	hydronic	installer	certifica-
developed	by	NAIT’s	pipe	trades	group	
                                               tion	to	enhance	their	skills	and	career	op-
for	students	throughout	North	America,	
                                               tions.
also	addresses	hydronics	systems	involv-
ing	solar,	fuel	cell	and	geothermal	heating	   Not	everyone	can	install	hydronic	sys-
sources.                                       tems:	across	North	America,	different	                           LEGEND
                                               jurisdictions	have	different	requirements.	
There	are	two	program	streams:                                                                                  learning options
                                               For	example,	in	Alberta,	you	must	be	
 •	Hydronic	Designer                           a	journeyman	or	apprentice	plumber,	                             Ft        Full-time
•	Hydronic	Installer                           steamfitter	or	pipefitter	to	install	hydronic	                   Pt        Part-time
                                               systems.
Students	who	successfully	complete	a	                                                                           D         Distance	and	Online	learning

chosen	stream	are	prepared	for	certifica-
tion	by	the	Canadian	Hydronics	Council	
                                               CERTIFICATION                                                    start date
                                                                                                                          Fall
(CHC).	Graduates	can	be	certified	as	          Successful	completion	of	a	chosen	stream	
either	a	hydronic	designer,	a	hydronic	in-     qualifies	students	for	certification	by	the	                               Winter

staller,	or	both.                              Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC).	Stu-                                     Spring
                                               dents	can	seek	certification	as	a	hydronic	
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                           designer	or	hydronic	installer,	or	both.	
                                                                                                                          Summer

                                                                                                                credential
                                               Once	students	have	completed	all	course-
Hydronics	is	a	growth	industry	throughout	
                                               work	and	attained	70%	or	better	on	all	                           A        Applied	degree
North	America.	Employers	in	a	wide	range	
                                               exams,	NAIT	submits	all	information	to	
of	industries	and	work	locations	seek	out	                                                                       B        Baccalaureate	degree
                                               the	Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	
employees	with	relevant	certification	to	                                                                        C        Certificate
                                               for	certification.
work	as	hydronic	designers,	hydronic	in-
                                                                                                                Dp Diploma
stallers	or	both.



                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                     121
                           Hydronic Designer and Installer Certification Courses
                           (Distance)
                                                                            com,	the	website	of	the	Canadian	Institute	   to	the	Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	
                                                       SCAN THIS TO         of	Plumbing	and	Heating.                      for	hydronic	designer	certification.
                                                       LEARN MORE
                                                                            PROGRAM MODEL/                                INSTALLER CERTIFICATION FOR
                                                                                                                          HYDRONIC DESIGNERS (OPTIONAL)
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL




                                                                            COMPLETION
                                                                                                                          Once	students	have	completed	the	Hy-
                                                                            REQUIREMENTS                                  dronic	Designer	core	courses	and	exams,	
                                                                            Students	interested	in	the	Hydronic	In-       they	are	eligible	to	enroll	in	the	supple-
                                                                            staller	program	can	enrol	in	one	of	two	      mental	block	toward	their	Hydronic	In-
                           OVERVIEW                                         streams.	                                     staller	certification.	After	completing	
                           Hydronics	refers	to	a	system	of	heating	          •	Hydronic	Designer                          PIP373	Hydronic	Designer	Installer	Sup-
                           or	cooling	that	uses	a	fluid	(usually	wa-        •	Hydronic	Installer                          plemental	Block,	students	write	an	exam.	
                           ter)	or	vapour	to	transfer	heat	in	a	closed	                                                   Students	must	demonstrate	proof	of	prac-
                           system	of	pipes.	The	Hydronics	program,	         Students	 can	 register	 for	 either	 on-     tical	experience.	The	program	chair	ap-
                           developed	by	NAIT’s	pipe	trades	group	           line	or	print-based	learning	and	have	        proves	work	experience.	If	students	do	not	
                           for	students	throughout	North	America,	          nine	months	to	complete	each	block	of	        have	enough	practical	experience,	they	
                           also	addresses	hydronics	systems	involv-         courses.                                      can	take	an	on-site	lab	course.	Contact	
                           ing	solar,	fuel	cell	and	geothermal	heating	     Courses	are	organized	into	blocks,	de-        780.378.7249	to	discuss	work	experience	
                           sources.                                         pending	on	the	program	stream.	Both	          and	potential	need	for	laboratory	courses,	
                                                                            streams	share	some	common	required	           offered	on-site	at	NAIT.	Once	students	
                           Students	who	successfully	complete	a	
                                                                            courses;	however,	each	stream	has	unique	     have	written	and	attained	70%	or	better	
                           chosen	stream	are	prepared	for	certifica-
                                                                            core	courses	specific	to	that	stream.         on	the	hydronic	installer	exam,	NAIT	will	
                           tion	by	the	Canadian	Hydronics	Council	
                                                                                                                          submit	all	qualifications	to	the	Canadian	
                           (CHC).	Graduates	can	be	certified	as	            After	completing	one	stream,	students	
                                                                                                                          Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	for	hydronic	in-
                           either	a	hydronic	designer,	a	hydronic	in-       can	take	a	unique	course	block	to	com-
                                                                                                                          staller	certification.
                           staller,	or	both.                                plete	the	requirements	for	the	other.	Stu-
                                                                            dents	completing	modules	in	one	stream	       ACCREDITATION
                           CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             do	not	have	to	repeat	common	modules	in	
                           Hydronics	is	a	growth	industry	throughout	       the	other.	Module	Descriptions	are	avail-     PROGRAM COMPLETION
                           North	America.	Employers	in	a	wide	range	        able	to	help	you	understand	the	content	of	
                                                                                                                          Successful	completion	of	a	chosen	stream	
                           of	industries	and	work	locations	seek	out	       each	block.
                                                                                                                          qualifies	students	for	certification	by	the	
                           employees	with	relevant	certification	to	        INSTALLER CERTIFICATION                       Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC).	Stu-
                           work	as	hydronic	designers,	hydronic	in-                                                       dents	can	seek	certification	as	a	hydronic	
                                                                            Students	must	demonstrate	proof	of	prac-
                           stallers	or	both.                                                                              designer	or	hydronic	installer,	or	both.
                                                                            tical	experience.	The	program	chair	ap-
                           Your	Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	           proves	work	experience.	If	students	do	not	   Once	students	have	completed	all	course-
                           certification	will	not	only	add	to	your	         have	enough	practical	experience,	they	       work	and	attained	70%	or	better	on	all	
                           theoretical	and	practical	knowledge,	but	        can	take	an	on-site	lab	course.	Contact	      exams,	NAIT	submits	all	information	to	
                           it	will	also	help	you	succeed	in	your	cur-       780.378.7249	to	discuss	work	experience	      the	Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	
                           rent	employment	and	advance	along	your	          and	potential	need	for	laboratory	courses,	   for	certification.
                           career	path.                                     offered	on-site	at	NAIT.
                           Hydronic	designers	design	heating	and	
                                                                                                                          CHALLENGE EXAMS
                                                                            Once	students	have	written	and	attained	
                           cooling	systems,	and	typically	work	for	                                                       Journeyman	plumbers,	steamfitters	or	
                                                                            70%	or	better	on	all	three	exams	and	have	
                           large	mechanical	contractors	or	whole-                                                         pipefitters	with	field	experience	and	ap-
                                                                            demonstrated	their	practical	experience,	
                           salers.	Hydronic	installers	do	installation	                                                   prentices	with	1400	hours	of	relevant	
                                                                            NAIT	will	submit	all	qualifications	to	the	
                           work	according	to	design	and	are	typically	                                                    work	experience	can	write	a	challenge	
                                                                            Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	for	
                           employed	by	mechanical	contractors.                                                            exam	that	determines	their	knowledge	
                                                                            hydronic	installer	certification.
                                                                                                                          of	theory.	Those	who	attain	70%	or	bet-
                           Plumbers	and	pipefitters	commonly	work	
                                                                            DESIGNER CERTIFICATION FOR                    ter	on	the	challenge	exam	are	eligible	for	
                           towards	their	hydronic	installer	certifica-      HYDRONIC INSTALLERS (OPTIONAL)                Canadian	Hydronics	Council	(CHC)	cer-
                           tion	to	enhance	their	skills	and	career	op-                                                    tification.
                                                                            Once	students	have	completed	the	Hy-
                           tions.
                                                                            dronic	Installer	core	courses	and	exams,	     Those	wanting	to	write	the	challenge	
                           Not	everyone	can	install	hydronic	sys-           they	are	eligible	to	enrol	in	the	supple-     exam	can	register	for	one	or	both	of	the	
                           tems:	across	North	America,	different	           mental	block	toward	their	Hydronic	De-        following	courses.	
                           jurisdictions	have	different	requirements.	      signer	certification.	After	completing	        •	PIP300C	Hydronic	Designer	
                           For	example,	in	Alberta,	you	must	be	            PIP377	Hydronic	Installer	Design	Supple-          Challenge	Exam
                           a	journeyman	or	apprentice	plumber,	             mental	Block,	students	write	an	exam.         •		PIP350C	Hydronic	Installer	
                           steamfitter	or	pipefitter	to	install	hydronic	
                                                                            Once	students	have	written	and	attained	        Challenge	Exam
                           systems.	To	learn	more,	check	out	the	Co-
                                                                            70%	or	better	on	the	hydronic	designer	
                           Op	&	Careers	section	under	Your	Industry	
                                                                            exam,	NAIT	will	submit	all	qualifications	
                           Trade	Association	at	http://www.ciph.


                 122										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                          The	practical,	hands-on	portions	of	the	          HYDRONIC INSTALLER COURSE
                                               hydronic	installer	stream	are	delivered	on-       BLOCK
REGISTRATION                                   site	at	NAIT	or	through	an	approved	insti-        PIP374	            Hydronic	Installer	Core	I
                                               tution	elsewhere	in	North	America.                PIP375	            Hydronic	Installer	Core	II
Students	typically	register	for	one	core	




                                                                                                                                                  MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL
block	at	a	time	then	write	their	exam.	        There	is	a	requirement	for	the	print-based	       PIP376	            Hydronic	Installer	Core	III
Most	students	start	with	the	Designer	         final	exams	to	be	closed-book	and	super-          PIP377	            Hydronic	Installer	to	
block	of	courses	first.                        vised.                                                               Designer	Supplemental	
                                                                                                                    Block	(Optional	to	receive	
DELIVERY OPTIONS                               PROGRAM OUTLINE                                                      other	Certificate)

Students	can	choose	their	method	of	           HYDRONIC DESIGNER COURSE                          HYDRONIC INSTALLER LAB
study:                                         BLOCK                                             COURSES
 •	online	via	our	web-based	program            PIP370	           Hydronic	Designer	Core	I        PIP352	            Boilers	&	Accessories	
•	correspondence                               PIP371	           Hydronic	Designer	Core	II                          -	Practical
                                               PIP372	           Hydronic	Designer	Core	III      PIP353	            Controls	-	Practical
Students	wanting	to	register	for	the	online	
modules	must	register	in	intake	sessions	      PIP373	           Hydronic	Designer	to	
beginning	with	W.                                                Installer	Supplemental	         COURSES
                                                                 Block	(Optional	to	receive	
Students	wanting	to	register	for	the	print	                      other	Certificate)              D   		 		    		    		      		 C
correspondence	modules	must	register	in	
intake	sessions	beginning	with	P.




job readiness courses

                                               COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        ELE702		          Electrical	Trade	
                           LEARN MORE                            Basic	Skills		
                                               INL702		          Insulator	Job	
                                                                 Readiness		
                                               PIP702	           Plumber	Job	
                                                                 Readiness		
                                               PND702		          Painting	&	Decorating	Job	
OVERVIEW                                                         Readiness		
NAIT	has	designed	Job	Readiness	pro-           SML702		          Sheet	Metal	Job	
grams	to	meet	industry’s	demands	for	                            Readiness		                                 LEGEND
skilled	workers.	Registering	for	these	                                                                      learning options
programs	is	a	great	way	for	high	school	       COURSES                                                       Ft    Full-time
graduates	or	career	changers	to	get	a	         Pt 		   		   		   		   	                                      Pt    Part-time
jump	start	on	well-paying	careers	in	the	
trades.	They	prepare	students	for	entry-                                                                     D     Distance	and	Online	learning
level	jobs	by	providing	them	with	practical	
                                                                                                             start date
knowledge	and	safe	work	habits,	and	are	
                                                                                                                   Fall
designed	to	prepare	a	person	for	an	ap-
prenticeship.	                                                                                                     Winter

                                                                                                                   Spring

                                                                                                                   Summer

                                                                                                             credential

                                                                                                              A    Applied	degree

                                                                                                              B    Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                              C    Certificate

                                                                                                             Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               123
                           Machine Shop Certificate

                                                                          CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                           PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                      SCAN THIS TO        Students	who	take	these	courses	may	find	      MAC101	            Machine	Shop	I
                                                      LEARN MORE
                                                                          their	training	helps	to	create	avenues	into	   MAC112	            Machine	Shop	II
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL




                                                                          the	machinist	trade,	including	opportuni-      MAC113	            Machine	Shop	III
                                                                          ties	at	machine	shops.	Students	may	also	      MAC114	            Machine	Shop	IV
                                                                          branch	out	into	other	areas,	such	as	qual-     MAC116	            Machine	Shop	V
                                                                          ity	control	and	tool	and	die.

                           OVERVIEW                                       CERTIFICATION                                  COURSES
                           Experience	hands-on	training	with	the	         A	NAIT	Machine	Shop	Certificate	will	          Pt 			   		   		   		   		 C
                           operation	of	machine	shop	equipment,	          be	issued	upon	successful	completion	of	
                           including	drill	press,	lathe	and	milling	ma-   MAC101,	MAC112,	MAC113,	MAC114	and	
                           chines.	These	courses	provide	a	range	of	      MAC116.	
                           opportunities	to	improve	your	theoretical	
                           knowledge	and	hands-on	practical	skills.	
                           The	courses	will	be	of	interest	to	those	
                           considering	a	career	as	a	machinist,	those	
                           looking	to	improve	their	professional	de-
                           velopment	and	hobbyists.




                           Mastercam Courses

                                                                          CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                           COURSE OUTLINE
                                                      SCAN THIS TO                                                       MAC10	             Gibbscam
                                                      LEARN MORE          Students	who	have	completed	one	or	
                                                                          more	of	these	courses	can	add	to	their	        MC131	             Mastercam	Level	I	-	Mill
                                                                          professional	development	and	overall	em-       MC132	             Mastercam	Level	2	-	Lathe
                                                                          ployability.	For	CNC	operators	looking	to	     MC133	             Mastercam	Level	
                                                                          advance	their	careers,	these	courses	will	                        III	-	Introduction	to	
                                                                          assist.	Other	employment	possibilities	in-                        3D	Programming
                                                                          clude	positions	working	with	CAD/CAM	
                           OVERVIEW                                       or	as	a	CNC	programmer	or	manufacturer	        COURSES
                           This	series	of	courses	introduces	students	    designer.
                                                                                                                         Pt 		    		   		   		   	
                           to	the	use	of	Mastercam	software	in	vari-
                           ous	lathe	or	milling	operations.	Among	
                           the	topics	discussed	are	two-dimensional	
                           geometry,	criteria	for	selecting	tools	and	
                           creating	different	kinds	of	toolpaths	for	
                           CNC	turning	centres	or	CNC	machining	
                           centres.




                 124										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Mechanical Engineering Technology Courses

                                               Each	of	these	credit	courses	is	recognized	      COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        for	transfer	into	the	full-time	program.
                                                                                                MEC132	                  Statics
                           LEARN MORE
                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             MEC231	                  Stress	Analysis




                                                                                                                                                       MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL
                                                                                                MEC232	                  Dynamics	of	Machinery
                                               These	Continuing	Education	courses	will	
                                               enhance	your	professional	development	           MEC332	                  Design	of	Machine	
                                                                                                                         Elements
                                               and	generally	add	to	your	skill	set	and	re-
                                               sume.	Continuing	Education	students	may	
OVERVIEW                                       wish	to	know	that	graduates	of	NAIT’s	           COURSES
                                               Mechanical	Engineering	Technology	find	
Interested	in	checking	out	different	as-
                                                                                                Pt 		    		        		     				 Dp
                                               employment	in	a	broad	spectrum	of	in-
pects	of	mechanical	engineering	technol-       dustries,	including	manufacturing	firms,	
ogy?	These	courses	will	give	you	a	taste	      hydraulic	firms	and	engineering	consult-
of	important	concepts	and	theories.	For	       ing	firms	that	offer	design,	fabrication,	
those	already	working	in	a	related	area,	      production	and	quality	control	services.	
these	courses	will	add	to	your	skill	set.	
Those	who	are	interested	in	NAIT’s	Me-
chanical	Engineering	Technology	full-time	
program	may	find	these	courses	will	help	
them	to	consider	a	career	in	this	field.




Millwright Courses

                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             MIT51	                   Millwright	Reciprocating	
                                                                                                                         Compressor	Maintenance
                           SCAN THIS TO        Continuing	Education	students	will	find	
                           LEARN MORE          that	these	courses	can	help	towards	ap-          COURSES
                                               prenticeship	as	a	Millwright.	Millwrights	
                                               generally	acquire	their	skills	and	knowl-        Pt 			   		        		     		     	
                                               edge	through	apprenticeship	training	and/
                                               or	learning	on-the-job.
                                               Millwrights	commonly	work	in	industrial	
OVERVIEW                                       repair	shops,	industrial	plants,	production	
Looking	for	an	avenue	into	the	Millwright	     facilities,	recreational	establishments	and	
trade?	These	courses	are	designed	for	         in	natural	resource	industries.	Millwrights	                   LEGEND
people	who	want	to	know	more	about	the	        often	work	in	close	association	with	other	                    learning options
trade	and	currently-employed	workers	          trade	personnel	such	as	electricians,	                         Ft        Full-time
looking	to	upgrade	or	refresh	their	skills.	   welders,	pipefitters,	instrument	techni-                       Pt        Part-time
The	courses	may	also	help	people	who	are	      cians	and	machinists.	Due	in	part	to	their	
aiming	to	achieve	their	Red	Seal	Certifica-    versatility,	Millwrights	have	a	wealth	of	                     D         Distance	and	Online	learning

tion	as	an	Industrial	Millwright	Mechanic.     employment	opportunities,	with	good	                           start date
Millwrights	install,	maintain,	troubleshoot	   prospects	for	advancement	into	supervi-                                  Fall
and	repair	stationary	industrial	machin-       sory	positions.	
                                                                                                                        Winter
ery	and	mechanical	equipment.	In	these	
courses,	students	will	learn	about	the	ba-     COURSE OUTLINE                                                           Spring

sics	of	the	Millwright	trade	and	develop	      MIT15	        Millwright	                                                Summer

essential	skills	in	reciprocating	compres-                   Fundamentals	Part	1                              credential
sor	maintenance.                               MIT16	        Millwright	
                                                                                                               A        Applied	degree
                                                             Fundamentals	Part	2
                                               MIT17	        Millwright	                                       B        Baccalaureate	degree

                                                             Fundamentals	Part	3                               C        Certificate

                                                                                                              Dp Diploma




                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                     125
                           Non-Destructive Testing Courses

                                                                           A	summary	of	the	NDT	Certifying	Agency	        NATOs	are	responsible	for	grading	the	
                                                      SCAN THIS TO         prerequisites	follows.	For	complete	infor-     test.	Passing	grade	is	a	minimum	of	10	
                                                      LEARN MORE           mation	about	overall	prerequisites,	con-       correct	answers	out	of	15	questions.	NA-
                                                                           tact	the	NDT	Certifying	Agency	of	NRCan:	      TOs	must	send	the	successfully	passed	
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL




                                                                           http://ndt.nrcan.gc.ca.                        test	to	NRCan	for	retention	and	filing.	If	no	
                                                                                                                          test	is	on	file	at	NRCan,	the	NDT	training	
                                                                           MATERIALS AND PROCESSES                        (UT,	RT,	ET)	of	an	applicant	seeking	cer-
                                                                           As	of	July	1,	2007,	the	candidate	shall	pro-   tification	will	not	be	accepted	by	NRCan.	
                                                                           vide	evidence	acceptable	to	the	agency	        In	the	event	that	a	student	fails	the	math-
                           OVERVIEW                                        that	he/she	has	successfully	passed	an	        skills	test,	a	NATO	may	offer	to	the	stu-
                           Are	you	gearing	up	to	get	your	NDT	cer-         examination	administered	by	an	NDT	            dent	a	basic	mathematical	skills	course	of	
                           tification?	These	Non-destructive	Testing	      Accepted	Training	Organization	(NATO).	        duration	to	be	decided	by	the	NATO.	With	
                           (NDT)	courses	are	offered	by	NAIT’s	NDT	        The	M&P	test	may	be	distributed	to	the	        or	without	a	mathematical	skills	course,	
                           Training	and	Test	Centre.	The	courses	are	      students	by	the	NATOs	using	various	           all	students	for	UT,	RT	and	ET	must	pass	
                           designed	to	prepare	students	to	obtain	         methods	such	as	an	on-line	test,	via	mail,	    the	math-skills	test	prior	to	commence-
                           their	NDT	certification	in	accordance	          fax	or	email.                                  ment	of	training	in	these	NDT	methods.
                           with	Canadian	General	Standards	Board	          NATOs	are	responsible	for	grading	the	         Exemption:	Students	for	training	in	PT	and	
                           (CGSB)	requirements.	The	courses	pro-           M&P	test.	Passing	grade	is	a	minimum	          MT	are	exempt	from	having	to	pass	the	
                           vide	the	classroom	training	required	for	       of	70%.	In	the	event	that	a	student	fails	     math-skills	test.
                           certification,	but	students	must	also	meet	     the	M&P	test	or	wishes	not	to	take	the	
                           other	CGSB	requirements	for	practical	          NATO	administered	M&P	test,	the	NATO	          LEVEL 1 AND LEVEL 2
                           work	experience.                                may	offer	to	the	student	a	40	hour	M&P	        The	candidates	shall	provide	evidence	
                           For	maximum	flexibility,	some	courses	are	      course	that	follows	the	subject	list	in	Ap-    acceptable	to	the	certification	body	that	
                           offered	in	the	evening,	while	others	are	of-    pendix	C6	of	CAN/CGSB-48.9712-06.              he/she	has	completed	a	course	in	the	
                           fered	in	daytime	hours.                         With	or	without	an	M&P	course,	can-            NDT	method	for	which	he/she	is	seeking	
                                                                           didates	applying	for	certification	in	any	     permission	to	challenge	examinations.	
                           Note:	Non-destructive	testing	(NDT)	is	
                                                                           NDT	method	must	pass	a	NATO	admin-             Training	providers	must	issue	documen-
                           commonly	and	equally	referred	to	as	non-
                                                                           istered	M&P	test	prior	to	commencement	        tary	proof	of	satisfactory	completion	of	
                           destructive	examination	(NDE).
                                                                           of	NRCan	examinations	-	except	those	          training.	Each	NDT	training	course	must	
                           CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            NRCan	certified	inspectors	who	already	        follow	the	curriculum	prescribed	by	the	
                                                                           hold	at	least	two	current	NDT	certifica-       certification	body.	The	certification	body	
                           Students	who	achieve	NDT	certification	                                                        decides	on	the	acceptability	of	NDT	train-
                           will	find	opportunities	with	NDT/NDE	           tions.
                                                                                                                          ing	courses	and	of	course	instructors.
                           firms	and	in	quality	assurance	or	quality	      Exemption:	NRCan	certified	inspectors	
                           control	positions.                              who	hold	at	least	two	current	NDT	certi-       COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                           fications	are	exempt	from	both	M&P	test	
                           CERTIFICATION                                                                                  MT500	             Magnetic	Particle	
                                                                           and/or	M&P	training.	(Such	inspectors	                            Inspection	Level	II
                           Applicants	who	intend	to	apply	for	CGSB	        already	passed	examinations	contain-
                                                                                                                          MT555	             NDT	Math	Preparation
                           NDT	certification	are	responsible	for	          ing	approximately	40	M&P	questions.).	
                                                                                                                          MT600	             Liquid	Penetrant	
                           verifying	their	own	eligibility	with	Natural	   Students	for	NDT	method	training	are	
                                                                                                                                             Inspection	Level	II
                           Resources	Canada	(NRCan).	NRCan	man-            encouraged	to	pass	the	M&P	test	prior	
                                                                                                                          MT650	             Materials	and	
                           ages	Canada’s	nation-wide	program	for	          to	training.	NATOs	are	responsible	for	the	
                                                                                                                                             Processes	for	NDT
                           the	certification	of	individuals	perform-       preparation	of	an	M&P	test.
                                                                                                                          MT680	             Ultrasonic	Inspection	
                           ing	non-destructive	testing	(NDT).	The	         MATHEMATICS                                                       Level	I
                           NDT	Certifying	Agency	of	NRCan	is	an	                                                          MT685	             Ultrasonic	Inspection	
                                                                           As	of	July	1,	2007,	the	candidate	shall	
                           independent	body	that	certifies	individu-                                                                         Level	II
                                                                           provide	evidence	acceptable	to	the	certi-
                           als	according	to	the	National	Standard	                                                        MT700	             Certified	Exposure	
                                                                           fication	body	that	he/she	has	successfully	
                           of	Canada,	CAN/CGSB-48.9712-2006	                                                                                 Device	Operator
                                                                           passed	an	examination	administered	by	
                           “Qualification	and	Certification	of	Non-                                                       MT710	             Radiography	
                                                                           an	accepted	Training	Organization	(TO).	
                           Destructive	Testing	Personnel.”                                                                                   Inspection	Level	I
                                                                           NRCan	will	provide	a	common	math-skills	
                           For	further	information	on	your	eligibility	    test	to	all	NATOs	and	NRCan	examina-           MT720	             Radiography	
                           contact	NRCan:	http:/ /ndt.nrcan.gc.ca.         tion	centres.	NRCan	intends	to	replace	the	                       Inspection	Level	II
                                                                           math-skills	test	every	three	months.	The	      MT800	             Basic	Metallurgy
                           ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                           math-skills	test	consists	of	15	questions	     MT810	             Basic	Metallurgy	II
                           Anyone	taking	a	UT,	RT	or	EDDY	Current	         and	may	be	distributed	to	the	students	by	
                           Level	1	or	2	course	will	be	required	to	pass	   the	NATOs	using	various	methods	such	as	       COURSES
                           a	math	skills	test	administered	by	an	ac-       an	on-line	test,	via	mail,	fax	or	email.
                                                                                                                          Pt 			   		   		   		   		 C
                           cepted	training	organization.




                 126										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Power Engineering CML (Distance)

                                               Students	who	enroll	in	our	courses	typi-         REGISTRATION
                           SCAN THIS TO        cally	work	in:
                                                •	heating	plants                                Every	student	who	has	registered	for	a	
                           LEARN MORE
                                                                                                Power	Engineering	CML	course	will	re-
                                               •	the	oil	and	gas	industry




                                                                                                                                             MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL
                                                                                                ceive	an	email	from	the	department	within	
                                               •	the	power	generation	industry                  a	few	days	of	registration.	The	email	mes-
                                               •	the	pulp	and	paper	industry.                   sage	will	direct	students	to	the	Distance	
                                                                                                Learning	Power	Engineering	Student	Res-
                                               PROGRAM MODEL/                                   cource	site,	which	will	provide	important	
OVERVIEW                                       COMPLETION                                       course	information	and	direction.	Stu-
                                                                                                dents	who	do	not	receive	any	information	
NAIT’s	convenient	home	study	Power	En-         REQUIREMENTS                                     within	a	week	should	call	1.877.535.5025	
gineering	Computer	Managed	Learning	
                                               As	students	work	through	the	Power	En-           or	780.378.1210	or	email	the	department	
(CML)	modules	let	students	work	at	their	
                                               gineering	Training	Systems	(PETS)	printed	       office	at	pecml@nait.ca.
own	pace	to	grow	their	employability	and	
                                               material,	they	test	their	knowledge	of	each	
career	potential.	With	instructor	support	                                                      Students	can	enroll	at	any	time	and	get	
                                               module	by	completing	a	quiz.	The	quiz	for	
as	you	need	it,	you	can	take	up	to	one	year	                                                    started	right	away.
                                               each	module	consists	of	10	to	15	multiple-
to	complete	the	material.                                                                       Two	consecutive	six-month	course	exten-
                                               choice	questions	and	can	be	completed	
Power	Engineers	in	Alberta	are	certified	      and	graded	online	via	The	Learning	Man-          sions	are	available	upon	payment	of	an	
by	the	Alberta	Boilers	Safety	Association	     ager	(TLM).	Students	can	access	TLM	via	         additional	fee.	Extensions	must	be	pur-
(ABSA).	There	are	five	levels	of	certifica-    computers	in	the	Power	Engineering	CML	          chased	prior	to	the	course	time	expiring.	
tion,	advancing	from	Fifth	Class	to	First	     Centre	at	NAIT	or	through	another	com-           For	information	on	extensions	and	fees,	
Class.	NAIT’s	Power	Engineering	courses	       puter	connected	to	the	Internet.	Students	       contact	the	Student	Success	Contact	Cen-
prepare	students	to	challenge	the	pro-         have	one	year	to	complete	the	course.            tre	at	asknait@nait.	ca	or	780.471.6248.
vincial	certification	exam	for	Fifth	Class	                                                     For	all	courses,	students	need:
                                               Once	students	complete	a	certain	number	
through	to	Second	Class,	Part	A.                                                                 •	an	IBM-compatible	personal	
                                               of	quizzes,	they	must	write	a	supervised	
Power	Engineers	(also	known	as	station-        exam.	Exams	can	be	written	at	NAIT.	                computer	and	a	printer
ary	engineers)	operate	and	maintain	dif-       Students	outside	the	Edmonton	area	can	           •	High-speed	Internet	access	using	
ferent	types	of	equipment	or	machinery	in	     write	their	exams	at	a	suitable	remote	lo-          Internet	Explorer
various	industries	or	operations.              cation	under	an	approved	supervisor.             Note:	TLM	is	not	compatible	with	Macin-
                                               Students	experiencing	difficulty	with	the	       tosh	platforms.	
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
                                               course	material	can	request	help	from	in-
Power	Engineers	work	with	many	differ-         structors	by	phone,	via	email	or	in	person.	     DELIVERY OPTIONS
ent	types	of	equipment	or	machinery,	in	       Instructors	are	available	for	tutoring	dur-      Home	study
various	industries	or	operations.	Power	       ing	regular	working	hours	and	are	located	
engineers	operate	and	maintain	equip-          at	the	Power	Engineering	CML	Centre	in	
ment	such	as:                                  C	Building,	Room	C100	(Main	Campus).
 •	boilers
                                               ACCREDITATION
•	compressors
                                               To	learn	more	about	the	Alberta	Govern-
•	condensers
                                               ment’s	requirements	for	Power	Engineer-                 LEGEND
•	gas	and	diesel	internal	combustion	          ing	Certification,	visit	the	Alberta	Boiler	            learning options
  engines                                      Safety	Association	(ABSA)’s	website	at	                  Ft   Full-time
•	generators                                   www.absa.ca.	
                                                                                                        Pt   Part-time
•	pressure	vessels                             Canadian	students	should	contact	the	
                                                                                                        D    Distance	and	Online	learning
•	pumps                                        certifying	body	in	their	province	or	terri-
                                               tory	for	more	information	on	certificates	              start date
•	related	controls
                                               and	certification	requirements.                               Fall
•	steam	and	gas	turbines.
                                                                                                             Winter
In	large	industrial	or	building	complexes,	                                                                  Spring
power	engineers	may	be	responsible	for:
                                                                                                             Summer
 •	building	control	systems
                                                                                                       credential
•	fire	systems
•	heating,	ventilation	and	air-                                                                         A    Applied	degree

  conditioning	(HVAC)	systems                                                                            B   Baccalaureate	degree

•	refrigeration.                                                                                        C    Certificate

                                                                                                        Dp Diploma




                                                                                              Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248           127
                           PROGRAM OUTLINE                                 SECOND CLASS                                    PE504	                Power	Engineering	Building	
                                                                           PE201	        Power	Engineering	Second	                               Operator	“B”	Upgrade	
                           FIFTH CLASS                                                   Class	Part	A,	Paper	I                                   to	Fifth	Class	-	CML
                           PE501	        Power	Engineering	                PE202	        Power	Engineering	Second	         PE505	                Power	Engineering	-	
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL




                                         Fifth	Class	-	CML                               Class	Part	A,	Paper	II                                  Fireman’s	Certificate	
                                                                                                                                                 Upgrade	to	Fifth	
                                                                           PE203	        Power	Engineering	Second	
                           FOURTH CLASS                                                                                                          Class	-	CML
                                                                                         Class	Part	A,	Paper	III
                           PE402	        Power	Engineering	
                                         Fourth	Class	-	CML                UPGRADE OR SPECIAL COURSES                      COURSES
                                                                           PE502	        Power	Engineering	Fourth	
                           THIRD CLASS                                                                                     Pt 		 D    		 		      		   		   		 C
                                                                                         Class	Upgrade	to	New	
                           PE303	        Power	Engineering	Third	                        Fourth	Class	-	CML
                                         Class	-	Part	A	-	CML              PE503	        Power	Engineering	Building	
                           PE304	        Power	Engineering	Third	                        Operator	“A”	Upgrade	to	
                                         Class	-	Part	B	-	CML                            New	Fourth	Class	-	CML




                           Power Engineering Technology Courses

                                                                           CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
                                                      SCAN THIS TO
                                                      LEARN MORE           Graduates	of	NAIT’s	Power	Engineering	          50%	or	better	in	Grade	10	English,	Math	
                                                                           CML	courses	often	move	into	positions	          and	Science.	Related	work	experience	
                                                                           with	more	responsibility	and	more	re-           may	be	considered	in	place	of	some	aca-
                                                                           spect.	Advancing	up	the	ranks	from	Fifth	       demic	subjects.
                                                                           Class	to	First	Class	means	bigger	chal-
                                                                           lenges	and	higher	wages,	and	NAIT’s	            COURSE OUTLINE
                                                                           reputation	means	graduates	compete	for	         PE13	                 Power	Engineering	
                           OVERVIEW                                        senior	positions	across	the	province	and	                             Fifth	Class
                           You	have	what	it	takes	to	engineer	a	great	     around	the	globe.                               PE14	                 Power	Engineering	
                           career	with	NAIT’s	Power	Engineering	           Power	Engineers	operate	and	maintain	the	                             Fourth	Class
                           courses.	Make	the	investment	in	your	           machinery	and	equipment	that	provide	           PE301	                Power	Engineering	
                           education	and	watch	your	career	take	off.       power,	heat,	refrigeration	and	other	indus-                           Third	Class	-	Part	A
                           In	Alberta,	power	engineers	are	certified	      trial	services,	including	boilers,	steam	and	   PE302	                Power	Engineering	
                           by	the	Alberta	Boilers	Safety	Association	      gas	turbines,	generators,	gas	and	diesel	                             Third	Class	-	Part	B
                           (ABSA).	There	are	five	levels	of	certifica-     engines,	pumps,	condensers,	compres-            PE316	                Power	Engineering	Fourth	
                           tion,	advancing	from	Fifth	Class	up	to	First	   sors	and	pressure	vessels.	Your	mechani-                              Class	-	Boiler	Lab
                           Class.	Students	should	contact	ABSA	for	        cal	aptitude,	on-the-job	experience,	and	
                           the	latest	information	about	power	engi-        NAIT	education	can	lead	to	employment	          COURSES
                           neering	certification	requirements.	Stu-        anywhere	from	petrochemical	plants	and	         Pt 		     		   		 C
                           dents	planning	to	work	outside	Alberta	         refineries	to	hospitals	and	hotels.
                           should	contact	the	provincial/territorial	      If	you	are	currently	working	in	power	gen-
                           certification	organizations	in	their	area.      eration,	pulp	and	paper,	or	the	oil	and	gas	
                           Following	a	step-by-step	process,	NAIT	         industry,	put	your	skills	to	the	test	with	
                           students	prepare	to	challenge	the	exam	         NAIT’s	courses	and	keep	your	career	
                           for	each	course.	Whether	you	are	look-          moving	like	a	finely-tuned	machine.	
                           ing	to	upgrade	your	skills	or	grab	that	big	
                           promotion,	NAIT’s	courses	give	you	the	
                           power	to	get	the	job	done.
                           Power	Engineering	classes	traditionally	fill	
                           quickly.	Students	are	advised	to	register	as	
                           soon	as	possible.




                 128										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Recreational Powersports Mechanics (RPM) Courses

                                               OVERVIEW                                          COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        Do	you	have	an	interest	in	small	engine	          RPM11	                    Motorcycle	Maintenance
                           LEARN MORE
                                               repair,	mechanics	or	maintaining	equip-           RPM15	                    Outboard	Engine	




                                                                                                                                                         MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL
                                               ment?	These	courses	offer	a	range	of	                                       Maintenance
                                               training	opportunities	for	vehicle	owners	        SE15	                     Small	Engine	Basics
                                               or	hobbyists	looking	to	improve	their	skills	     SE16	                     Tune-Up	and	Repair	for	
                                               and	knowledge.	The	courses	relate	to	a	                                     Small	Engine	Equipment
                                               wide	range	of	vehicles,	including	motorcy-        SE25	                     Small	Engine	Repair
                                               cles,	boats,	personal	watercraft,	snowmo-
                                               biles	and	other	recreational	equipment.	          COURSES
                                               The	courses	generally	focus	on	small	en-
                                               gine	repair,	service	and	maintenance.             Pt 			        		




Steamfitter/Pipefitter Courses

                                               CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                              COURSE OUTLINE
                           SCAN THIS TO        Steamfitters/Pipefitters	are	in	great	de-         PIP14	                    Blueprint	Reading	
                           LEARN MORE          mand	in	Alberta’s	energy	sectors,	along	                                    -	Piping	Trades
                                               with	many	related	industries.	Experienced	        PIP35	                    Steamfitter	Pipefitter	
                                               steamfitter/pipefitters	may	advance	to	                                     Refresher	program
                                               supervisory	positions	such	as	foreman,	           PIP44	                    Combustion	Analysis
                                               sub-contractors,	contractor	and	construc-         PIP69	                    Acorn	(IsoExpress	
                                               tion	superintendent.	                                                       Windows)
OVERVIEW
                                                                                                 COURSES
Improve	or	refresh	your	knowledge	of	con-
cepts	and	skills	related	to	the	steamfitter/                                                     Pt 		    		         		    		      	
pipefitter	trade.	Take	one	or	more	of	these	
courses	and	add	to	your	skill	set	by	work-
ing	with	software,	learning	about	equip-
ment	installation	or	reading	blueprints.

                                                                                                                LEGEND
                                                                                                                learning options
                                                                                                                    Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                                    Pt    Part-time

                                                                                                                    D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                                start date
                                                                                                                          Fall

                                                                                                                          Winter

                                                                                                                          Spring

                                                                                                                          Summer

                                                                                                                credential

                                                                                                                    A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                                    B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                    C     Certificate

                                                                                                                    Dp Diploma




                                                                                               Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248                      129
                           Welding Courses

                                                                       in	accordance	with	regulations	under	Al-        COURSE OUTLINE
                                                      SCAN THIS TO     berta’s	Occupational	Health	&	Safety	Act.
                                                                                                                       WLD10	   Intro	to	Oxy-Acetylene	
                                                      LEARN MORE       Students	MUST	abide	by	all	safety	rules	                 Welding	&	Cutting
                                                                       and	 regulations	 while	 working	 in	 the	
MECHANICAL + INDUSTRIAL




                                                                                                                       WLD15	   Beginners	Shielded	
                                                                       welding	shops.	Running	shoes	are	not	ac-                 Metal	Arc	Welding	
                                                                       ceptable	footwear	in	the	welding	shops.	If	              (SMAW)	“STICK”
                                                                       students	prefer	their	own	helmets,	they	        WLD52	   Beginners	Gas	Metal	Arc	
                                                                       must	be	the	“flip-front”	or	photoelectric	               Welding	(GMAW)	“MIG”
                           OVERVIEW                                    type.                                           WLD112	  Beginners	Gas	
                                                                       Students	will	require	these	articles	for	                Tungsten	Arc	Welding	
                           Welding	safety	comes	first.	All	students	
                                                                       their	first	class:	one	pair	leather	gauntlet	            (GTAW)	“TIG”
                           enrolled	in	Continuing	Education	classes	
                                                                       welding	gloves,	one	pair	safety	glasses	        WLD227	 First	Class	Journeyman	
                           in	the	Welding	program	are	required	to	
                                                                       that	fit	under	welding	goggles,	one	pair	                to	“B”	Pressure
                           provide	their	own	protective	clothing,	
                                                                       welding	goggles,	one	pair	safety-toed	          WLD227E	 B	Pressure	ABSA	Exam
                           welding	gloves,	and	cutting	and	welding	
                           goggles	which	must	fit	over	their	own	      boots,	one	shop	coat	or	smock	(100%	
                           safety	glasses.	These	requirements	are	     cotton),	one	beanie	or	welder’s	hat.            COURSES
                                                                                                                       Pt 		   		   		   		   	




                           Welding Courses - Canadian Welding Bureau (CWB)

                                                                       OVERVIEW                                        COURSE OUTLINE
                                                      SCAN THIS TO     CWB	Learning	Modules	are	recognized	            WLD950	           Visual	Welding	Inspection
                                                      LEARN MORE
                                                                       in	the	Canadian	Standards	Association	
                                                                       (CSA)	Welding	Standards	as	resources	for	       COURSES
                                                                       preparing	candidates	for	certification	as	
                                                                                                                       Pt 		   		   		   		   	
                                                                       Welding	Inspectors	to	the	requirements	
                                                                       of	CSA	W178.2	(certification	of	welding	
                                                                       inspectors).
                                                                       Students	 preparing	 for	 CSA	 W178.2	
                                                                       Welding	Inspector	exams,	who	success-
                                                                       fully	complete	the	NAIT/CWB	Learning	
                                                                       Centre	course	using	the	CWB	Learning	
                                                                       Modules,	will	be	exempt	from	writing	the	
                                                                       multiple	choice	portion	of	the	inspector’s	
                                                                       exam.




                 130										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
MEDIA + DESIGN
•	 PHOTOGRAPHIC TECHNOLOGY COURSES
•	 RADIO & TELEVISION COURSES
                    Photographic Technology Courses

                                                                   The	ideal	camera	type	for	these	courses	        COURSE OUTLINE
                                               SCAN THIS TO        would	be	a	Digital	SLR	(DSLR)	camera.	
                                                                   This	style	of	camera	offers	the	features	       PHT10	             Taking	Control	of	
                                               LEARN MORE                                                                             Your	Camera
                                                                   and	controls	that	would	allow	a	student	to	
MEDIA + DESIGN




                                                                   fully	participate	in	the	activities	included	   PHT51	             Photography	-	Portraiture
                                                                   in	the	courses.	A	compatible	shoe-mount	        PHT53	             Photographic	Lighting
                                                                   flash	would	also	be	recommended.                PHT60	             Wedding	Photography	
                                                                                                                                      Boot	Camp
                                                                   ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                           PHTEI4	            Photoshop	For	
                    OVERVIEW                                                                                                          Photographers	-	Level	1
                                                                   In	addition	to	course	fees,	students	are	ex-
                    Improve	your	photography	skills	by	taking	                                                     PHTEI5	            Photoshop	for	
                                                                   pected	to	cover	all	material	costs	and	sup-
                    one	or	more	of	these	practical	courses.	                                                                          Photographers	-	Level	II
                                                                   ply	their	own	cameras	and	accessories.
                    Learn	how	to	make	the	most	of	your	cam-
                    era’s	functions,	learn	the	basics	of	taking	                                                   COURSES
                    good	photographs	and	explore	the	use	of	
                                                                                                                   Pt 			   		   		   		
                    Photoshop/digital	imaging.




                    Radio & Television Courses

                                                                   OVERVIEW                                        COURSE OUTLINE
                                               SCAN THIS TO        The	wide	world	of	radio	and	television	         RTA10	             Radio	Audio	Production	
                                               LEARN MORE          awaits	you!	These	courses	will	help	you	                           &	Fundamentals
                                                                   develop	specific	skills	and	give	you	insight	   RTA30	             Television	Production
                                                                   into	the	varied	aspects	of	the	broadcast-       RTA45	             Introduction	to	
                                                                   ing	industry,	including	radio	announcing	                          Final	Cut	Pro	7
                                                                   and	production,	video	editing	and	televi-       RTA55	             Intermediate	Final	
                                                                   sion	production.                                                   Cut	Pro	7
                                                                                                                   RTA702	            Script	Supervisor
                                                                                                                   RTA737	            Producers	Emergence	
                                                                                                                                      Program	(PEP)

                                                                                                                   COURSES
                                                                                                                   Pt 		    		   		




          132										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES
•	   BUSINESS ANALYST LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
•	   FLUID POWER CERTIFICATE
•	   FRONTLINE SUPERVISORY SKILLS CERTIFICATE
•	   LEAN SIX SIGMA (GREEN BELT) CERTIFICATE
•	   MACHINE-SHOP INSPECTION AND CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE
•	   OIL FIELD THREAD INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
•	   OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
•	   PROJECT LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
•	   PROJECT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
•	   QUALITY MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
•	   ROBOTICS, AUTOMATION AND CONTROL CERTIFICATE
•	   SUPERVISOR/MANAGER FACILITATION SKILLS CERTIFICATE
•	   SUPERVISORY COMMUNICATION SKILLS CERTIFICATE
                                    PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT
                                    SERVICES                                                           PROJECT LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE
                                                                                                           (COMMON CORE: PMC101-PMC106)
PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES




                                    PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES
                                    NAIT’s	Productivity	Enhancement	Services	certificate	series	is	     BUSINESS ANALYST        PROJECT MANAGEMENT
                                    designed	to	help	business	and	industry	become	more	produc-        LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE        CERTIFICATE
                                    tive	in	the	global	economy.	Completion	of	these	certificates	
                                    provides	employees	with	skills	to		provide	project	leadership,	   SUPERVISOR/MANAGER
                                    plan	and	roll	out	projects,	form	and	maintain	teams,	plan	and	                              PROJECT MANAGEMENT
                                                                                                       FACILITATION SKILLS      PROF. (PMP) EXAM PREP
                                    conduct	meetings,	foster	a	productive	work	environment,	              CERTIFICATE
                                    identify	and	manage	conflict,	identify	areas	for	improvement	
                                    and	improve	the	bottom	line.                                           OPERATIONS            QUALITY MANAGEMENT
                                                                                                           MANAGEMENT           CERTIFICATE (GENERAL/
                                                                                                           CERTIFICATE            IT/ENVIRONMENTAL)
                                    CUSTOMIZED TRAINING FOR BUSINESS &
                                    INDUSTRY                                                           LEAN SIX SIGMA (BLACK    LEAN SIX SIGMA (GREEN
                                    To	customize	certificate	programs	to	meet	your	company’s	            BELT) CERTIFICATE        BELT) CERTIFICATE
                                                                                                         (UNDER DEVELOPMENT)
                                    specific	needs,	contact	Mave	Dhariwal,	Operations	Manager,	
                                    NAIT	Shell	Manufacturing	Centre.
                                    For	information,	phone:	780.471.7500		                                 MACHINE SHOP             FLUID POWER
                                    Email:	maved@nait.ca		                                                INSPECTION AND            CERTIFICATE
                                    Online:	www.nait.ca/nsmc                                          CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE       (LEVEL I, II AND III)


                                                                                                       WELDING AUTOMATION       LASER CUTTER OPERATOR
                                                                                                          CERTIFICATE

                                    PROJECT MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE
                                                                                                        YOUTH LEADERSHIP          ABORIGINAL YOUTH
                                    NAIT is a Project Management Institute                                                          LEADERSHIP
                                    (PMI) approved Global Registered Education
                                    Provider (REP). Fourteen Professional
                                    Development Units per 2-day PMC Module                                SUPERVISORY           FRONTLINE SUPERVISORY
                                    will be awarded toward professional                                COMMUNICATION SKILLS       SKILLS CERTIFICATE
                                    development if you are working toward                                  CERTIFICATE
                                    certification through PMI.




                        134										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Business Analyst Leadership Certificate

                                                 CERTIFICATION                                      ADDITIONAL REQUIRED MODULES
                            SCAN THIS TO                                                            PMC107	            Project	Cost	Management
                                                 A	NAIT	Business	Analyst	Leadership	Cer-
                            LEARN MORE                                                              PMC109	            Project	Risk	Management
                                                 tificate	will	be	awarded	upon	successful	
                                                                                                    PMC112	            Project	Human	Resource	




                                                                                                                                                     PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES
                                                 completion	of:
                                                                                                                       Management
                                                  •	core	modules	(PMC101-106),	plus
                                                                                                    CCTB101	           Planning	Business	
                                                  •	seven	additional	modules                                           Systems	&	Processes	
                                                                                                                       (previously	QAC109)
OVERVIEW                                         ACCREDITATION                                      CCTB117	           Unified	Modeling	
                                                                                                                       Language	&	Process	
Business	analysts	must	have	exceptional	         NAIT	is	a	Project	Management	Institute	                               (previously	QAC111)
project	leadership	skills.	Discover	how	         (PMI)	approved	Global	Registered	Educa-            CCTB140	           Systems	Architecture	
boosting	your	leadership	skills	can	help	        tion	Provider.                                                        &	Design	(previously	
your	organization	become	more	effec-                                                                                   QAC112)
tive	and	efficient.	This	program	enables	        DELIVERY OPTIONS                                   CCTB102	           Process	&	Data	Modeling	
you	to	become	an	effective	leader	and	to	                                                                              (previously	QAC113)
                                                 Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	
better	guide	your	organization	towards	
                                                 training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-
important	and	timely	decisions	in	today’s	
                                                 mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	
                                                                                                    COURSES
competitive	global	market.	You	will	learn	
                                                 780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca                      Pt 		 D   		 		    		 C
how	to	gather	business	intelligence,	ana-
lyze	client	or	business	needs,	and	map	or	       PROGRAM OUTLINE
translate	these	needs	into	an	IT/IS	project.
The	project	management	and	leadership	           CORE MODULES
modules	in	this	program	will	comple-             PMC101	       Introduction	To	Project	
ment	your	skills	and	training	as	a	business	                   Management
analyst.	Refer	to	the	Project	Management	        PMC102	       Productivity	Improvement
Certificate	program	for	details	on	project	      PMC103	       Team-Building	&	
management	modules.                                            Facilitative	Leadership
                                                 PMC104	       Project	Scope	
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                           Management
                                                 PMC105	       Project	Time	Management	
Although	this	certificate	program	is	open	
                                                               PERT/CPM
to	all	students,	it	is	generally	appropriate	
                                                 PMC106	       Project	Management	Tools
for	business	analysts,	project	manag-
ers,	requirements	analysts	and	systems	
analysts,	or	for	people	looking	to	work	in	
these	areas.	Continuing	Education	stu-
dents	will	find	the	certificate	adds	to	their	
professional	development,	skill	set	and	
overall	value	as	an	employee	or	business	
owner.                                                                                                         LEGEND
                                                                                                               learning options
PROGRAM MODEL/
                                                                                                                Ft
COMPLETION                                                                                                            Full-time

REQUIREMENTS                                                                                                   Pt     Part-time

                                                                                                                D     Distance	and	Online	learning
Each	module	covers	two	days	and	14	
hours.	Weekend	classes	are	held	every	                                                                         start date
three	weeks.                                                                                                          Fall

                                                                                                                      Winter

                                                                                                                      Spring

                                                                                                                      Summer

                                                                                                               credential

                                                                                                                A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                                B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                                C     Certificate

                                                                                                                Dp Diploma




                                                                                                  Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               135
                                    Fluid Power Certificate

                                                                                                                                      IFPC204	          Fluid	Power	Systems	II
                                                                                     PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                SCAN THIS TO                                                          IFPC205	          Fluid	Power	
                                                                LEARN MORE           LEVEL 1 BASIC                                                      Troubleshooting	I
                                                                                     BFPC101	      Introduction	to	                   IFPC206	          Fluid	Power	
PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES




                                                                                                   Fluid	Power	1                                        Troubleshooting	II
                                                                                     BFPC102	      Introduction	to	
                                                                                                   Fluid	Power	II                     LEVEL 3 ADVANCED
                                                                                     BFPC103	      Fluid	Power	Actuators	             AFPC301	          Fluid	Power	Controls	I
                                                                                                   &	Pumps                            AFPC302	          Fluids	Power	Controls	II
                                    OVERVIEW                                         BFPC104	      Fluid	Power	Valves	                AFPC303	          Fluid	Power	Design	I
                                    Basic	Fluid	Power	Certificate	is	now	avail-                    &	Controls                         AFPC304	          Fluid	Power	Design	II
                                    able	for	registration.	                          BFPC105	      Fluid	Power	Inspection	            AFPC305	          Open	Loop	Circuitry	
                                    Intermediate	and	Advanced	Fluid	Power	                         &	Failure	Analysis	I                                 Analysis
                                    will	be	on-line	with	registration	dates	         BFPC106	      Fluid	Power	Inspection	            AFPC306	          Closed	Loop	HST	Analysis
                                    shortly.	                                                      &	Failure	Analysis	II

                                                                                     LEVEL 2 INTERMEDIATE
                                                                                                                                      COURSES
                                    DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                                                                     IFPC201		     Fluid	Power	Conductors             Pt 		 D   		 		   		 C
                                    Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	
                                                                                     IFPC202		     Fluid	Power	Ancillary	
                                    training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-                 Devices
                                    mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	
                                                                                     IFPC203	      Fluid	Power	Systems	I
                                    780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca.




                                    Frontline Supervisory Skills Certificate

                                                                                     These	interactive	workshops	are	facili-          PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                SCAN THIS TO         tated	through	a	series	of	presentations,	
                                                                LEARN MORE           discussions,	activities	and	exercises	de-        CORE COURSES
                                                                                     signed	to	enhance	participants’	learning	
                                                                                                                                      FLS101		          Frontline	Supervision	
                                                                                     experiences.	Participants	will	have	the	op-                        Foundations	I		
                                                                                     portunity	to	develop	and	practice	a	variety	
                                                                                                                                      FLS102		          Hiring	New	Staff		
                                                                                     of	key	frontline	supervisory	skills	including	
                                                                                                                                      FLS103		          Staff	Training	and	
                                                                                     supervision	foundations,	hiring,	training,	
                                                                                                                                                        Development		
                                                                                     performance	management,	problem	solv-
                                    OVERVIEW                                         ing	and	decision	making	skills.
                                                                                                                                      FLS104		          Staff	Performance	
                                                                                                                                                        Management		
                                    The	Frontline	Supervisory	Skills	Certificate	
                                                                                     CERTIFICATION                                    FLS105	           Frontline	Planning,	
                                    will	provide	participants	with	the	founda-                                                                          Problem/Solving	and	
                                    tional	knowledge	and	skills	to	tackle	one	       A	NAIT	Frontline	Supervisory	Skills	Cer-                           Decision	Making		
                                    of	the	most	important	jobs	in	the	work-          tificate	will	be	awarded	upon	successful	        FLS106		          Frontline	Supervision	
                                    place,	that	of	the	frontline	supervisor.	The	    completion	of	FLS101-FLS106.                                       Foundation	II		
                                    workshops	will	provide	participants	with	
                                    an	understanding	of	the	key	roles	and	                                                            COURSES
                                    responsibilities,	and	develop	hands-on	
                                    foundation	skills	required	of	frontline	su-                                                       Pt 		 D   		 		   		 C
                                    pervisors.		The	series	will	also	review	the	
                                    role	of	the	frontline	supervisor	regarding	
                                    function	and	interaction	in	typical	organi-
                                    zational	and	management	structures.




                        136										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Lean Six Sigma (Green Belt) Certificate

                                                 The	 project	 Leadership	 modules	                PMC102	            Productivity	Improvement
                            SCAN THIS TO         (PMC101-PMC106)	in	this	program	will	             PMC103	            Team-Building	&	
                            LEARN MORE           complement	the	curriculum	included	                                  Facilitative	Leadership
                                                 within	 the	 Lean	 Six	 Sigma	 modules	           PMC104	            Project	Scope	




                                                                                                                                                    PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES
                                                 (LSS101-LSS107).	For	further	informa-                                Management
                                                 tion,	please	refer	to	the	following	websites	     PMC105	            Project	Time	Management	
                                                 www.nait.ca/LSS	and	www.nait.ca/plc.                                 PERT/CPM
                                                                                                   PMC106	            Project	Management	Tools
                                                 CERTIFICATION
OVERVIEW                                                                                           ADDITIONAL REQUIRED MODULES
                                                 A	NAIT	Lean	Six	Sigma	Certificate	will	be	        LSS101	            Introduction	of	Continuous	
Lean	Six	Sigma	is	an	operating	strategy	         awarded	upon	successful	completion	of:                               Improvement
that	seeks	to	maximize	productivity	by	           •	core	modules	PMC101-PMC106,	
creating	value	in	the	eyes	of	the	end	user.	                                                       LSS102	            Principles	of	Lean	
                                                    plus                                                              Six	Sigma
The	focus	is	not	on	a	single	department,	
                                                  •	certificate	specific	modules	LSS101	           LSS103	            Applied	Statistics	
area	or	process,	but	on	the	optimization	
                                                    -	LSS107                                                          &	Process	Control	
of	the	entire	system.	The	participants	will	
                                                                                                                      (same	as	QAC105)
discover	how	Lean	Six	Sigma	relates	to	          Students	can	take	the	certificate-specific	
                                                                                                   LSS104	            Process	Analysis
best	processes	and	practices;	those	which	       modules	prior	to	or	after	the	core	(Project	
optimize	resources	and	yield	the	best	           Leadership)	modules.                              LSS105	            Process	Improvement	
                                                                                                                      Techniques	-	I
products	or	services	in	the	fastest	manner,	
at	the	lowest	cost,	and	to	the	satisfaction	     PROGRAM OUTLINE                                   LSS106	            Intro	to	Statistical	
                                                                                                                      Decision-Making
of	the	client.
                                                 CURRICULUM UNDER REVIEW,                          LSS107	            Sustaining	World-
Participants	will	gain	a	practical	under-                                                                             Class	Performance
standing	of	the	use	of	the	Six	Sigma	ap-         THE NUMBER OF MODULES WILL
                                                 CHANGE.
proach	within	a	project	management	                                                                COURSES
context.	For	example,	they	will	learn	how	       CORE COURSES
to	identify	a	problem,	convert	it	to	a	sta-      PMC101	       Introduction	To	Project	
                                                                                                   Pt 		 D   		 		    	C
tistical	problem,	find	a	statistical	solution	                 Management
and	convert	it	into	a	practical	solution.




                                                                                                              LEGEND
                                                                                                              learning options
                                                                                                               Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                              Pt     Part-time

                                                                                                               D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                              start date
                                                                                                                     Fall

                                                                                                                     Winter

                                                                                                                     Spring

                                                                                                                     Summer

                                                                                                              credential

                                                                                                               A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                               B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                               C     Certificate

                                                                                                               Dp Diploma




                                                                                                 Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               137
                                    Machine-Shop Inspection and Calibration Certificate

                                                                                   CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                                               SCAN THIS TO        This	program	is	open	to	all	prospective	        Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	
                                                               LEARN MORE
                                                                                   students,	especially	those	wishing	to	gain	     training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-
PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES




                                                                                   hands-on	experience	in	calibration	and	         mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	
                                                                                   machine	inspection	techniques.	Machine	         780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca
                                                                                   Shop	inspection	personnel	are	in	high	de-
                                                                                   mand	and	this	program	is	well-recognized	       PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                   by	employers.	Continuing	Education	stu-
                                    OVERVIEW                                       dents	will	find	the	credential	adds	to	their	
                                                                                                                                   REQUIRED MODULES
                                    Experience	the	challenging	world	of	ma-        professional	development,	skill	set	and	        MSIC101	          Principles	of	Measurement,	
                                                                                                                                                     Traceability	and	Calibration
                                    chine	shop	inspection	and	calibration.         overall	value	or	marketability	as	an	em-
                                    This	program	encompasses	the	principles	       ployee	or	business	owner.                       MSIC102	          Surface	Table	Measuring
                                    of	dimensional	metrology,	focusing	on	                                                         MSIC103	          Surface	Texture	and	
                                    the	precise	measurement	of	machined	           PROGRAM MODEL/                                                    Dimensional	Accuracy
                                    components.	Students	will	explore	a	wide	      COMPLETION                                      MSIC104	          Angular	Measurement	-	
                                                                                                                                                     Principles	and	Equipment
                                    range	of	manufacturing	solutions	which	        REQUIREMENTS                                    MSIC105	          Limits	and	Fits,	
                                    help	industry	to	reach	higher	quality	stan-
                                    dards.                                         Each	module	covers	two	days	and	14	                               Interchangeability	
                                                                                   hours.	Weekend	classes	are	held	every	                            and	Limit	Gauging
                                    Students	will	learn	to	properly	select	and	    three	weeks.                                    MSIC106	          Measurement	of	
                                    calibrate	measuring	instruments	and	                                                                             Unified	Threads	and	
                                    measure	precise	work,	as	typically	carried	    CERTIFICATION                                                     Thread	Gauges
                                    out	in	a	manufacturer’s	standards	room	or	                                                     MSIC107	          The	Autocollimator,	
                                                                                   A	NAIT	Machine	Shop	Inspection	and	
                                    inspection	department.	Students	will	also	                                                                       Interferometry	and	
                                                                                   Calibration	Certificate	will	be	awarded	                          Optical	Flats
                                    learn	the	range	of	measuring	concepts	
                                                                                   upon	successful	completion	of	the	re-
                                    and	mathematics	used	in	the	standards	                                                         MSIC108	          Introduction	to	Coordinate	
                                                                                   quired	modules.                                                   Measuring	Machine
                                    room	environment,	and	will	receive	prac-
                                    tical,	hands-on	experience.
                                                                                                                                   COURSES
                                                                                                                                   Pt 		 D   		 		   	C




                                    Oil Field Thread Inspection Certificate

                                                                                   theory	is	presented	in	detail	along	with	       PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                   gaging	theory.	Straight,	tapered	and	ro-
                                                               SCAN THIS TO                                                        MSIC101	          Principles	of	Measurement,	
                                                               LEARN MORE          tary	shouldered	connections	are	covered.	
                                                                                                                                                     Traceability	and	Calibration
                                                                                   The	course	provides	practical	hands-on	
                                                                                                                                   MSIC105	          Limits	and	Fits,	
                                                                                   inspection	training	with	the	use	of	labs	
                                                                                                                                                     Interchangeability	
                                                                                   that	run	parallel	to	the	theory	portion	of	                       and	Limit	Gauging
                                                                                   the	course.
                                                                                                                                   MSIC106	          Measurement	of	
                                                                                                                                                     Unified	Threads	and	
                                                                                   CERTIFICATION                                                     Thread	Gauges
                                    OVERVIEW                                       NAIT	Oilfield	Thread	Inspection	certifi-        OFT101	           Straight	Thread	
                                                                                   cate	will	be	granted	upon	completion	of	                          Measurement
                                    If	thread	inspection	is	an	area	of	your	
                                                                                   the	following	courses.                          OFT102	           Rotary	Shouldered	
                                    operations	that	could	use	improvement,	
                                                                                                                                                     Connections
                                    then	this	series	of	courses	is	for	you.	The	
                                                                                                                                   OFT103	           Casing,	Tubing	and	
                                    course	uses	the	Gagemaker	system	of	
                                                                                                                                                     Pipe	Threads
                                    direct	measurement	to	fully	inspect	any	
                                    thread	regardless	of	shape	or	size.	Thread	
                                                                                                                                   COURSES
                                                                                                                                   Pt 		 D   		 		   	C




                        138										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Operations Management Certificate

                                                CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                              DELIVERY OPTIONS
                           SCAN THIS TO         Although	this	certificate	program	is	open	        Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	
                           LEARN MORE
                                                to	all	students,	it	is	generally	appropriate	     training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-




                                                                                                                                                   PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES
                                                for	production	managers,	manufacturing	           mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	
                                                managers,	purchasing	personnel,	opera-            780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca
                                                tions	managers	and	others	who	are	in	a	
                                                leadership	role	related	to	operations.	           PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                Continuing	Education	students	will	find	
OVERVIEW                                        the	credential	adds	to	their	professional	
                                                                                                  CORE MODULES
                                                development,	skill	set	and	overall	value	or	      PMC101	            Introduction	To	Project	
Develop	your	skills	and	knowledge	about	
                                                                                                                     Management
all	aspects	of	operations	management.	          marketability	as	an	employee	or	business	
                                                owner.                                            PMC102	            Productivity	Improvement
Get	 to	 know	 the	 many	 relationships	
between	operations	management	and	                                                                PMC103	            Team-Building	&	
project	management.	Operations	man-             PROGRAM MODEL/                                                       Facilitative	Leadership
agement	encompasses	the	day-to-day	ac-          COMPLETION                                        PMC104	            Project	Scope	
                                                                                                                     Management
tivities	of	any	type	of	company.	No	matter	     REQUIREMENTS                                      PMC105	            Project	Time	Management	
what	kinds	of	goods	or	services	the	com-
                                                Each	module	covers	two	days	and	14	                                  PERT/CPM
pany	provides,	the	operations	function	lies	
                                                hours.	Weekend	classes	are	held	every	            PMC106	            Project	Management	Tools
at	the	core	of	the	business.	
                                                three	weeks.	Case	studies	are	an	integral	
Students	will	learn	a	wide	variety	of	skills	   part	of	the	program.                              ADDITIONAL REQUIRED MODULES
and	techniques	related	to	different	parts	                                                        OMC101	            Introduction	to	Operations	
of	the	operations	function,	including:          CERTIFICATION                                                        Management
 •	supervision	and	operations	                                                                    OMC102	            Forecasting	for	Production
                                                A	NAIT	Operations	Management	Cer-
   management                                                                                     OMC103	            Capacity	Planning
                                                tificate	will	be	awarded	upon	successful	
 •	forecasting	for	production                   completion	of:                                    OMC104	            Scheduling
 •	scheduling                                    •	core	modules	(PMC101-106),	plus                OMC105	            Inventory	Control
 •	capacity	planning                             •	five	additional	modules
 •	inventory	control.                                                                             COURSES
                                                Students	can	take	the	certificate-specific	
The	project	management	modules	in	this	         modules	prior	to	or	after	the	core	(Project	      Pt 		 D   		 		    	C
program	will	complement	your	skills	and	        Leadership)	modules.
training	in	operations	management.	Refer	
to	the	Project	Management	Certificate	          ACCREDITATION
program	for	details	on	project	manage-          NAIT	is	a	Project	Management	Institute	
ment	modules.                                   (PMI)	approved	Global	Registered	Educa-
                                                tion	Provider.


                                                                                                             LEGEND
                                                                                                             learning options
                                                                                                              Ft    Full-time

                                                                                                             Pt     Part-time

                                                                                                              D     Distance	and	Online	learning

                                                                                                             start date
                                                                                                                    Fall

                                                                                                                    Winter

                                                                                                                    Spring

                                                                                                                    Summer

                                                                                                             credential

                                                                                                              A     Applied	degree

                                                                                                              B     Baccalaureate	degree

                                                                                                              C     Certificate

                                                                                                              Dp Diploma




                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               139
                                    Project Leadership Certificate

                                                                                    By	the	end	of	the	program,	participants	        CERTIFICATION
                                                               SCAN THIS TO         will	know	how	to	manage	meetings	ef-
                                                                                    fectively,	identify	communication	barriers,	    A	NAIT	Project	Leadership	Certificate	will	
                                                               LEARN MORE
                                                                                    form	successful	teams	and	apply	appro-          be	awarded	upon	successful	completion	
PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES




                                                                                    priate	leadership	skills	in	various	scenar-     of	the	required	modules.
                                                                                    ios.	In	addition,	participants	will	be	able	
                                                                                    to	apply	conflict	management	strategies,	       ACCREDITATION
                                                                                    use	project	management	software,	man-           NAIT	is	a	Project	Management	Institute	
                                                                                    age	productivity	improvement	processes	         (PMI)	approved	Global	Registered	Educa-
                                    OVERVIEW                                        and	prepare	project	action	plans.               tion	Provider.
                                    Build	your	leadership	and	people	skills	in	
                                    this	interactive	program.	Did	you	know	         CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                            DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                    that	many	projects	or	project	teams	suffer	     Although	this	certificate	program	is	open	      Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	
                                    from	a	lack	of	people	skills,	including	lead-   to	all	students,	it	is	generally	appropriate	   training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-
                                    ership?	When	projects	fail,	go	over	budget	     for	project	managers,	program	leaders,	         mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	
                                    or	fall	behind	schedule,	it’s	more	likely	re-   group	leaders,	process	improvement	per-         780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca
                                    lated	to	a	lack	of	people	skills	than	a	lack	   sonnel,	continuous	improvement	person-
                                    of	technical	skills.	This	program	was	de-       nel,	engineers	and	business	managers,	as	       PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                    veloped	to	address	this	common	concern.	        well	as	those	in	leadership	positions	or	
                                                                                    with	a	strong	interest	in	project	leader-
                                                                                                                                    REQUIRED MODULES
                                    The	program	focuses	on	the	standard-
                                    ized	project	management	process	and	            ship.	Continuing	Education	students	will	       PMC101	           Introduction	To	Project	
                                                                                                                                                      Management
                                    highlights	major	pitfalls	that	lead	to	proj-    find	the	credential	adds	to	their	profes-
                                    ect	overruns.	The	six	modules	have	been	        sional	development,	skill	set	and	overall	      PMC102	           Productivity	Improvement
                                    customized	for	adult	learners	and	actively	     value	or	marketability	as	an	employee	or	       PMC103	           Team-Building	&	
                                    promote	information	sharing	and	discus-         business	owner.                                                   Facilitative	Leadership
                                    sion	by	participants.                                                                           PMC104	           Project	Scope	
                                                                                    PROGRAM MODEL/                                                    Management
                                                                                    COMPLETION                                      PMC105	           Project	Time	Management	
                                                                                                                                                      PERT/CPM
                                                                                    REQUIREMENTS                                    PMC106	           Project	Management	Tools
                                                                                    Each	module	covers	two	days	and	14	
                                                                                    hours.	Weekend	classes	are	held	every	          COURSES
                                                                                    three	weeks.
                                                                                                                                    Pt 		 D   		 		   	C




                        140										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Project Management Certificate

                                                 their	credential	complements	their	other	
                                                 qualifications	and	experiences,	adding	to	
                                                                                                    PROGRAM OUTLINE
                            SCAN THIS TO
                            LEARN MORE           overall	career	opportunities.                      REQUIRED MODULES
                                                                                                    PMC101	            Introduction	To	Project	
                                                 PROGRAM MODEL/




                                                                                                                                                     PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES
                                                                                                                       Management
                                                 COMPLETION                                         PMC102	            Productivity	Improvement
                                                 REQUIREMENTS                                       PMC103	            Team-Building	&	
                                                                                                                       Facilitative	Leadership
                                                 Start-up	dates	are	January	and	August	of	
OVERVIEW                                                                                            PMC104	            Project	Scope	
                                                 each	year.	There	is	one	two-day,	14-hour	
                                                                                                                       Management
Further	your	professional	development	by	        module	per	month.	Modules	are	interac-
                                                                                                    PMC105	            Project	Time	Management	
launching	yourself	into	NAIT’s	12-module	        tive	and	encourage	group	activity.	
                                                                                                                       PERT/CPM
Project	Management	Certificate	(PMC)	            PMC101	Introduction	to	Project	Manage-             PMC106	            Project	Management	Tools
program.	Project	managers	are	respon-            ment	provides	an	overview	of	Project	              PMC107	            Project	Cost	Management
sible,	communicative	leaders	who	must	           Management.	PMC102	Productivity	Im-                PMC108	            Project	Communication	
ensure	that	all	projects	are	completed	on	       provement	and	PMC103	Team-Building	                                   Management
time,	within	budget,	and	to	the	satisfac-        &	Facilitative	Leadership	focus	on	the	soft	       PMC109	            Project	Risk	Management
tion	of	all	the	stakeholders.	In	addition,	      skills.	The	remainder	of	the	program	deals	
                                                                                                    PMC110	            Project	Quality	
project	managers	must	apply	appropriate	         with	hard	technical	skills	necessary	to	ef-                           Management
soft	skills	to	gain	the	trust	and	commit-        fectively	manage	projects.	
                                                                                                    PMC111	            Project	Procurement	
ment	of	project	participants,	while	ap-
                                                 PMP EXAM PREP                                                         Management
plying	hard	technical	skills	to	effectively	
                                                 To	become	certified	by	the	Project	Man-            PMC112	            Project	Human	Resource	
initiate,	plan,	execute,	monitor,	control	and	
                                                                                                                       Management
close	out	projects.                              agement	Institute	(PMI)	as	a	Project	
                                                 Management	Professional	(PMP),	stu-                PMP EXAM PREP MODULES
The	PMC	program	was	developed	with	
                                                 dents	must	pass	the	PMP	exam	and	ac-
input	from	industry	professionals,	the	                                                             PMCW900A	Project	Management	
                                                 cumulate	the	required	hours	of	project	                      Professional	Exam	
Project	Management	Institute	-	Northern	
                                                 management	experience.	PMP	certifica-                        Preparation	-	Part	A
Alberta	Chapter,	and	advisory	commit-
                                                 tion	is	one	of	the	most	respected	creden-          PMCW900B	 Project	Management	
tees	with	representation	from	industries	
                                                 tials	in	project	management.                                 Professional	Exam	
where	project	management	expertise	is	in	
demand.	The	modular	program	can	easily	          The	PMP	exam	preparation	courses	(PM-                        Preparation	-	Part	B
be	customized	for	different	businesses	or	       CW900A	&	B)	provide	an	overview	of	
industries.	Typical	students	include	those	      PMI	knowledge	areas.                               COURSES
who	are	currently	acting	in	a	project	man-
                                                 CERTIFICATION                                      Pt 		 D   		 		    	C
agement	capacity,	and	those	wishing	to	
begin	a	career	in	project	management.            A	NAIT	Project	Management	Certificate	
PMC	graduates	are	well	positioned	to	            will	be	awarded	upon	successful	comple-
subsequently	achieve	certification	as	a	         tion	of	the	required	modules.
Project	Management	Professional	(PMP).	
The	PMC	program	also	provides	trans-             ACCREDITATION                                                 LEGEND
ferability	to	degree	programs.	For	further	      NAIT	is	a	Project	Management	Institute	                       learning options
PMP	Exam	information	please	call:	610.	          (PMI)	approved	Global	Registered	Educa-
                                                                                                                Ft    Full-time
356.4600	or	visit	www.pmi.org.                   tion	Provider.
                                                                                                               Pt     Part-time
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             DELIVERY OPTIONS                                               D     Distance	and	Online	learning
This	program	is	open	to	all	prospective	         Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	                       start date
students,	especially	those	wishing	to	           training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-
                                                                                                                      Fall
become	a	project	manager	and	those	al-           mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	
ready	working	in	a	project	management	           780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca                                        Winter

role.	Project	management	professionals	                                                                               Spring
are	in	demand	in	industry	and	govern-                                                                                 Summer
ment.	Graduates	of	the	Project	Manage-
                                                                                                               credential
ment	Certificate	(PMC)	program	will	find	
that	the	program	is	well-recognized	by	                                                                         A     Applied	degree

employers.	Similarly,	those	who	go	on	to	                                                                       B     Baccalaureate	degree
achieve	certification	as	a	PMP	through	
                                                                                                                C     Certificate
the	Project	Management	Institute	will	find	
                                                                                                                Dp Diploma




                                                                                                  Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               141
                                    Quality Management Certificate

                                                                                   CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                             PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                               SCAN THIS TO        Although	this	certificate	program	is	open	
                                                               LEARN MORE                                                           CORE MODULES
                                                                                   to	all	students,	it	is	generally	appropriate	    PMC101	           Introduction	To	Project	
PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES




                                                                                   for	QA	managers,	QA	engineers,	envi-                               Management
                                                                                   ronmental	engineers,	quality	managers,	          PMC102	           Productivity	Improvement
                                                                                   environmental	managers,	IT	Managers	             PMC103	           Team-Building	&	
                                                                                   and	others	with	a	leadership	role	in	quality	                      Facilitative	Leadership
                                                                                   assurance.	Continuing	Education	students	        PMC104	           Project	Scope	
                                    OVERVIEW                                       will	find	the	credential	adds	to	their	pro-                        Management
                                    Quality	management	is	a	vital	part	of	op-      fessional	development,	skill	set	and	over-       PMC105	           Project	Time	Management	
                                    erations	in	all	kinds	of	business	sectors,	    all	value	or	marketability	as	an	employee	                         PERT/CPM
                                    industrial	operations	and	government.	         or	business	owner.                               PMC106	           Project	Management	Tools
                                    Given	the	nature	of	today’s	global	econ-
                                    omy	and	international	competition,	prod-       PROGRAM MODEL/                                   GENERAL REQUIRED MODULES
                                    uct	and	service	quality	is	critical	to	the	    COMPLETION                                       QAC101	           Quality	Management
                                    success	of	any	business	or	organization.       REQUIREMENTS                                     QAC102A	          ISO	Quality	Standards
                                    This	program	is	designed	for	people	with	      Each	module	covers	two	days	and	14	              QAC102B	          Quality	Auditing
                                    quality	control	or	quality	management	du-      hours.	Weekend	classes	are	held	every	           QAC103A	          Quality	Manual
                                    ties	in	their	work.	Students	may	choose	       three	weeks.                                     QAC104	           Product	Sampling
                                    from	three	streams;	general,	environmen-                                                        QAC105	           Applied	Statistics	&	
                                                                                   Upon	completion	of	the	required	modules	
                                    tal	and	information	technology	(IT).                                                                              Process	Control
                                                                                   (core	and	applicable)	you	will	receive	the	
                                    Participants	will	be	introduced	to	the	es-     applicable	quality	management	certifi-           QAC106	           Product	Reliability
                                    sential	mechanisms	of	quality	manage-          cate:
                                    ment	systems,	including	steps	in	creating	                                                      IT REQUIRED MODULES
                                                                                    •	Quality	Management	-	General
                                    a	quality	policy	and	developing	related	                                                        QAC101	           Quality	Management
                                                                                    •	Quality	Management	-	IT
                                    objectives	and	procedures.	Students	will	                                                       QAC102A	          ISO	Quality	Standards
                                    gain	a	practical	understanding	of	the	gen-     Students	can	take	the	certificate-specific	      QAC102B	          Quality	Auditing
                                    eral	principles	and	frameworks	of	a	quality	   modules	prior	to	or	after	the	core	(Project	     QAC103A	          Quality	Manual
                                    management	system.	Depending	on	the	           Leadership)	modules.                             CCTB101	          Planning	Business	
                                    stream	chosen,	courses	emphasize	the	                                                                             Systems	&	Processes	
                                    ISO	9000	series	of	quality	management	         CERTIFICATION                                                      (previously	QAC109)
                                    standards	and/or	the	ISO	14000	series	of	      NAIT	is	a	Project	Management	Institute	          CCTB117	          Unified	Modeling	
                                    environmental	management	standards.            (PMI)	approved	Global	Registered	Educa-                            Language	&	Process	
                                                                                   tion	Provider.                                                     (previously	QAC111)
                                    The	project	management	modules	in	this	
                                    program	complement	the	quality	man-            Accreditation                                    CCTB150	          Software	Quality	Metrics	
                                                                                                                                                      (previously	QAC114)
                                    agement	modules.	Refer	to	the	Project	         NAIT	is	a	Project	Management	Institute	
                                    Management	Certificate	program	for	de-
                                    tails	on	project	management	modules.
                                                                                   (PMI)	approved	Global	Registered	Educa-          COURSES
                                                                                   tion	Provider.
                                                                                                                                    Pt 		 D   		 		   	C
                                                                                   DELIVERY OPTIONS
                                                                                   Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	
                                                                                   training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-
                                                                                   mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	
                                                                                   780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca




                        142										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
Robotics, Automation and Control Certificate

                                                and	lab	practice.	To	start,	the	program	will	        RAC103	            Automation	Sensors
                           SCAN THIS TO         be	offered	on	weekends	but	will	be	avail-            RAC104	            Introduction	to	
                           LEARN MORE           able	for	delivery	during	the	week	to	meet	                              Mobile	Robotics
                                                client	needs.                                        RAC105	            Introduction	to	




                                                                                                                                                      PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES
                                                                                                                        Micro	Controllers
                                                CERTIFICATION                                        RAC106	            Control	Systems
                                                A	Robotics	Automation	and	Control	Cer-               RAC107	            Introduction	to	Hydraulics	
                                                tificate	will	be	awarded	upon	successful	                               and	Pneumatics
OVERVIEW                                        completion	of	the	required	modules.                  RAC108	            Introduction	to	CNC	
                                                                                                                        Programming
Robots	and	automated	systems	have	              ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS                                RAC109	            Introduction	to	
been	in	general	use	in	the	manufacturing	                                                                               Programmable	Logic	
industry	since	the	early	1980’s.	The	sys-        •	post-secondary	diploma	in	a	related	                                 Controllers
tems	have	seen	wide	acceptance	in	high-            field	or	equivalent
                                                                                                     RAC110	            Introduction	to	Data	
volume	manufacturing	for	many	years.	As	         •	a	working	knowledge	of	AC/DC	                                        Communication
systems	mature,	they	are	becoming	cost	            electric	circuits
                                                                                                     RAC111	            Level	2	Programmable	
effective	for	low-volume	production	in	the	      •	a	basic	knowledge	of	automated	                                      Logic	Controllers
local	manufacturing	sector.	This	has	led	to	       processes                                         RAC112	            Level	2	Computer	
a	need	to	train	industry	staff	in	the	devel-     •	familiarity	with	personal	computers                                  Intergrated	Manufacturing
opment	and	maintenance	of	automated	
systems.                                        PROGRAM OUTLINE                                      COURSES
PROGRAM MODEL/                                  OVERVIEW                                             Pt 		 D   		 		    	C
COMPLETION                                      RAC101	        Introduction	to	
REQUIREMENTS                                                   Industrial	Robotics
                                                RAC102	        Introduction	to	
The	program	consists	of	twelve	14-hour	                        Digital	Logic
modules,	which	are	divided	into	lecture	




Supervisor/Manager Facilitation Skills Certificate

                                                sions,	gather	and	analyze	data	and	arrive	
                                                at	concensus-based	decision	making	dur-
                           SCAN THIS TO
                           LEARN MORE           ing	various	stages	of	workplace	initiatives	
                                                or	projects.
                                                Participants	will	learn	faciliation	skills	that	
                                                                                                                LEGEND
                                                                                                                learning options
                                                are	key	to	meeting	the	challenges	of	de-
                                                veloping	and	managing	interdependent	                            Ft    Full-time
                                                work	teams.	                                                    Pt
OVERVIEW                                                                                                               Part-time


Many	managers,	project	managers,	team	          CAREER OPPORTUNITIES                                             D     Distance	and	Online	learning


leads	and	supervisors	are	faced	with	           Although	this	certificate	program	is	open	                      start date
working	 groups	 that	have	difficulties	        to	all	students,	it	is	generally	appropriate	                          Fall
making	decisions,	analyzing	and	solving	        for	project	managers,	managers,	supervi-                               Winter
problems,	or	presenting	information	and	        sors,	engineers	and	those	in	leadership	or	                            Spring
data	in	a	productive	manner.	Many	work-         with	a	strong	interest	in	group	facilitation.	
                                                                                                                       Summer
place	issues	remain	unresolved	because	         Continuing	Education	students	will	find	
work	groups	get	stuck	not	knowing	how	          the	credential	adds	to	their	professional	                      credential
to	proceed	or	get	locked	into	a	stalemate.	     development,	skill	set	and	overall	value	or	                     A     Applied	degree
The	facilitation	skills	series	provides	line	   marketability	as	an	employee	or	business	
                                                                                                                 B     Baccalaureate	degree
managers	with	the	tools	and	techniques	         owner.
necessary	to	productively	facilitate	deci-                                                                       C     Certificate

                                                                                                                 Dp Diploma




                                                                                                   Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248               143
                                    PROGRAM MODEL/                                 ACCREDITATION                                    PMC104	           Project	Scope	
                                                                                                                                                      Management
                                    COMPLETION                                     NAIT	is	a	Project	Management	Institute	          PMC105	           Project	Time	Management	
                                    REQUIREMENTS                                   (PMI)	approved	Global	Registered	Educa-                            PERT/CPM
PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT SERVICES




                                                                                   tion	Provider.                                   PMC106	           Project	Management	Tools
                                    Each	module	covers	two	days	and	14	
                                    hours.	Weekend	classes	are	held	every	
                                    three	weeks.
                                                                                   DELIVERY OPTIONS                                 ADDITIONAL REQUIRED MODULES
                                                                                   Weekend	delivery.	Customized	corporate	          GFS101	           Working	With	People
                                    CERTIFICATION                                  training	is	also	available.	For	further	infor-   GFS102	           Working	With	Ideas
                                                                                   mation,	please	contact	Mave	Dhariwal	at	         GFS103	           Working	with	Numbers
                                    A	NAIT	Group	Facilitation	Skills	Cer-
                                                                                   780.471.7500	or	maved@nait.ca                    GFS104	           Working	With	Teams
                                    tificate	will	be	awarded	upon	successful	
                                    completion	of:                                                                                  GFS105	           Applying	Facilitation	
                                     •	core	modules	PMC101-PMC106,	
                                                                                   PROGRAM OUTLINE                                                    Tools	&	Techniques
                                        plus                                       CORE MODULES
                                    •	certificate	specific	modules	GFS101-         PMC101	           Introduction	To	Project	
                                                                                                                                    COURSES
                                      GFS105                                                         Management                     Pt 		 D   		 		   	C
                                                                                   PMC102	           Productivity	Improvement
                                    Students	can	take	the	certificate-specific	
                                    modules	prior	to	or	after	the	core	(Project	   PMC103	           Team-Building	&	
                                                                                                     Facilitative	Leadership
                                    Leadership)	modules.




                                    Supervisory Communication Skills Certificate

                                                                                   CERTIFICATION
                                                               SCAN THIS TO        A	 NAIT	 Supervisory	 Communication	
                                                               LEARN MORE
                                                                                   Skills	Certificate	will	be	awarded	upon	
                                                                                   successful	 completion	 of:	 SCS101	 -	
                                                                                   SCS106.

                                                                                   PROGRAM OUTLINE
                                                                                   SCS101	           Interpersonal	
                                    OVERVIEW                                                         Communication	Skills
                                    Good	communication	is	the	key	to	de-           SCS102	           Effective	Communication	
                                    veloping	a	successful	and	productive	                            with	Work	Groups
                                    staff	and	workplace	environment.	These	        SCS103	           Supervisory	Writing	Skills
                                    courses	will	provide	frontline	supervisors	    SCS104	           Technical	Writing	Skills	I
                                    with	the	opportunity	to	build	on	the	key	      SCS105	           Technical	Writing	Skills	II
                                    communication	skills	in	one-to-one	and	        SCS106	           Presentation	Skills
                                    team	situations.	Participants	will	practice	
                                    and	receive	feedback	on	various	forms	of	      COURSES
                                    communication	including	oral,	written	and	
                                    basic	presentation	skills.	The	supervisory	    Pt 		 D   		 		   	C
                                    communications	skills	courses	will	also	
                                    provide	participants	with	an	understand-
                                    ing	of	the	dynamics,	impact	and	impor-
                                    tance	of	communication	when	managing	
                                    change	and/or	conflict	in	the	workplace.




                        144										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
STUDENT INFORMATION
•	 GENERAL INFORMATION
•	 SERVICES
•	 REGISTRATION
                                             General Information

                                             OVERVIEW                                        GST                                             CALENDARS
                                                                                             Tuition	fees	do	not	include	GST.	Where	
                                             This	information	is	supplementary	and	in	                                                       NAIT	classes	are	for	a	wide	variety	of	
                                                                                             applicable,	GST	will	be	applied	to	the	fees.
                                             addition	to	the	Academic	Regulations	and	                                                       students	and	we	produce	a	number	of	
CONTINUING EDUCATION - STUDENT INFORMATION




                                             Procedures	of	NAIT.	The	Academic	Regu-          INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS                          print	calendars	to	serve	their	needs.	
                                             lations	and	Procedures	outline	policies	        International	students	on	a	student	visa	       Electronic	versions	of	our	most	current	
                                             and	practices	that	are	of	importance	to	all	    shall	pay	2.5	times	the	regular	tuition	fee.    calendars	 can	 be	 downloaded	 from	
                                             NAIT	students.                                                                                  www.nait.ca/calendars.
                                             NAIT	Academic	Regulations	and	Pro-              OVERBOOKED COURSES
                                             cedures	can	be	accessed	at	www.nait.            If	the	course	you	are	interested	in	is	full,	   CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA
                                             ca/registrar/academic.pdf	as	part	of	the	       you	can	provide	your	contact	information	       AND DEGREE PROGRAMS
                                             online	calendar.	In	the	event	of	any	dis-       to	be	put	on	the	waitlist.	All	accepted	stu-    Many	courses	offered	through	Continu-
                                             agreements	or	inconsistencies	between	          dents	need	to	attend	the	first	day	of	class	    ing	Education	are	equivalent	to	NAIT’s	
                                             the	web	and	printed	versions	of	the	Aca-        or	they	may	be	replaced	by	another	stu-         full-time	courses.	A	student	wishing	to	
                                             demic	Regulations,	the	web	version	shall	       dent	from	the	waitlist.                         transfer	to	full-time	student	status	should	
                                             be	taken	as	correct.                                                                            discuss	the	process	with	the	program	
                                                                                             IMPORTANT
                                             NAIT	reserves	the	right	to	make	revisions	                                                      leader	of	the	respective	full-time	program.
                                                                                             NAIT	makes	every	effort	to	provide	ser-
                                             to	the	Academic	Regulations	and	Proce-          vice	in	accordance	with	the	information	        Several	diploma	programs	can	be	com-
                                             dures	without	prior	notice	and	they	shall	      contained	in	this	calendar.	We	reserve	the	     pleted	through	Continuing	Education.	The	
                                             take	effect	at	the	time	of	revision	unless	     right	to	make	any	changes	deemed	neces-         appropriate	program	leader	reviews	the	
                                             a	later	date	is	specified	when	the	revi-        sary	without	further	notice.                    student’s	record	to	determine	eligibility	
                                             sion	is	approved.	In	the	event	of	revisions,	                                                   for	graduation	and	to	inform	the	Regis-
                                             the	policies,	procedures,	regulations	and	      This	calendar	advertises	all	courses	run-
                                                                                                                                             trar’s	Office.
                                             requirements	in	effect	will	prevail	over	       ning	from	July	1,	2012	to	June	30,	2013.	
                                             the	provisions	printed	in	the	Academic	         Web	registration	for	courses	starting	after	    ATTENDANCE
                                             Regulations	or	in	the	NAIT	Calendar	or	in	      August	1,	2012	will	commence	on	June	
                                                                                             1,	2012	at	12:01	am.	All	other	methods	         Non-attendance	of	classes	is	not	consid-
                                             the	NAIT	Student	Handbook.	NAIT	will	
                                                                                             of	registration	commence	at	8:00	am.	           ered	official	confirmation	of	withdrawal.		
                                             provide	as	much	notice	of	the	revision	as	
                                                                                             Download	a	copy	of	this	calendar	from	          Students	who	cease	to	attend	class	and	
                                             it	considers	the	circumstances	will	permit,	
                                                                                             www.nait.ca/calendars.                          do	not	submit	an	approved	course	with-
                                             and	will	endeavour	to	incorporate	the	revi-                                                     drawal	form	will	be	given	a	grade	based	on	
                                             sions	in	the	next	printing	of	the	Academic	
                                             Regulations	and	Procedures.	Revisions	
                                                                                             ACADEMIC APPEALS                                coursework	completed.

                                             shall	include	additions,	deletions	and	         See	Academic	Regulations	and	Proce-             STUDENT FEES
                                             changes.                                        dures	at	www.nait.ca.	
                                                                                                                                             All	students	are	assessed	a	mandatory	
                                             Priority	for	completed	applications	are	        ADVANCED STANDING                               $6	fee	payable	at	the	time	of	registra-
                                             on	a	first-come	first-served	basis.	Ap-                                                         tion.
                                             plications	can	be	made	online,	mail,	           In	accordance	with	NAIT	Academic	Regu-
                                             fax,	telephone,	or	in	person.	Applicants	       lations	and	Procedures,	NAIT	requires	          CONTINUING EDUCATION
                                             must	be	16	years	of	age	or	older,	except	       students	to	complete	at	least	50%	of	
                                                                                             their	applied	education	from	NAIT.	For	
                                                                                                                                             COURSE WITHDRAWAL
                                             when	it	is	noted	courses	are	intended	
                                             for	younger	students.	Applications	re-          advanced	standing,	procedures	may	vary	         PROCESS
                                             ceived	in	person	or	by	telephone	are	im-        and	applicants	should	check	the	course	         Students	are	responsible	for	formally	
                                             mediately	advised	if	they	are	accepted,	        or	program	details	for	further	information.	    withdrawing	from	courses	they	no	lon-
                                             on	a	waitlist,	or	not	accepted.                 A	written	request	can	be	submitted	and	         ger	wish	to	attend.	Withdrawals	must	be	
                                                                                             will	require	appropriate	documentation	to	      completed	either	electronically	through	
                                             FEES                                            be	retained	by	NAIT.	Advanced	standing	         MyNAIT	Portal	or	by	completing	the	De-
                                             Fees	must	be	paid	at	the	time	of	applica-       will	not	be	posted	to	a	transcript	until	an	    partment	of	Continuing	Education	and	
                                             tion.	Cheques	and	money	orders	are	to	          equivalent	number	of	courses	have	been	         Part	Time	Studies	Course	Withdrawal	
                                             be	made	payable	to	NAIT.	Debit	card,	           successfully	completed.                         form	located	on	www.nait.ca/eforms.
                                             Visa,	MasterCard	and	American	Express	
                                             are	also	accepted.	Fees	are	subject	to	
                                             change	without	further	notice.	Post-dated	
                                             cheques	will	not	be	accepted.




                          146										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
COURSE WITHDRAWAL (CREDIT                      A	full	refund	less	$75	administrative	fee	         Any	tuition	difference	and	$50	transfer	
COURSES)                                       will	be	issued	if	a	written	request	to	with-       fee	must	be	paid	at	the	time	of	course	
All	 students	 submitting	 an	 approved	       draw	or	transfer	from	the	course	is	re-            transfer.
course	withdrawal	form	for	a	credit	course	    ceived	up	to	14	calendar	days	from	either	         Course transfers from one academic year




                                                                                                                                                  CONTINUING EDUCATION - STUDENT INFORMATION
will	be	awarded	a	grade	as	outlined	in	the	    the	scheduled	start	date	or	the	start	date	        to another will not be granted.
Academic	Regulations	as	follows:               as	indicated	in	your	welcome	letter.
 •	within	the	first	two	(2)	weeks	shall	       Withdrawing	students	should	be	aware	              EMERGENCY EVACUATION
   have	all	reference	to	the	course	           that	they	are	not	entitled	to	any	portion	of	      PROCEDURES
   removed	from	the	students	records           a	refund	after	14	calendar	days.	If	students	
•	beginning	of	week	three	(3)	up	to	           do	not	provide	written	notification	of	a	          EMERGENCY PHONE
  and	including	75%	of	scheduled	              course	withdrawal,	a	failing	grade	will	be	        In	the	event	of	an	emergency	(fire,	illness,	
  class	time,	will	receive	a	grade	of	W	       recorded	on	their	record.                          or	accident)	call:	
•	where	more	than	75%	of	scheduled	                                                               Main	Campus:	780.471.7477
  class	time	has	been	completed,	              COURSE REFUNDS                                     Other	Campuses:	911
  students	withdrawing	will	be	
  assigned	the	grade	WF                        No	refunds	will	be	given	after	course	com-
                                               mencement.                                         IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Refer	to	www.nait.ca	for	Academic	Regu-                                                           Ensure	you	are	aware	of	the	evacuation	
lations	and	further	information.               Students	who	register	and	then	cease	to	
                                                                                                  procedures.	Evacuation	route	signage	will	
                                               attend,	or	never	attend,	are	not	eligible	for	
                                                                                                  be	posted	in	all	rooms	on	campus.
FACE-TO-FACE CLASSROOM +                       a	refund	of	fees.	A	full	refund,	less	admin-
ONLINE DELIVERY/E-LEARNING                     istrative	fee,	is	only	available	to	students	      Know	the	location	of	emergency	equip-
                                               dropping	a	course	a	minimum	of	three	full	         ment	and	evacuation	routes.
Withdrawals Before Class Start
                                               calendar	days	prior	to	course	start	date.	         NAIT	has	a	two-stage	fire	alarm	system.	
Students	must	withdraw	from	a	course	
                                               Refunds	 are	 processed	 based	 on	 the	           Stage	one	verbally	advises	you	of	an	
at	least	three	full	calendar	days	prior	to	
                                               method	of	payment.	Payments	made	by	               emergency	in	an	adjacent	building.	If	you	
course	commencement	to	receive	a	full	
                                               cash,	cheque	or	debit	card	are	refunded	           hear	this	alarm,	be	prepared	to	evacuate	if	
refund	less	a	$50	administrative	fee.	
                                               with	a	cheque.	Credit	card	payments	are	           necessary.	A	stage	two	alarm	verbally	ad-
Exceptions	are	noted	as	follows:	              refunded	to	the	credit	card.	Please	refer	to:	     vises	you	to	evacuate	your	building.	Some	
•	Courses	with	a	$500	non-                     www.nait.ca/43889.htm	for	the	most	cur-            areas	have	flashing	lights	that	signal.
  refundable	deposit:	A	full	refund	           rent	refund	policy	for	both	international	         When	the	fire	bell	rings,	leave	the	building	
  less	deposit	will	be	granted	if	the	         and	domestic	students.                             immediately	in	an	orderly	fashion	by	pro-
  student	withdraws	from	the	course	                                                              ceeding	to	the	nearest	exit	
  at	least	seven	(7)	calendar	days	            CONVOCATION
  prior	to	course	commencement                                                                    Ensure	you	evacuate	by	the	safest	and	
                                               Visit	www.nait.ca/convocation	for	infor-           most	direct	route.
•	Programs	with	a	$250	non-                    mation.
  refundable	deposit:	A	full	refund	                                                              When	you	are	asked	to	leave	by	a	fire	war-
  less	deposit	will	be	granted	if	the	
  student	withdraws	from	a	full-time	
                                               COURSE CANCELLATIONS                               den	or	other	staff	member,	please	do	so	
                                                                                                  immediately.
  program	up	to	14	calendar	days	from	         NAIT	reserves	the	right	to	cancel	courses	
  course	commencement                          due	to	operational	requirements.	Every	ef-         When	you	reach	the	exit	door	on	the	
                                               fort	will	be	made	to	contact	students	by	          ground	floor,	proceed	outside	to	well	be-
Withdrawals After Class Start                                                                     yond	the	doorway	to	allow	space	for	oth-
                                               telephone	or	email.	In	such	cases,	a	full	
Students	must	complete	the	Department	         refund	will	be	provided.                           ers	to	leave	the	building.
of	Continuing	Education	and	Part-Time	                                                            You	are	allowed	to	return	to	class	once	the	
Studies	Course	Withdrawal	Form	if	they	        COURSE RESULTS                                     verbal	all-clear	notification	is	broadcast	
are	no	longer	attending	class	or	are	with-                                                        over	the	speaker	system.
                                               Marks	will	be	available	via	the	NAIT	Stu-
drawing	from	a	course.	Students	should	
                                               dent	Portal	at	www.nait.ca/MyNAIT.	
be	aware	they	will	not	be	entitled	to	any	                                                        FREEDOM OF INFORMATION
portion	of	a	refund.	If	students	do	not	pro-   COURSE TRANSFERS                                   AND PROTECTION OF
vide	written	notification	of	a	course	with-
drawal,	a	failing	grade	will	be	recorded	on	   Continuing	Education	students	are	only	            PRIVACY (FOIP)
their	record.                                  permitted	to	transfer	to	Continuing	Edu-           NAIT	collects	and	maintains	personal	in-
                                               cation	courses.	To	transfer	out	of	a	course	       formation	used	for	purposes	of	admission,	
DISTANCE COURSES (SELF-PACED                   in	progress,	a	request	must	be	made	prior	         registration	and	other	operating	activities	
AND INDEPENDENT STUDY)                         to	the	third	scheduled	class.	The	excep-           in	its	role	as	a	member	of	the	educational	
Students	withdrawing	are	required	to	          tion	to	this	is	courses	less	than	18	hours	        community.
complete	the	Department	of	Continuing	         in	length	where	transfers	must	occur	48	
Education	and	Part-Time	Studies	Distance	      hours	prior	to	course	commencement.	
Delivery	Course	Withdrawal	Form.               Transfers	into	a	course	in	progress	can	
                                               only	be	accommodated	prior	to	the	sec-
                                               ond	scheduled	class,	space	permitting.


                                                                                                Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248              147
                                             STUDENT CONDUCT                                Note:	Students	may	be	turned	down	for	           SENIOR CITIZENS –
                                                                                            entry	to	programs	or	courses	if	the	Prereq-
                                             NAIT	is	committed	to	providing	an	edu-         uisites	have	not	been	met.	
                                                                                                                                             65 YEARS OF AGE
                                             cational	environment	that	supports	re-                                                          Provided	there	is	space	available	in	a	
                                                                                            ECONAIT
CONTINUING EDUCATION - STUDENT INFORMATION




                                             spect	and	safety	within	its	community.	                                                         credit	course	on	commencement	day,	
                                             The	Student	Code	of	Conduct	outlines	the	                                                       tuition	fees	may	be	waived;	however,	the	
                                                                                            Take	the	reusable	mug	challenge.	Pledge	
                                             responsibility	of	students	to	support	the	                                                      senior	applicant	will	be	responsible	for	the	
                                                                                            to	use	a	travel	mug	when	buying	coffee	
                                             academic	community,	defines	inappropri-                                                         cost	of	any	texts	or	materials.	If	the	tuition	
                                                                                            and	tea	on	campus.	Visit	www.nait.ca/
                                             ate	student	conduct	and	provides	proce-                                                         fee	has	been	paid	in	advance	and	a	seat	
                                                                                            econait.	Using	a	travel	mug	for	your	daily	
                                             dures	and	penalties	if	students	engage	in	                                                      has	been	reserved	the	tuition	fees	will	not	
                                                                                            coffee	during	the	school	year	will	save	at	
                                             such	unacceptable	behaviour.	For	details,	                                                      be	waived.	
                                                                                            least	160	cups	from	the	landfill.	And	it	will	
                                             regarding	student	conduct,	see	Academic	
                                                                                            save	you	money.	Get	a	discount	when	you	         Note:	tuition	fees	will	not	be	waived	for	
                                             Regulations	and	Procedures	at	www.nait.
                                                                                            buy	coffee	or	tea	in	a	reusable	mug	at	par-      non-credit	courses.	Proof	of	age	required.
                                             ca/registrar/academic.pdf	(Section	4).
                                                                                            ticipating	Food	Services	outlets.
                                                                                                                                             STORM POLICY
                                             LOST & FOUND                                   RESPECT NAITure                                  Evening	classes	always	meet	except	when	
                                             NAIT	Security	is	responsible	for	Lost	and	     Respect	NAITure.	A	clean	air	environ-            severe	weather	conditions	precipitate	a	
                                             Found	articles.	A	comprehensive	record	        ment.	Effective	July	1,	2009,	all	NAIT	          declared	STORM	WARNING.	The	deci-
                                             and	repository	of	personal	items	turned	in,	   campuses	 became	 smoke-free.	 This	             sion	to	continue	or	cancel	evening	classes	
                                             or	lost	on	campus,	is	maintained.	All	found	   means	that	smoking	is	prohibited	in	the	         will	be	made	by	3:00	pm.	Class	cancella-
                                             property	should	be	forwarded	to	NAIT	          Institute’s	buildings,	vehicles,	or	on	NAIT	     tion	will	be	announced	on	radio	and	televi-
                                             Campus	Security	Service	immediately.	          property.	                                       sion;	the	lost	class	time	will	be	made	up	on	
                                             Inquiries	should	be	directed	to:	NAIT	                                                          another	day	suitable	to	the	instructor	and	
                                             Campus	Security	Services,	Main	Campus,	        REQUEST FOR                                      most	students.
                                             Room	D109,	Phone:	780.471.7477.                CERTIFICATION
                                                                                                                                             TAX RECEIPTS
                                             PREREQUISITES                                  Certificates	are	not	automatically	mailed	
                                                                                            out.	Filling	out	a	Request	for	Certifica-        T2202A	tax	receipts	will	be	made	avail-
                                             Prerequisites	 are	 required	 for	 some	       tion	form	as	soon	as	you’ve	successfully	        able	to	students	on-line	at	www.nait.ca/
                                             courses.	It	is	the	applicant’s	sole	respon-    completed	your	program	will	ensure	that	         MyNait	in	February.	Note:	These	tax	re-
                                             sibility	to	be	aware	of	and	observe	the	       you	receive	your	certificate	promptly.	You	      ceipts	will	not	be	mailed	and	will	only	be	
                                             prerequisite	requirements	in	subsequent	       can	download	this	form	from	www.nait.            available	via	the	web.
                                             course	or	transfer	requests	to	full-time	      ca/eforms.	Please	submit	this	form	to	the	
                                             programs.	                                     Registrar’s	Office.	Note:	Allow	six	weeks	
                                                                                            time	for	processing.




                                             Services

                                             CAMPUS SPORT                                                                                    service	to	our	campuses.	Our	Peace	Of-
                                                                                             •	field
                                             & WELLNESS                                                                                      ficers	are	eager,	enthusiastic,	and	place	
                                                                                             •	saunas	and	locker	rooms
                                             Our	Main	Campus	Activities	Centre	is	                                                           a	high	priority	on	integrity,	service	and	
                                             home	to	a	variety	of	facilities	and	ame-       For	details	contact	780.471.7713,	visit	Stu-     professionalism.	The	dedicated	men	and	
                                             nities	to	meet	every	student’s	fitness,	       dent	Services	(E134)	during	the	day,	or	the	     women	of	this	department	focus	on	build-
                                             health,	sporting	and	recreational	needs.	      Sports	Equipment	Centre	(E026)	in	the	           ing	partnerships	with	our	community	so	
                                             Facilities	include:                            evenings.	Visit	www.nait.ca/recreation.	         we	can	develop	long-term	solutions	to	
                                                                                                                                             problems.	Located	on	Main,	Souch,	and	
                                             •	50	metre	swimming	pool                       CAMPUS SECURITY                                  Patricia	Campuses.		
                                             •	fitness	centre                               SERVICES                                         To	report	an	incident,	inquire	about	lost	
                                             •	exercise	studio                                                                               and	found,	or	arrange	a	SafeWalk,	visit	
                                                                                            NAIT	Campus	Security	Services	assists	
                                             •	racquetball	and	squash	courts                over	80,000	students	and	staff	over	four	        one	of	our	locations	or	call	780.471.7477.	
                                             •	gymnasium                                    major	sites	and	various	spaces	within	the	       For	more	information,	visit	www.nait.ca/
                                                                                            metro	Edmonton	area.	Management	and	             security.
                                             •	indoor/outdoor	track
                                                                                            staff	are	dedicated	to	providing	quality	



                          148										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
FINANCIAL AID                                    NAIT CATERING                                       The	Fresh	Express	showcases	a	grill	area,	
                                                 NAIT	Catering	Services	is	here	to	serve	            coffee	and	fresh	baking,	as	well	as	a	vari-
Financial	assistance	in	the	form	of	student	                                                         ety	of	soups,	sandwiches,	confections	and	
                                                 you	year	round.	We	provide	catering	
loans,	grants	and	bursaries	is	available	to	                                                         cold	take	away	items.
                                                 that	you	will	be	proud	to	serve,	offer-




                                                                                                                                                     CONTINUING EDUCATION - STUDENT INFORMATION
students	in	designated	programs.	Contact	
                                                 ing	a	wide	variety	of	services	from	cof-            THE NEST STUDENT LOUNGE
the	Financial	Aid	Office	at	780.471.6248	
                                                 fee	meetings	to	evening	banquets	and	
or	visit	www.nait.ca/financialaid.	                                                                  Location:	Main	Campus	-	S110
                                                 receptions.	Our	new	Catering	webpage	
                                                                                                     Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
Application	forms	are	also	available	from	       presents	our	delicious	and	affordable	              7:00	am	-	9:00	pm
Alberta	Career	Development	Centres	              menu	items.	We	are	eager	to	assist	in	
(1.800.222.6485).	You	may	also	apply	for	        the	various	facets	of	creating	your	spe-            HEALTH & SAFETY
full-time	funding	online	at	www.alis.ab.ca.	     cial	event.	Check	us	out	at	www.nait.ca/
If	you	do	not	qualify	for	government	fund-       cateringmenu	for	more	information.
                                                                                                     SERVICES
ing,	talk	to	your	personal	banking	institute	                                                        Health	and	Safety	provides	services	to	
about	a	student	line	of	credit.                  PLATES                                              all	students	and	staff,	including	first-aid,	
                                                 Location:	Patricia	Campus	-	P126                    immunization,	treatment	for	illness	and	
FOOD SERVICES                                    Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		                          injury,	health	counseling,	and	general	
                                                 6:45	am	-	2:00	pm                                   medical	information.	Fees	are	charged	for	
BISTRO                                           Closed	July	and	August                              some	services	(such	as	immunization).
Location:	Main	Campus	-	L201
                                                 PLATES	offers	breakfast	and	lunch	grill	
Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		                                                                           MAIN CAMPUS
                                                 items,	fresh	baking,	confections,	coffee,	
6:45	am	-	2:30	pm                                                                                    Location:	O119,	South	Lobby
Closed	May	to	August,	inclusive	                 slurpees,	and	grab	and	go	items.
                                                                                                     Emergency	Phone:	780.471.7477	or	911
The	Bistro	boasts	a	broad	menu	including	        STARBUCKS                                           Regular	Phone:	780.471.8733
the	Corner	Grill,	hot	and	cold	beverages,	       Main	Campus	-	Common	Market                         Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
fresh-baked	muffins,	pastries	and	dough-         Hours:	Monday	to	Thursday,		                        7:30	am	-	4:30	pm
nuts	and	grab	and	go	items.                      6:45	am	-	7:15	pm                                   Summer	Hours:	8:00	am	-	4:00	pm
                                                 Friday,	6:45	am	-	4:00	pm                           PATRICIA CAMPUS
BYTES                                            Saturday,	7:30	am	-	1:00	pm
Location:	Main	Campus	-	W103                                                                         Location:	P130
                                                 Get	your	daily	pick	me	up	at	the	conve-             Emergency	Phone:	780.471.7477	or	911	
Hours:	Monday	to	Thursday,		
                                                 nient	Starbucks	kiosk.	Whether	it’s	a	latte,	       Regular	Phone:	780.453.5438
6:45	am	-	7:00	pm
                                                 Tazo	tea	or	fresh	baking	you’re	after,	this	is	     Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
Friday,	6:45	am	-	4:00	pm
Saturday,	8:00	am	-	2:00	pm                      the	place	to	be.                                    7:30	am	-	3:30	pm
                                                                                                     Summer	Hours:	Closed	July	and	August
Closed	Saturday	from	the	end	of	May	un-          ELEMENTS
til	September.	Reduced	hours	for	May	to	         Location:	Souch	Campus	-	Z157                       SOUCH CAMPUS
August.                                          Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		                          Location:	Z117
Features	included	Tim	Hortons,	Pita	Pit	         6:45	am	-	2:00	pm                                   Emergency	Phone:	780.471.7477	or	911	
kiosk	as	well	as	the	e.terra	international	      Closed	July	and	August                              Regular	Phone:	780.378.1043
station	and	grab	and	go	deli	station.            Menu	includes	hot	breakfasts,	Starbucks	            Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
                                                                                                     7:30	am	-	3:30	pm
CHAI’S                                           coffee,	great	burgers	and	a	wide	variety	of	
                                                                                                     Summer	Hours:	Closed	July	and	August.
                                                 quick	service	options	and	confections.
Location:	Main	Campus	-	X	Wing                                                                       WCB	legislation	has	a	deadline	for	inci-
Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		                       THE COMMON MARKET                                   dent	reporting.	Late	reporting	may	result	
7:30	am	-	2:30	pm                                Location:	Main	Campus	-	O124                        in	fines.	All	incidents	must	be	reported	
A	teahouse	with	international	flair.	Offer-      Hours:	Monday	to	Thursday,		                        immediately	to	your	instructor/super-
ing	a	dozen	loose	tea	blend,	chai	lattes,	       6:45	am	-	7:00	pm                                   visor	and	to	NAIT	Health	and	Safety.	
soups	and	delectable	baked	goods.	               Friday,	6:45	am	-	7:00	pm                           Health	and	Safety	staff	will	work	with	
                                                 Reduced	hours	from	mid-May	to	                      your	instructor/supervisor	and	Campus	
EMBERS                                           August.                                             Security	Services	to	provide:
Location:	Main	Campus	-	Y118                     The	Common	Market	offers	Panago	Pizza	
Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		                                                                            •	assessment	and	treatment
                                                 and	in-house	brands,	bagels,	variety	of	
6:45	am	-	2:30	pm                                                                                     •	transportation	to	a	hospital,	if	
                                                 coffee	choices,	salad	bar,	and	grab	and	go	
                                                                                                        required
This	fantastic	site	offers	creative	twists	on	   meals.
grill	items	-	like	our	two	potato	fries.	We	                                                          •	referrals	to	doctors,	dentists	or	
will	also	offer	freshly	brewed	Starbucks	        THE FRESH EXPRESS                                      other	agencies
coffee	and	a	selection	of	delicious	grab	        Location:	Main	Campus	-	U122
and	go	items.                                    Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
                                                 7:00	am	-	3:00	pm
                                                 Reduced	hours	for	May	and	June.
                                                 Closed	July	and	August.


                                                                                                   Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248              149
                                             SAFETY SERVICES                                  The	NAITSA	Computer	Commons	is	a	                •	MyNAIT	(logins,	navigation,	etc.)
                                             The	department	also	supports	the	coor-           self-serve	lab	equipped	with	111	computer	       •	student	storage
                                             dination	of	services	aimed	at	minimizing	        workstations	(Office	and	Autodesk	in-
                                                                                                                                               •	online	and	distance	learning	(LOGs,	
                                             staff	and	student	injuries	and	accidents.	       cluded)	and	is	open	24	hours	a	day,	7	days	        WebCT,	TLM)
CONTINUING EDUCATION - STUDENT INFORMATION




                                             These	programs	include:	injury	and	in-           a	week.	NAIT	students	can	drop	in	at	any-
                                                                                              time	to	work	on	their	assignments	or	print	      •	network	access	(Wireless	or	NAIT	
                                             cident	investigation/reporting,	chemi-                                                              anyWARE)
                                             cal	safety,	fire	prevention,	occupational	       using	our	colour	or	B&W	laser	printers	us-
                                                                                              ing	their	Equitrac	account	credits.              •	student	printing
                                             hygiene	(indoor	air	quality,	noise	moni-
                                             toring),	ergonomic	assessments,	and	             The	NAITSA	Computer	Commons	is	also	            NAIT	Technical	Support	provides	cur-
                                             workplace	inspections.	Students	and	staff	       a	wireless	access	point.	You	can	request	       rent,	past	and	future	students	with	a	
                                             are	encouraged	to	report	all	safety	haz-         that	library	resources	be	delivered	to	the	     single	primary	point	of	contact	for	tech-
                                             ards	and	incidents	to	780.491.3956.              Commons	for	personal	pick-up	24/7.	             nology	related	issues.	Please	provide	the	
                                                                                                                                              following	information	when	requesting	
                                             STUDENT HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN                      NAIT MCNALLY LIBRARY                            service:
                                             Students	can	receive	information	about	          Location:	Main	Campus	-	U310
                                             the	student	health	benefit	plan	by	con-                                                           •	student	ID	number
                                                                                              Phone:	780.471.8844
                                             tacting	 the	 Student	 Benefit	 Office	 at	      Toll-free:	877.222.1722                          •	full	name	(even	if	asking	a	quick	
                                             780.471.7730	or	visit	E125.                      Online:	www.nait.ca/library	                       question)
                                                                                                                                               •	email	address	(if	available)
                                                                                              NAIT	Libraries	offer	information	resources	
                                             LEARNING RESOURCES                               for	students.	Our	friendly	staff	is	happy	to	    •	phone	number	and	time	when	you	
                                             PROJECT FACTORY                                  assist	you	with	your	research	and	finding	         can	be	reached
                                             Location:	Main	Campus	-	U210                     the	best	resources	for	your	assignments.	        •	description	of	the	problem,	
                                                                                              Come	in,	phone,	email	us	via	Ask	A	Ques-           including	any	error	messages
                                             Phone:	780.471.8705
                                             Fax:	780.471.7402                                tion	or	IM	us	(you	can	find	details	on	our	      •	permission	to	reset	your	password	
                                             Online:	www.nait.ca/projectfactory	              website).                                          if	necessary

                                             The	Project	Factory	offers	a	number	of	          We’ve	also	got	computers	for	you	to	use,	       By	providing	as	much	information	as	pos-
                                             resources	that	students	can	use	to	make	         areas	where	you	can	study,	do	group	work	       sible	we	will	be	able	to	quickly	trouble-
                                             their	experience	at	NAIT	more	success-           with	your	classmates,	or	just	take	a	break.	    shoot	and	respond	to	your	inquiry.	For	
                                             ful.	 It	 is	 equipped	 with	 40	 computer	      The	library	is	a	wireless	access	point.         issues	sent	via	email	or	the	assistance	
                                             workstations	loaded	with	a	wide	variety	                                                         form	(available	at	www.nait.ca/help),	we	
                                             of	software	(Office,	Autodesk	and	Adobe	
                                                                                              MYNAIT PORTAL                                   will	respond	within	one	business	day.	An	
                                             included),	and	our	friendly	knowledge-           The	MyNAIT	Portal	gives	current	stu-            incident	will	be	created	and	a	number	will	
                                             able	staff	is	available	to	provide	assistance	   dents	access	to:                                be	provided	to	you	for	tracking	purposes.
                                             when	you	need	to	print	colour	documents	          •	announcements/upcoming	events
                                             or	make	transparencies.	Our	large	format	                                                        PARKING
                                             inkjets	are	excellent	for	printing	banners,	      •	personal	information	updates
                                                                                                                                              Location:	Main	Campus	-	O112
                                             and	we	also	have	photocopiers,	scanners	          •	grades                                       Online:	www.nait.ca/security/parking
                                             and	DVD	burners	for	student	use.                  •	online	student	storage
                                                                                                                                              Download	a	Main	Campus	parking	lot	
                                             Laminating,	faxing,	and	Cerlox	binding	           •	financial	information                        map	from	www.nait.ca/security.
                                             services	are	also	available.	Stationary	          •	tuition	tax	receipts	(T2202A	
                                             supplies	and	VALU	Cards	are	sold	at	the	            income	tax	forms)                            SHORT TERM DAY STUDENTS
                                             Project	Factory,	which	can	assist	students	       •	online	registration                          Parking	is	available	at	a	rate	of	$5	per	en-
                                             when	using	their	Equitrac	account	credits.	                                                      try	in	the	following	Zones:	C,	F,	HP,	K,	O,	
                                             We	also	offer	equipment	loans	on	items	           •	job	opportunities                            S	and	U	(no	power).	It	is	advised	to	arrive	
                                             you	might	need	to	prepare	your	class	as-          •	class	schedules	by	term	or	by	week           early	to	secure	a	stall.	
                                             signments,	including	digital	cameras,	            •	e-learning	tools
                                             graphing	calculators,	or	8mm	camcorders.                                                         EVENING STUDENTS
                                                                                              For	more	information,	please	refer	to	the	      Parking	is	available	at	a	rate	of	$5	per	en-
                                             The	Project	Factory	is	also	a	wireless	ac-       Student	Quick	Reference	Guide	—	www.            try	or	$23	including	GST	per	month	for	
                                             cess	point.	If	you	have	a	big	project	to	        nait.ca/help	or	visit	www.nait.ca/mynait.	      evening	and	weekend	parking.
                                             do,	but	don’t	know	where	to	start,	just	
                                             stop	by	U210	and	we’ll	do	our	best	to	           NAIT TECHNICAL SUPPORT                          Monthly	permits	can	be	purchased	at	the	
                                             help	you	out.	                                                                                   Cashier’s	Office	during	daytime	hours.	
                                                                                              Phone:	780.471.6248                             and	at	the	attendant’s	booth	in	the	A/B	
                                             NAITSA COMPUTER COMMONS                          Toll-free:	1.877.333.6348                       Parkade	lot	in	the	evening.	The	monthly	
                                             Location:	Main	Campus	-	W203                     Email:	techsupport@nait.ca	                     permits	are	valid	in	the	following	zones	
                                             Phone:	780.378.5068                              Our	analysts	will	assist	you	with	techni-       only:	A/B,	C,	D,	E,	F,	G,	H,	HP,	J,	L,	O,	Q,	S,	
                                             Online:	www.nait.ca/tci/computers	               cal	questions	regarding:                        T,	U	and	Z.	Note:	HP	&	S	(One	way	street	
                                                                                                                                              Parking).	


                          150										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
You	may	also	park	in	Lot	X	(underground	         Phone:	780.491.3104                                 STUDENT COUNSELLING
heated	lot,	below	HP	Centre);	however	           Fax:	780.471.1966
this	lot	has	restricted	hours.	Please	check	     Email:	mailorders@nait.ca	                          CENTRE
with	the	Parking	Services	for	permit	avail-      Online:	www.nait.ca/onlinestore	                    Location:	W111PB	




                                                                                                                                                  CONTINUING EDUCATION - STUDENT INFORMATION
ability,	fees	and	hours	of	operation.	                                                               Phone:	780.378.6135
                                                 NAIT TECH STORE
Note:	Monthly	permits	are	not	valid	in	                                                              Email:	counselling@nait.ca			
                                                 Location:	Main	Campus	-	W101                                                            	
                                                                                                     Online:	 www.nait.ca/counselling	 or	
handicapped	areas	(without	display-              Phone:	780.471.8390
ing	a	provincial	disabled	parking	tag),	24	                                                          www.nait.ca/studyskills			
                                                 Email:	techstore@nait.ca	
hour	reserved	stalls,	or	hourly	stalls.	It	is	   Online:	www.nait.ca/techstore	                      Services	available	included	individual	
advised	to	purchase	monthly	permits	             Facebook:	NAIT	Tech	Store                           academic	 and	 career	 counselling,	
prior	to	your	first	class	and	thereby	avoid	                                                         seminars,	peer	tutoring	(currently	reg-
                                                 Great	Price	-	The	Tech	Store	has	special	
lengthy	line-ups.	                                                                                   istered	NAIT	Students).	
                                                 arrangements	with	top	software	suppli-
Vehicles	not	displaying	a	permit	or	ve-          ers	to	allow	us	to	sell	software	at	a	frac-
hicles	improperly	parked,	will	be	given	         tion	of	the	retail	price.	In	addition,	we	work	
                                                                                                     STUDENT RECRUITMENT
a	ticket	and/or	towed	at	the	owner’s	ex-         hard	to	ensure	our	prices	on	hardware	and	          Location:	Main	Campus	-	O117	
pense.	                                          other	Tech	Store	items	are	always	com-              Phone:	780.471.6248
                                                 petitive.                                           Email:	AskNAIT@nait.ca
Note: fees are subject to change.                                                                    Online:	www.nait.ca/prospective
                                                 Great	Selection	-	We	have	all	the	com-              Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS                            puter	components	and	computer	acces-                8:00	am	–	4:30	pm
WITH DISABILITIES (SSD)                          sories	you	could	want	for	serious	work	
                                                 -	and	serious	fun.	If	we	don’t	have	it,	we	         INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS CENTRE
Location:	Main	Campus	-	W111-PB
Phone:	780.378.6133                              can	get	it	-	just	for	you.                          Location:	Main	Campus
Fax:	780.471.7093                                                                                    Phone:	780.378.6130
                                                 Great	Service	-	We	have	technically-
TTY:	780.474.5883                                                                                    Online:	www.nait.ca/international
                                                 trained	staff,	not	commissioned	salespeo-
Email:	ssd@nait.ca                               ple.	Our	certified	technicians	can	service	         INTERNATIONAL STUDENT
Online:	www.nait.ca/ssd	                         or	repair	your	existing	components	and	             RECRUITMENT
A	SSD	Advisor	will	work	with	you	to	             complete	warranty	work	on	many	of	the	              Location:	Main	Campus	-	O117	
develop	an	individualized	service	plan	          products	we	carry.                                  Phone:	780.471.6248
including	such	things	as	classroom/ex-                                                               Email:	international@nait.ca		
                                                 PATRICIA CAMPUS BOOKSTORE                           Online:	www.nait.ca/international
amination	support,	specialized	tutoring,	
assistive	technology,	assistance	access-         Location:	12204	-	149	Street                        Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
                                                 Phone:	780.453.5441                                 8:00	am	–	4:30	pm
ing	disability-related	funding	and	com-
                                                 Hours:	Mid-August	to	mid-June
munity	referrals.	Please	contact	us	early	
as	services	may	take	four	to	six	months	to	
                                                 9:00	am	-	1:30	pm                                   TUTORIAL SERVICES
arrange.                                         Note:	Extended	hours	for	specific	registra-         NAIT	maintains	three	tutorial	centres	
                                                 tions,	closed	July	and	August.                      where	students	receive	assistance	in	a	
STORES                                           SOUCH CAMPUS BOOKSTORE                              variety	of	academic	areas.	The	centres	
                                                                                                     provide	tutoring	on	a	drop-in	basis	at	no	
THE NAIT BOOKSTORE                               Location:	7110	Gateway	Blvd.
                                                                                                     charge.	You	must	present	your	Student	ID	
Location:	Main	Campus	-	X114                     Phone:	780.378.1005
                                                                                                     Card.	If	you	require	more	intensive	tutor-
Phone:	780.471.7717                              Hours:	Mid-August	to	mid-June
                                                                                                     ing,	you	may	choose	to	hire	a	peer	tutor	
Online:	www.nait.ca/bookstore	                   10:00	am	-	1:00	pm
                                                                                                     through	Counselling	Services,	Room	O117.	
Hours:	Mid-August	to	April                       Note:	Extended	hours	for	specific	registra-         Location	and	regular	hours	of	operation	
Monday,	7:30	am	-	7:00	pm	and                    tions,	closed	July	and	August.
Tuesday	to	Friday,	7:30	am	-	5:00	pm                                                                 for	the	Tutorial	Centres	from	September	
Hours:	May	through	mid-August                                                                        through	June	are	found	online	at	www.
Monday	to	Friday,	8:00	am	-	4:00	pm                                                                  nait.ca/tutoring.

Book	Buyback:	Twice	a	year	(April	and	De-                                                            MAIN CAMPUS
cember),	the	bookstore	buys	back	used	                                                               Location:	Main	Campus	-	A133
textbooks,	paying	50%	of	the	retail	price	                                                           Phone:	780.491.3126
for	the	books	on	the	buy-back	list.                                                                  Hours:	September	to	April
Home	Delivery:	Required	textbooks	are	                                                               Monday	to	Friday,	7:00	am	–	5:30	pm
                                                                                                     Hours:	May	to	July
available	through	our	delivery	service.	
                                                                                                     Monday	to	Friday,	8:00	am	–	4:00	pm
Most	deliveries	are	by	courier.	Payment	
can	be	made	by	credit	card	or	by	provid-
ing	a	purchase	order.	For	details	or	to	
purchase	your	supplies	please	contact	
the	mail	order	desk	or	visit	our	website.



                                                                                                   Phone 780.471.6248 or 1.877.333.6248           151
                                             PATRICIA CAMPUS                                 NAIT HOLIDAYS                                 NAIT EVENTS
                                             Location:	Patricia	Campus	-	P152
                                                                                             Monday,	Jul	2,	2012,	Canada	Day	              Friday	and	Saturday,	Oct	19	&	20,	2012	
                                             Phone:	780.453.5448
                                             Hours:	September	to	June                                                                      NAIT	Open	House.	Classes	may	be	
                                                                                             Monday,	Aug	6,	2012,	Civic	Holiday
CONTINUING EDUCATION - STUDENT INFORMATION




                                             Monday	to	Thursday,	2:45	pm	–	5:45	pm                                                         cancelled	Thursday,	Friday	&	Saturday.	
                                                                                             Monday,	Sep	3,	2012,	Labour	Day               For	more	events,	see	www.nait.ca.
                                             SOUCH CAMPUS                                    Monday,	Oct	8,	2012,	Thanksgiving
                                             Location:	Souch	Campus	-	Z205                                                                 STUDENT SUCCESS
                                             Phone:	780.378.1000                             Monday,	Dec	24,	2012	through	                 CONTACT CENTRE
                                             Hours:	September	to	June                        Tuesday,	Jan	2,	2013,	Christmas	Break
                                                                                                                                           The	Student	Success	Contact	Centre	
                                             Monday	to	Thursday,		                           Monday,	Feb	18,	2013,	Family	Day
                                             2:00	pm	–	4:30	pm                                                                             handles	telephone	and	email	inquiries	and	
                                                                                             Friday,	Mar	28,	2013,	Good	Friday             Continuing	Education	registrations.
                                             SSD TUTOR CENTRE (FOR                                                                         7:30	am	to	5:30	pm		
                                             STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES)                     Monday,	May	20,	2013,	Victoria	Day            Monday	through	Friday
                                             Location:	Main	Campus	-	A172B                                                                 Phone:	780.471.6248
                                             Phone:	780.491.3046                                                                           Toll	free:	1.877.333.6248
                                             Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		                                                                    Email:	ASKNAIT@nait.ca
                                             8:00	am	–	4:30	pm




                                             Registration

                                             HOW TO REGISTER                                 SSCC                                          CONTINUING EDUCATION OFFICE
                                             Registrations	can	be	completed	by	various	      Phone:	780.471.6248                           Location:	Main	Campus	-	W111
                                             methods:	online,	mail,	fax,	telephone	or	in	    Toll	Free:	1.877.333.6248                     Online:	www.nait.ca/
                                             person.                                         Email:	AskNAIT@nait.ca                        continuingeducation
                                                                                             Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		                    Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
                                             ONLINE                                          7:30	am	–	5:30	pm                             8:00	am	-	4:30	pm
                                             Choose	your	program,	select	Program	De-                                                       Note:	hours	are	subject	to	change	during	
                                                                                             IN PERSON                                     peak	times.
                                             tails,	and	then	click	the	hypertext	link	for	
                                             the	course.	Courses	with	online	registra-       Should	 you	 with	 to	 enroll	 and	 make	 	
                                                                                             payment	for	a	course	in	person,	please	
                                                                                                                                           CASH OFFICE
                                             tion	are	noted	by	a	shopping	cart	icon.
                                                                                             visit	either	the	Registrar’s	Office	or	the	
                                                                                                                                       	   Location:	Main	Campus	-	South	Lobby
                                             MAIL OR FAX                                     Continuing	Education	Office.                  Online:	www.nait.ca/admissions	
                                                                                                                                           (Refer	to	Fees	&	Expenses	link)
                                             Complete	the	registration	form,	available	      REGISTRAR’S OFFICE                            Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
                                             for	download	on	the	NAIT	website	at:	                                                         8:00	am	-	4:30	pm
                                                                                             Location:	Main	Campus	-	South	Lobby
                                             www.nait.ca/docs/NAIT_Continuing_                                                             Note:	hours	are	subject	to	change	during	
                                                                                             Online:	www.nait.ca/registrar
                                             Education_Registration_Form.pdf.	Mail	or	                                                     peak	times.	
                                                                                             Hours:	Monday	to	Friday,		
                                             fax	the	completed	form,	along	with	your	
                                                                                             8:00	am	–	4:30	pm
                                             payment	to	the	Registrar’s	Office.	The	         Note:	hours	are	subject	to	change	during	
                                             mailing	address,	and	fax	number	can	be	         peak	times.
                                             found	on	the	registration	form.

                                             TELEPHONE
                                             The	 NAIT	 Student	 Success	 Contact	      	
                                             Centre	 (SSCC)	 will	 be	 processing	 all	 	
                                             registration	requests	received	by	tele-
                                             phone.	You	will	require	a	valid	credit	card	
                                             and	the	expiry	date	in	order	to	complete	
                                             your	registration.




                          152										 Register at www.nait.ca/ConEd
                                                                                                               106 STREET
ZONE Q
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                north

               ZONE B
                          Q             ZONE C
                                                                                  V




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     104 ST




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            103 ST
                                                                                                                                                                      105 ST
                 1 1 8 AV E N U E                                                                                                                                                                 1 1 8 AV E N U E


                                                 ernests                         mcnally
                                                                                 library
                                                 fresh express
ZONE Z
                                        N
                                                                                 project
                                                                                 factory       U                                              ZONE K                                                                                                          K
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              bistro
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        L




                                                                                                                                                                                              10
                                                                      tutorial                                                                                                                                                                       ZONE O
                                        B                             centre (a133)




                                                                                                                                                                                                   3
                                                                                                                                                                                                       ST
                                                                                                                                                                                                        RE
                                                                                                                                                                                                            ET
                                                                                                                                                                       ZONE U
                                        C

                                                                                                               N A I T WAY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ZONE L
                                                                                       automotive
                                                                                           repair                                                                                            embers
                                        D                                                                                    1 1 7 AV E N U E
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Y
                              security                                                                   A                         ZONE S

                                                                      north lobby                                                                                                                       nexen
                                                                                                                                                                                                       theatre
                                                                          courtyard                                                                                       W
                                        T
                                                 common
                                                 market                                         O                                               hp centre
                                                                  south lobby
                                                                                                                                 student
                           gym
                                            E       naitsa                                                                       advisory
                                                                                                                                 centre                                                           UE
                                                                                                                                     bytes                                                   EN
                                                                                                                                                                                        AV
                                                                                                                                                                                   TH
                                                                                                    dental
                                                                                                    clinic                                                                     E
                                                                                                                              ZONE HP                                 AB
                                            J               H                     G                  F                                                      EL
                                                                                                                                                                 IZ
                                                                                                                                                                                             PE
                                                                                                                                                   E   SS                                                    human
                                                                          animal                                                          I   NC                                                             resources
                                                                          health                                                       PR
                                    arena /pool                           clinic
                                                                      techstore/
                                              the                     bookstore
                                             nest                            shaw
                                          fitness                         Xtheatre
                                    S     weight
                                          centre

                                                                                                         UE
                                 future                                                             EN
                               lrt station                                                     AV                                                                                                                offices and services
                                                                                           H
                                                                                      ET
                                                                             Z   AB                                                                                                                              Apprenticeship Offices, O-115
                                                                      E   LI
                                                                  S                                                                                                                                              Athletics and Recreation, S-105, E-134
                                                           CE
                                                              S                                      building index
                                                      IN                                                                                                                                                         Cash Office, O-114 (South Lobby)
                                                 PR
                                                                                                      S       Activities Centre                                                                                  Computer Training Centre, W-111
    ZONE F                                                                                            O       Central Building                                                                                   Continuing Education, W-111
                                                                                                      G       Centre for Chemical Studies                                                                        Encana Aboriginal Student Centre, E-121
         to kingsway mall
                                                                                                      K       Continuing Education Centre                                                                        Financial Aid Office, O-111 (South Lobby)
                                                                                                      C       Encana Centre for                                                                                  Health Services, O-119 (South Lobby)
                                                                                                              Power Engineering Technology                                                                       International Student Centre, E-124
                                                                                                      H       Electronics Wing                                                                                   McNally Library, U-310
                                                                                                      L       Engineering Technologies Annex                                                                     NAITSA Computer Commons, W-203
  Main Campus                                                                                         C       Gateway Mechanical Services Centre                                                                 NAITSA (NAIT Student’s Association) E-131
                                                                                                              for Building Environment Technology                                                                Office of the Registrar, O-115 (South Lobby)
   legend                                                                                             W       hp Centre for Information and                                                                      Parking Office, O-112 (South Lobby)
                                                                                                              Communications Technology                                                                          Project Factory, U-210
             Information                                                                              PE      Human Resources Building                                                                           Security, D-104
                                                                                                      A       Industrial Building                                                                                Services for Students with Disabilities, W-111PB
             Hourly Parking
                                                                                                      V       Industrial Technical Building                                                                      Student Advisory Centre, W-101
                                                                                                      T       JR Shaw School of Business                                                                         Student Awards, O-101
             Bus Stop
                                                                                                      J       J-Wing                                                                                             Student Counselling Centre, W-111
             Parking for persons                                                                      U       Learning Resources Centre                                                                          Student Recruitment Office, O-117 (South Lobby)
             with disabilities                                                                        F       Medical Wing                                                                                       Techstore/Bookstore, X-114
                                                                                                      Q       Parkade                                                                                            Tutorial Centre, A-133
             Motorcycle Parking                                                                       Y       Petro-Canada Centre for
                                                                                                              Millwright Technology                                                                              locations
             Bicycle Compound                                                                         N       Sandvik Coromant Centre                                                                            Edmonton
                                                                                                              for Machinist Technology                                                                           Main Campus, 11762 - 106 Street nw
             Student Permit Parking                                                                   D       Services Building                                                                                  Patricia Campus, 12204 - 149 Street
                                                                                                      B       Shell Manufacturing Centre                                                                         Souch Campus, 7110 Gateway Boulevard
             Daily Parking                                                                            X       South Learning Centre                                                                              St. Albert, 506B, St. Albert Road
                                                                                                      Y       Spartan Centre for                                                                                 NAIT Distribution Centre, 11311 - 120 Street
                                                                                                              Instrumentation Technology                                                                         Calgary
                                                                                                      E       Technical Building                                                                                 NAIT Calgary, 816 - 55 Avenue ne
                WE ARE



                                                  Early in the 1960s, a small furry ookpik was
                                                  given to the fledgling NAIT by a federal
                                                  official, and became our mascot. Over the
                                                  years, a lot has changed.
                                                  The little ookpik embraced its heritage as a
                                                  powerful snowy owl, transforming into the
                                                  vibrant NAIT Ook, now synonymous with
                                                  success. And from our beginnings as a trades
                                                  school, NAIT evolved into one of Canada’s
                                                  leading polytechnics, delivering relevant,
                                                  hands-on education in business, health care,
                                                  science and technology.
                                                  One thing hasn’t changed: NAIT’s ability to
                                                  provide the skills that help our community and
                                                  our region grow and prosper. Rock on, ookpik!




AN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY COMMITTED TO STUDENT SUCCESS
11762 – 106 St. Edmonton Alberta Canada t5g 2r1
www.nait.ca/ConEd

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:165
posted:10/17/2012
language:Unknown
pages:156